Audio, Visual & Navigation System: Section

DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA
AV
A
B
SECTION
AUDIO, VISUAL & NAVIGATION SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
BASE AUDIO AV CONTROL UNIT .......................................... 36 F
Reference Value ......................................................36
PRECAUTION .............................................. 17 DTC Index ...............................................................42
G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................17 DISPLAY UNIT .................................................. 44
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Reference Value ......................................................44
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................. 17 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ............................. 47 H
Cautions in Removing Battery Terminal and AV Reference Value ......................................................47
Control Unit (Models with AV Control Unit) ............. 17
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis ............................ 17
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT ...................... 49
I
Precaution for Harness Repair ................................ 17 Reference Value ......................................................49
Precaution for Work ................................................ 18 WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 51
J
PREPARATION ........................................... 19 BASE AUDIO .................................................... 51
PREPARATION ..................................................19 Wiring Diagram ........................................................51
Special Service Tool ............................................... 19 BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 77 K
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 19
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 77
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 20 Work Flow ................................................................77 L
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................20 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................. 79
Component Parts Location ...................................... 20
Component Description ........................................... 21 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV M
CONTROL UNIT ........................................................79
SYSTEM .............................................................23 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV
CONTROL UNIT : Description .................................79
MULTI AV SYSTEM .................................................. 23 AV
MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Diagram .................. 23 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV
CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure .........................79
MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description .............. 23
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) .................79 O
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)....26
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : De-
Description .............................................................. 26
scription ...................................................................80
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 26
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Work
CONSULT Function ................................................ 33 P
Procedure ................................................................80
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BLUETOOTH® CON- CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Con-
TROL UNIT) ........................................................35 figuration List ...........................................................81
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 35
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 82
Work Flow ............................................................... 35
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 82
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 36
Revision: August 2013 AV-1 2014 QX60

DTC Logic ............................................................... 82 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 82
BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....... 108
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 83 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108
DTC Logic ............................................................... 83
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................... 110
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................... 84 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 110
DTC Logic ............................................................... 84
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............... 111
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................... 85 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111
DTC Logic ............................................................... 85
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................. 112
U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ................ 86 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112
DTC Logic ............................................................... 86
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 86 RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..... 113
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT ....................................... 87
DTC Logic ............................................................... 87 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................. 114
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 87 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114
U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER .................. 89 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG-

DTC Logic ............................................................... 89 NAL CIRCUIT ................................................... 115
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 89 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT ............................... 91 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL

Description .............................................................. 91 CIRCUIT ............................................................ 116
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................... 92
DTC Logic ............................................................... 92 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT .......... 117
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 93
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ........................ 119
AV CONTROL UNIT .................................................. 93 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 93
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............... 121
DISPLAY UNIT .......................................................... 93 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 93
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....................... 123
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ..................................... 95 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Proce-
dure ........................................................................ 95 MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 124
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT .............................. 96
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Pro- BLUETOOTH® CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT.. 126
cedure ..................................................................... 96 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126
A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY .......................... 97 STEERING SWITCH ......................................... 127
A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 127
Procedure ............................................................... 97
USB CONNECTOR .......................................... 129
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER ................................. 98 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 129
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 98
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 130
INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER. 100
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................100 MULTI AV SYSTEM ......................................... 130
Symptom Table ..................................................... 130
REAR DOOR SPEAKER ................................. 102
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................102 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 134
Description ............................................................ 134
FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACK AUDIO
SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............................................ 104 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 136
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................104
AV CONTROL UNIT ......................................... 136
SATELLITE AUDIO SIGNAL CIRCUIT ........... 106 Exploded View ...................................................... 136
Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit ........... 136 Cautions in Removing Battery Terminal and AV
Removal and Installation - A/C and AV Switch As- Control Unit (Models with AV Control Unit) ........... 153 A
sembly ................................................................... 137 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 153
Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 153
STEERING SWITCH ........................................ 138 Precaution for Work ............................................... 154
Exploded View ...................................................... 138 B
Removal and Installation ....................................... 138 PREPARATION ......................................... 155
DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 139 PREPARATION ............................................... 155 C
Exploded View ...................................................... 139 Special Service Tool .............................................. 155
Removal and Installation ....................................... 139 Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 155
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER ............................... 140 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 156 D
Exploded View ...................................................... 140
Removal and Installation ....................................... 140 COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 156
Component Parts Location .................................... 156 E
INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER.. 141 Component Description ......................................... 157
Removal and Installation ....................................... 141
SYSTEM .......................................................... 159
REAR DOOR SPEAKER .................................. 142 F
Exploded View ...................................................... 142 MULTI AV SYSTEM ................................................. 159
Removal and Installation ....................................... 142 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Diagram ................. 159
MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description ............ 159 G
REAR VIEW CAMERA ..................................... 143
Removal and Installation ....................................... 143 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) . 162
Description ............................................................. 162
USB INTERFACE ............................................. 144 On Board Diagnosis Function ................................ 162 H
Removal and Installation ....................................... 144 CONSULT Function ............................................... 171
FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS ................ 145 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BLUETOOTH® CON-
I
Removal and Installation ....................................... 145 TROL UNIT) .................................................... 172
Diagnosis Description ............................................ 172
BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT ....................... 146 Work Flow .............................................................. 172
Exploded View ...................................................... 146 J
Removal and Installation ....................................... 146 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 173
MICROPHONE ................................................. 147 AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 173
Removal and Installation ....................................... 147 K
Reference Value .................................................... 173
DTC Index ............................................................. 179
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ............................ 148
Exploded View ...................................................... 148 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................ 181 L
Removal and Installation ....................................... 148 Reference Value .................................................... 181
AUDIO ANTENNA ............................................ 149 BOSE AMP. ..................................................... 184
Location of Antennas ............................................ 149 M
Reference Value .................................................... 184
Window Antenna Repair ....................................... 149
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ........................... 187
BLUETOOTH® ANTENNA .............................. 151 Reference Value .................................................... 187 AV
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT .................... 189
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA ....................... 152 Reference Value .................................................... 189
Removal and Installation ....................................... 152 O
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 152 WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 191
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION ......... 191 P
PRECAUTION ............................................ 153 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 191
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 153 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 219

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ...... 219
SIONER" ............................................................... 153 Work Flow .............................................................. 219
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ................ 221

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 238
CONTROL UNIT .......................................................221
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV U162A CENTER SPEAKER ............................. 239
CONTROL UNIT : Description ...............................221 DTC Logic ............................................................. 239
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 239
CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure .......................221
U1684, U1687, U168C, U168F REAR DOOR
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) ...............221 SPEAKER/TWEETER ...................................... 240
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : De- DTC Logic ............................................................. 240
scription .................................................................222 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240
Procedure ..............................................................222 U175D WOOFER .............................................. 241
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Con- DTC Logic ............................................................. 241
figuration List .........................................................223 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 224 U176A, U1772 ROOF SPEAKER ..................... 242
DTC Logic ............................................................. 242
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 224 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
DTC Logic ..............................................................224
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................224
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 243
AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 243
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 225
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 243
DTC Logic ..............................................................225
DISPLAY UNIT ........................................................ 243
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 226 DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ................. 243
DTC Logic ..............................................................226
BOSE AMP. ............................................................. 245
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 227 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ...................... 245
DTC Logic ..............................................................227
SUBWOOFER ......................................................... 246
U1231 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 228 SUBWOOFER : Diagnosis Procedure .................. 246
DTC Logic ..............................................................228
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ................................... 246
U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 229 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Proce-
DTC Logic ..............................................................229 dure ....................................................................... 246
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT ............................ 247
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT ..................................... 230 BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Pro-
DTC Logic ..............................................................230 cedure ................................................................... 247
A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY ........................ 248
U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ................ 232 A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis
DTC Logic ..............................................................232 Procedure ............................................................. 248
CENTER SPEAKER ......................................... 250
U1265 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 234 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 250
DTC Logic ..............................................................234
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................234 INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER.. 252
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT ............................. 235
Description .............................................................235 FRONT TWEETER ........................................... 255
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 236
DTC Logic ..............................................................236 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER ................................ 258
U1601, U1603, U1609, U160B FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER/TWEETER ..................................... 237 REAR DOOR SPEAKER .................................. 261
DTC Logic ..............................................................237 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 261
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................237 REAR SPEAKER .............................................. 264
U1627, U162F TWEETER ............................... 238 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264
DTC Logic ..............................................................238 SUBWOOFER .................................................. 267

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 267 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 301
Description ............................................................. 301 A
FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACK AUDIO
SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............................................. 270 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 303
AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 303 B
SATELLITE AUDIO SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............ 272 Exploded View ....................................................... 303
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 272 Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit ........... 303
Removal and Installation - A/C and AV Switch As- C
BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....... 274 sembly ................................................................... 304
STEERING SWITCH ....................................... 305
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................... 276 Exploded View ....................................................... 305
D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 276 Removal and Installation ....................................... 305
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............... 277 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................ 306 E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 277 Exploded View ....................................................... 306
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................. 278 Removal and Installation ....................................... 306
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 278 BOSE SPEAKER AMP ................................... 307 F
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..... 279 Removal and Installation ....................................... 307
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 279 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER .............................. 308 G
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................ 280 Exploded View ....................................................... 308
FRONT TWEETER .......................................... 309 H
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG-
NAL CIRCUIT ................................................... 281
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281 INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER. 310 I
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
CIRCUIT ........................................................... 282 CENTER SPEAKER ........................................ 311
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 282 Removal and Installation ....................................... 311 J
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ......... 283 REAR DOOR SPEAKER ................................ 312
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 283 Exploded View ....................................................... 312
K
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....................... 285
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 285 REAR SPEAKERS .......................................... 313
Removal and Installation ....................................... 313 L
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............... 287
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 287 SUBWOOFER ................................................. 314
Exploded View ....................................................... 314
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....................... 289 Removal and Installation ....................................... 314 M
REAR VIEW CAMERA .................................... 315
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 290 Removal and Installation ....................................... 315 AV
USB INTERFACE ............................................ 316
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT.. 292 Removal and Installation ....................................... 316
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 292 O
FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS ............... 317
STEERING SWITCH ........................................ 293 Removal and Installation ....................................... 317
BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT ...................... 318 P
USB CONNECTOR .......................................... 295 Exploded View ....................................................... 318
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 296 MICROPHONE ................................................ 319
MULTI AV SYSTEM ......................................... 296 Removal and Installation ....................................... 319
Symptom Table ..................................................... 296 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ........................... 320

Exploded View .......................................................320 Fail-Safe ................................................................ 367
Removal and Installation .......................................320 DTC Index ............................................................. 367
AUDIO ANTENNA ........................................... 321 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 370

Location of Antennas .............................................321 Reference Value ................................................... 370
Window Antenna Repair ........................................321
BOSE AMP. ...................................................... 372
BLUETOOTH® ANTENNA .............................. 323 Reference Value ................................................... 372
Removal and Installation .......................................323
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR ..................................... 375
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA ....................... 324 Reference Value ................................................... 375
Disassembly and Assembly ...................................324 HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT ............................ 379
BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND Reference Value ................................................... 379
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT .. 383

PRECAUTION ............................................ 325
Reference Value ................................................... 383
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 325 DTC Index ............................................................. 386
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................325
VIEW MONITOR) .............................................. 387
Reference Value ................................................... 387
Cautions in Removing Battery Terminal and AV
Control Unit (Models with AV Control Unit) ............325 DTC Index ............................................................. 389
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis ..........................325 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 390
Precaution for Harness Repair ..............................325
Precaution for Work ...............................................326 BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND ....... 390
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 390
PREPARATION .......................................... 327
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 442
PREPARATION ............................................... 327
Special Service Tool ..............................................327 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 442
Commercial Service Tools .....................................327 Work Flow (Multi AV System) ............................... 442
Work Flow (Camera Assistance Sonar) ................ 444
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 328
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................. 446
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 328
Component Parts Location ....................................328 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV
Component Description .........................................330 CONTROL UNIT ...................................................... 446
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV
SYSTEM ........................................................... 333 CONTROL UNIT : Description .............................. 446
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV
MULTI AV SYSTEM .................................................333
CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure ...................... 446
MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Diagram .................333
MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description ............333 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) .............. 446
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : De-
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) . 341
scription ................................................................. 447
Description .............................................................341
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................341
Procedure ............................................................. 447
CONSULT Function ...............................................354
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Con-
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MON- figuration List ......................................................... 448
ITOR CONTROL UNIT) ................................... 356 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONSULT Function ...............................................356 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 448
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [SONAR CONTROL ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)] ...... 359
Description ............................................................ 448
CONSULT Function ...............................................359
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 361 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
Work Procedure .................................................... 448
AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 361
Reference Value ....................................................361 CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR
CONTROL UNIT) ..................................................... 449
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR DTC Logic .............................................................. 461
CONTROL UNIT) : Description ............................. 449 A
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 462
CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure ..................... 449 DTC Logic .............................................................. 462
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR B
U1202 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 463
CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List ................... 450
DTC Logic .............................................................. 463
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SO-
NAR CONTROL UNIT ............................................. 450
U1204 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 464
C
DTC Logic .............................................................. 464
NAR CONTROL UNIT : Description ...................... 450 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 464
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SO- U1205 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 465 D
NAR CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure .............. 450 DTC Logic .............................................................. 465
CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) ...... 451 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 465
CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : E
U1206 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 466
Description ............................................................ 451
DTC Logic .............................................................. 466
CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) :
Work Procedure .................................................... 451 F
CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : U1207 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 467
Configuration List .................................................. 452 DTC Logic .............................................................. 467
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION G
ADJUSTMENT ......................................................... 452 U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 468
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSI- DTC Logic .............................................................. 468
TION ADJUSTMENT : Description ....................... 452 H
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSI- U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 469
TION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure ............... 452 DTC Logic .............................................................. 469
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 470 I
MONITOR) ............................................................... 452 DTC Logic .............................................................. 470
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND
VIEW MONITOR) : Description ............................. 453 U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 471 J
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND DTC Logic .............................................................. 471
VIEW MONITOR) : Work Procedure ..................... 453
U121A AV CONTROL UNIT ........................... 472
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 459 DTC Logic .............................................................. 472 K
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 459 U121B AV CONTROL UNIT ........................... 473
DTC Logic .............................................................. 473
L
AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 459
AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ......................... 459 U121C AV CONTROL UNIT ........................... 474
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ........ 459 DTC Logic .............................................................. 474
M
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW U121D AV CONTROL UNIT ........................... 475
MONITOR) ............................................................... 459 DTC Logic .............................................................. 475
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 475
AV
MONITOR) : DTC Logic ........................................ 459
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW U121E AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 476
MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure ........................ 459 DTC Logic .............................................................. 476
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ........................ 460
U1225 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 477
AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 460 DTC Logic .............................................................. 477
AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ......................... 460 P
U1227 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 478
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW DTC Logic .............................................................. 478
MONITOR) ............................................................... 460 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 478
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW
MONITOR) : DTC Logic ........................................ 460 U1228 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 479
DTC Logic .............................................................. 479
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 461

U1229 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 480 DTC Logic ............................................................. 503
DTC Logic ..............................................................480
U1601, U1603, U1609, U160B FRONT DOOR
U122A AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 481 SPEAKER/TWEETER ...................................... 504
DTC Logic ..............................................................481 DTC Logic ............................................................. 504
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................481 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 504
U122E AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 482 U1627, U162F TWEETER ................................ 505
U1231 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 483
DTC Logic ..............................................................483 U162A CENTER SPEAKER ............................. 506
DTC Logic ............................................................. 506
U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 484 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 506
DTC Logic ..............................................................484
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................484 U1684, U1687, U168C, U168F REAR DOOR
SPEAKER/TWEETER ...................................... 507
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT ..................................... 485 DTC Logic ............................................................. 507
U175D WOOFER .............................................. 508
U1244 GPS ANTENNA .................................... 487 DTC Logic ............................................................. 508
U176A, U1772 ROOF SPEAKER ..................... 509
U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA ........... 488 DTC Logic ............................................................. 509
B2720 CORNER SENSOR [RL] ....................... 510
U125A HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT ............... 489 DTC Logic ............................................................. 510
B2721 CENTER SENSOR [RL] ....................... 511
U1263 USB ...................................................... 490 DTC Logic ............................................................. 511
B2722 CENTER SENSOR [RR] ....................... 512
U1264 ANTENNA AMP. .................................. 491 DTC Logic ............................................................. 512
B2723 CORNER SENSOR [RR] ...................... 513
U1265 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 492 DTC Logic ............................................................. 513
B2724 SONAR CONTROL UNIT ..................... 514
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT ............................. 493 DTC Logic ............................................................. 514
Description .............................................................493
B2725 REAR BUZZER ..................................... 515
U1302 CAMERA POWER VOLT ..................... 495 DTC Logic ............................................................. 515
B2729 CORNER SENSOR [FL] ....................... 517
U1303 LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT .............. 499 DTC Logic ............................................................. 517
B272C CORNER SENSOR [FR] ...................... 518
U1304 CAMERA IMAGE CALIBRATION ....... 501 DTC Logic ............................................................. 518
U1305 CONFIG UNFINISH .............................. 502 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 519
DTC Logic ..............................................................502
AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 519
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 503 AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 519
DISPLAY UNIT ........................................................ 519 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VID-
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ................. 519 EO DISTRIBUTOR TO HEADREST DISPLAY A
BOSE AMP. ............................................................. 520
UNIT) ............................................................... 552
BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ...................... 520
B
SUBWOOFER ......................................................... 521 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FRONT AUX-
SUBWOOFER : Diagnosis Procedure .................. 521 ILIARY INPUT JACKS TO AV CONTROL
UNIT) ............................................................... 553
A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY ........................ 522 C
A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis
Procedure .............................................................. 522 IMAGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................ 554
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 554 D
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR ............................................ 523
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diagnosis Procedure ..... 523 DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................... 555
HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT ................................... 523 E
HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Proce- MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................. 556
dure ....................................................................... 524 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 556
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 524 F
STEERING SWITCH ....................................... 558
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 558
agnosis Procedure ................................................ 524
USB CONNECTOR ......................................... 560 G
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 560
MONITOR) ............................................................... 525
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW FRONT CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIG-
H
MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure ........................ 525 NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 561
CENTER SPEAKER ......................................... 527
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 527 FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT . 562 I
INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER.. 529
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 529 REAR CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
J
CIRCUIT .......................................................... 563
FRONT TWEETER ........................................... 532 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 563
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ... 564 K
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER ............................... 535 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 564
SIDE CAMERA LH COMMUNICATION SIG-
REAR DOOR SPEAKER .................................. 538 L
NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 565
REAR SPEAKER ............................................. 541
SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT. 566 M
SUBWOOFER .................................................. 544
SIDE CAMERA RH COMMUNICATION SIG-
NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 567 AV
FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACK AUDIO Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 567
SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............................................. 547
SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT. 568 O
RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ........ 549
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 569
P
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV MULTI AV SYSTEM ........................................ 569
Symptom Table ..................................................... 569
CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT).. 550
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 550 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 577
Description ............................................................. 577
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV
CONTROL UNIT TO VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR) .. 551 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 586
AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 586 HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT ............................ 605
Exploded View .......................................................586 Removal and Installation ....................................... 605
Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit ...........586
Removal and Installation - A/C and AV Switch As- REAR AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS ................... 607
sembly ...................................................................587 Removal and Installation ....................................... 607
STEERING SWITCH ........................................ 588 SONAR CONTROL UNIT ................................. 608

Exploded View .......................................................588 Removal and Installation ....................................... 608
SONAR SENSOR ............................................. 609
DISPLAY UNIT ................................................ 589 Removal and Installation ....................................... 609
Exploded View .......................................................589
BUZZER ............................................................ 611
BOSE SPEAKER AMP .................................... 590
AUDIO ANTENNA ............................................ 612
Location of Antennas ............................................ 612
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER ............................... 591 Window Antenna Repair ....................................... 612
Exploded View .......................................................591
GPS ANTENNA ................................................ 614
FRONT TWEETER .......................................... 592
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA ....................... 615
INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER. 593 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 615
Removal and Installation .......................................593 BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND
CENTER SPEAKER ........................................ 594 PRECAUTION ........................................... 616
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 616
REAR DOOR SPEAKER ................................. 595 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Exploded View .......................................................595 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Removal and Installation .......................................595 SIONER" ............................................................... 616
REAR SPEAKERS .......................................... 596 Control Unit (Models with AV Control Unit) ........... 616
Removal and Installation .......................................596 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 616
Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 616
SUBWOOFER .................................................. 597
Precaution for Work .............................................. 617
Exploded View .......................................................597
Removal and Installation .......................................597 PREPARATION ......................................... 618
USB INTERFACE ............................................ 598 PREPARATION ................................................ 618
Removal and Installation .......................................598 Special Service Tool ............................................. 618
FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS ................ 599 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 618
Removal and Installation .......................................599 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 619
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT . 600 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 619
Exploded View .......................................................600
Component Parts Location ................................... 619
Component Description ........................................ 621
FRONT CAMERA ............................................ 601 SYSTEM ........................................................... 625
MULTI AV SYSTEM ................................................ 625
REAR VIEW CAMERA .................................... 602 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Diagram ................ 625
Removal and Installation .......................................602 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description ............ 625
SIDE CAMERA ................................................ 603 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) .. 633
Removal and Installation .......................................603 Description ............................................................ 633
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR ..................................... 604 On Board Diagnosis Function ............................... 633
Removal and Installation .......................................604 CONSULT Function .............................................. 646

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MON- CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Con-
ITOR CONTROL UNIT) .................................... 648 figuration List ......................................................... 744 A
CONSULT Function .............................................. 648
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [SONAR CONTROL AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 744
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING B
UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)] ....... 651
CONSULT Function .............................................. 651 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
Description ............................................................. 744
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 653 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING C
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
AV CONTROL UNIT ......................................... 653 Work Procedure ..................................................... 744
Reference Value ................................................... 653 D
Fail-Safe ................................................................ 659 CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR
DTC Index ............................................................. 660 CONTROL UNIT) ..................................................... 745
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR
DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 662 CONTROL UNIT) : Description ............................. 745 E
Reference Value ................................................... 662 CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR
CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure ..................... 745
BOSE AMP. ...................................................... 664 CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR F
Reference Value ................................................... 664 CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List ................... 746
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR ..................................... 668 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SO-
Reference Value ................................................... 668 NAR CONTROL UNIT .............................................. 746 G
HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT ............................ 672 NAR CONTROL UNIT : Description ...................... 746
Reference Value ................................................... 672
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SO- H
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT .. 676 NAR CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure .............. 746
Reference Value ................................................... 676 CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) ....... 747
DTC Index ............................................................. 679 CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : I
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND Description ............................................................. 747
VIEW MONITOR) .............................................. 680
Work Procedure ..................................................... 747 J
Reference Value ................................................... 680
DTC Index ............................................................. 682
Configuration List ................................................... 748
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 683 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION K
BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND ........... 683 ADJUSTMENT ......................................................... 748
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSI-
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 683
TION ADJUSTMENT : Description ........................ 748 L
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 738 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSI-
TION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure ................ 748
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 738 M
Work Flow (Multi AV System) ............................... 738 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW
Work Flow (Camera Assistance Sonar) ................ 740 MONITOR) ............................................................... 748
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................. 742 VIEW MONITOR) : Description ............................. 749 AV
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV VIEW MONITOR) : Work Procedure ..................... 749
CONTROL UNIT ...................................................... 742
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 755 O
CONTROL UNIT : Description .............................. 742
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 755
CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure ...................... 742 P
AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 755
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) .............. 742 AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic .......................... 755
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : De- AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 755
scription ................................................................. 743
MONITOR) ............................................................... 755
Procedure .............................................................. 743
MONITOR) : DTC Logic ........................................ 755

SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW DTC Logic ............................................................. 772
MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure ........................755 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 772
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 756 U1225 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 773
DTC Logic ............................................................. 773
AV CONTROL UNIT .................................................756
AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ..........................756 U1227 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 774
DTC Logic ............................................................. 774
MONITOR) ................................................................756
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW U1228 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 775
MONITOR) : DTC Logic ........................................756 DTC Logic ............................................................. 775
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 757 U1229 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 776
U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 758 U122A AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 777
U1202 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 759
DTC Logic ..............................................................759 U122E AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 778
DTC Logic ............................................................. 778
U1204 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 760
DTC Logic ..............................................................760 U1231 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 779
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................760 DTC Logic ............................................................. 779
U1205 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 761 U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 780
U1206 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 762 U1243 DISPLAY UNIT ...................................... 781
U1207 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 763 U1244 GPS ANTENNA .................................... 783
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 764 U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA ............ 784
U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 765
DTC Logic ..............................................................765 U125A HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT ................ 785
DTC Logic ............................................................. 785
U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 766 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 785
DTC Logic ..............................................................766
U1263 USB ....................................................... 786
U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 767 DTC Logic ............................................................. 786
DTC Logic ..............................................................767
U121A AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 768 U1264 ANTENNA AMP. ................................... 787
DTC Logic ..............................................................768
DTC Logic ............................................................. 787
U121B AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 769 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 787
DTC Logic ..............................................................769 U1265 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 788
U121C AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 770 DTC Logic ............................................................. 788
U121D AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 771 U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT .............................. 789
DTC Logic ..............................................................771 Description ............................................................ 789
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................771 U1302 CAMERA POWER VOLT ...................... 791
U121E AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 772 DTC Logic ............................................................. 791

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 791 B2729 CORNER SENSOR [FL] ...................... 813
DTC Logic .............................................................. 813 A
U1303 LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT ............... 795 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 813
DTC Logic ............................................................. 795
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 795 B272C CORNER SENSOR [FR] ..................... 814
B
DTC Logic .............................................................. 814
U1304 CAMERA IMAGE CALIBRATION ........ 797 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 814
DTC Logic ............................................................. 797
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 815 C
U1305 CONFIG UNFINISH .............................. 798
DTC Logic ............................................................. 798 AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 815
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 815
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 799 D
DTC Logic ............................................................. 799 DISPLAY UNIT ......................................................... 815
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .................. 815
U1601, U1603, U1609, U160B FRONT DOOR
BOSE AMP. ............................................................. 816 E
SPEAKER/TWEETER ...................................... 800
DTC Logic ............................................................. 800 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ...................... 816
SUBWOOFER .......................................................... 817 F
U1627, U162F TWEETER ................................ 801 SUBWOOFER : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 817
DTC Logic ............................................................. 801 A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY ........................ 818
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 801 A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis G
U162A CENTER SPEAKER ............................. 802 Procedure .............................................................. 818
DTC Logic ............................................................. 802 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR ............................................. 819
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 802 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diagnosis Procedure ...... 819 H
U1684, U1687, U168C, U168F REAR DOOR HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT .................................... 819
SPEAKER/TWEETER ...................................... 803 HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Proce- I
DTC Logic ............................................................. 803 dure ....................................................................... 820
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 820
U175D WOOFER .............................................. 804 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di- J
DTC Logic ............................................................. 804 agnosis Procedure ................................................. 820
K
U176A, U1772 ROOF SPEAKER .................... 805 MONITOR) ............................................................... 821
DTC Logic ............................................................. 805 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 805 MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure ........................ 821
L
B2720 CORNER SENSOR [RL] ...................... 806 CENTER SPEAKER ........................................ 823
DTC Logic ............................................................. 806 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 823
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 806 M
INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER. 825
B2721 CENTER SENSOR [RL] ....................... 807 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 825
DTC Logic ............................................................. 807
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 807 FRONT TWEETER .......................................... 828 AV
B2722 CENTER SENSOR [RR] ....................... 808
DTC Logic ............................................................. 808 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER .............................. 831
B2723 CORNER SENSOR [RR] ...................... 809 REAR DOOR TWEETER ................................ 834
DTC Logic ............................................................. 809 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 834 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 809 REAR DOOR SPEAKER ................................ 837
B2724 SONAR CONTROL UNIT ..................... 810 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 837
DTC Logic ............................................................. 810 REAR SPEAKER ............................................ 840
B2725 REAR BUZZER ..................................... 811 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 840
DTC Logic ............................................................. 811 SUBWOOFER ................................................. 843
FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACK AUDIO SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.. 865
SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............................................ 846 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 865
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 866
RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....... 848
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................848 MULTI AV SYSTEM ......................................... 866
Symptom Table ..................................................... 866
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV
CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT). 849 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 874
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................849 Description ............................................................ 874
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 883
CONTROL UNIT TO VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR) . 850 AV CONTROL UNIT ......................................... 883
Exploded View ...................................................... 883
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VID- Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit ........... 883
EO DISTRIBUTOR TO HEADREST DISPLAY Removal and Installation - A/C and AV Switch As-
sembly ................................................................... 884
UNIT) ................................................................ 851
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................851 STEERING SWITCH ......................................... 885
Exploded View ...................................................... 885
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FRONT AUX-
ILIARY INPUT JACKS TO AV CONTROL
UNIT) ................................................................ 852 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 886
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................852 Exploded View ...................................................... 886
IMAGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................ 853
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................853 BOSE SPEAKER AMP ..................................... 887
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ...................... 854
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................854 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER ................................ 888
Exploded View ...................................................... 888
STEERING SWITCH ........................................ 855 Removal and Installation ....................................... 888
FRONT TWEETER ........................................... 889
USB CONNECTOR .......................................... 857 Removal and Installation ....................................... 889
INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER.. 890
FRONT CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIG- Removal and Installation ....................................... 890
NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 858
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................858 CENTER SPEAKER ......................................... 891
FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT . 859
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................859 REAR DOOR SPEAKER .................................. 892
Exploded View ...................................................... 892
REAR CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL Removal and Installation ....................................... 892
CIRCUIT ........................................................... 860
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................860 REAR DOOR TWEETER .................................. 893
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ... 861
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................861 REAR SPEAKERS ........................................... 894
SIDE CAMERA LH COMMUNICATION SIG-
NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 862 SUBWOOFER .................................................. 895
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................862 Exploded View ...................................................... 895
SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT. 863
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................863 USB INTERFACE ............................................. 896
SIDE CAMERA RH COMMUNICATION SIG-
NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 864 FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS ................ 897

Removal and Installation ....................................... 897 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 917
A
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT .. 898 COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 917
Exploded View ...................................................... 898 Component Parts Location .................................... 917
Removal and Installation ....................................... 898 Component Description ......................................... 917
B
FRONT CAMERA ............................................. 899 SYSTEM .......................................................... 919
TELEMATICS SYSTEM ........................................... 919 C
REAR VIEW CAMERA ..................................... 900 TELEMATICS SYSTEM : System Diagram ........... 919
Removal and Installation ....................................... 900 TELEMATICS SYSTEM : System Description ...... 919
SIDE CAMERA ................................................. 901 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCU) .......................... 920 D
Removal and Installation ....................................... 901 CONSULT Function ............................................... 920
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR ..................................... 902 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 921 E
AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 921
HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT ............................ 903 List of ECU Reference ........................................... 921
Removal and Installation ....................................... 903 F
TCU ................................................................. 922
REAR AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS .................. 905 Reference Value .................................................... 922
Removal and Installation ....................................... 905 DTC Index ............................................................. 923
G
SONAR CONTROL UNIT ................................. 906 WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 924
BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND ...... 924 H
SONAR SENSOR ............................................. 907 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 924
BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND .......... 976
BUZZER ........................................................... 909 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 976 I
BASIC INSPECTION ................................1031
AUDIO ANTENNA ............................................ 910
J
Location of Antennas ............................................ 910 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....1031
Window Antenna Repair ....................................... 910 Work Flow ............................................................1031
GPS ANTENNA ................................................ 912 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ...............1033 K
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCU1033
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA ....................... 913 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Removal and Installation ....................................... 913 TCU : Description ................................................1033 L
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 913 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
TELEMATICS SYSTEM TCU : Work Procedure ........................................1033
M
PRECAUTION ............................................ 914 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................1036
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 914 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................1036
DTC Logic ............................................................1036 AV
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1036
SIONER" ............................................................... 914
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................1037 O
Control Unit (Models with AV Control Unit) ........... 914 DTC Logic ............................................................1037
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 914 U1A00 TCU ....................................................1038
Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 914 DTC Logic ............................................................1038 P
Precaution for Work .............................................. 915 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1038
PREPARATION ......................................... 916 U1A01 TCU ....................................................1039
DTC Logic ............................................................1039
PREPARATION ................................................ 916
Special Service Tool ............................................. 916 U1A02 TCU ....................................................1040
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 916 DTC Logic ............................................................1040

U1A03 TCU .....................................................1041 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1051
DTC Logic ............................................................1041
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..1052
U1A04 TCU .....................................................1042 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1052
DTC Logic ............................................................1042
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ..........................1053
U1A05 TCU .....................................................1043
DTC Logic ............................................................1043 TELEMATICS SYSTEM .................................1053
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1043 Symptom Table ....................................................1053
U1A07 TEL ANTENNA ...................................1044 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............1054

DTC Logic ............................................................1044 Description ...........................................................1054
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1044
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1055
U1A08 TEL ANTENNA ...................................1045
DTC Logic ............................................................1045
AV CONTROL UNIT .......................................1055
Exploded View .....................................................1055
Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit ..........1055
U1A0B MICROPHONE ...................................1046 Removal and Installation - A/C and AV Switch As-
DTC Logic ............................................................1046 sembly ..................................................................1056
TCU .................................................................1057
U1A0C MICROPHONE ...................................1048 Removal and Installation ......................................1057
DTC Logic ............................................................1048
MICROPHONE ...............................................1058
Removal and Installation ......................................1058
U1A0E TELEMATICS SWITCH ......................1050
DTC Logic ............................................................1050
GPS ANTENNA ..............................................1059
U1A0F TELEMATICS SWITCH ......................1051 TEL ANTENNA ...............................................1060

DTC Logic ............................................................1051

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BASE AUDIO]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000009128973
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system may only deploy
one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front passenger seat is occupied.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man- D
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in E
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
F
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har- G
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
H
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service. J
Cautions in Removing Battery Terminal and AV Control Unit (Models with AV Control
Unit) INFOID:0000000009128974
K
CAUTION:
Remove battery terminal and AV control unit 30 seconds or more after turning the ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: L
After the ignition switch is turned OFF, the AV control unit continues operating for approximately 30 seconds.
Therefore, data corruption may occur if battery voltage is cut off within 30 seconds.
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000009128975 M
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals. AV
• Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0 V or less.
• Be sure to turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before
checking the circuit.
O
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000009128976
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM P

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BASE AUDIO]
• Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted line
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]
PKIA0306E
• Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts. (The
spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics of
twisted line will be lost.)
PKIA0307E
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000009128977
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a component
may be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component
with a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and prevent them from being dropped.
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.
• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with a new one.
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.
• After installation is complete, be sure to check that each part works properly.
• Follow the steps below to clean components:
- Water soluble dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the dirty area.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Oily dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%) and wipe the dirty
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off.
- Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline.
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner.

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [BASE AUDIO]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000009128978
B
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(Kent-Moore No.) C
Tool name
— Removing trim components
(J-46534) D
Trim Tool Set
AWJIA0483ZZ
F
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000009128979
G
Tool name Description
Power tools Loosening nuts, screws and bolts
PIIB1407E
AV

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000009128980
ALNIA1339ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
1. Instrument panel tweeter LH 2. Steering switch 3. A/C and AV switch assembly A

AV control unit (view with center stack
4. Instrument panel tweeter RH 5. Display unit 6.
removed)
7. Microphone 8. USB interface 9. Front auxiliary input jacks
B
10. Front door speaker LH 11. Front door speaker RH 12. Rear door speaker LH
13. Rear door speaker RH 14. Rear view camera 15. Bluetooth® control unit
16. Satellite radio tuner 17. Bluetooth® antenna C
Component Description INFOID:0000000009128981
D
Part name Description
• Master unit of MULTI AV system.
• AV control unit includes audio, USB connection and vehicle status functions.
E
• Connected to MULTI AV system control units via AV communication.
• Connected to other vehicle control units via CAN communication to obtain neces-
sary information for vehicle information function.
F
AV control unit • Receives steering angle signal via CAN communication from steering angle sen-
sor and controls an expected course line during rear view monitor operation.
• Inputs signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and parking
brake). G
• TEL voice signal and voice guidance signal are input from Bluetooth® control unit.
• Camera image signal is received and transmitted to display unit.
• Display image is controlled by AV control unit via serial communication. H
• Receives power (signal VCC and inverter VCC) from AV control unit.
• RGB image signals (RGB image, RGB area and RGB synchronizing) are input
Display unit
from AV control unit.
• Composite image signals are input from AV control unit. I
• Synchronizing signals (HP, VP) are output to AV control unit.
Front door speaker Outputs low and mid range sounds.
Instrument panel tweeter Outputs high range sounds. J
Rear door speaker Outputs low, mid and high range sounds.
• Operation panels are equipped with switches for audio and air conditioner opera-
tions. K
A/C and AV switch assembly
• Operation signal is transmitted via AV communication to AV control unit.
• Disk eject operation signal is performed via hardwire.
• Camera power supply is input from AV control unit. L
Rear view camera
• Vehicle rear view image is transmitted to display unit via AV control unit.
Connected to AV control unit via CAN communication and transmits steering angle
Steering angle sensor
sensor signal. M
• Operations for audio, hands-free phone and voice recognition are possible.
Steering switch
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
• Used for hands-free phone and voice recognition operation. AV
Microphone • Microphone signal is transmitted to Bluetooth® control unit.
• Power (Microphone VCC) is supplied from Bluetooth® control unit.
• Radio signal received by window antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con- O
Antenna amp. trol unit.
• Power (antenna amp. ON signal) is supplied from AV control unit.
• Inputs satellite radio signal from satellite radio antenna and outputs sound signal
P
to AV control unit.
Satellite radio tuner
• Controlled via serial communication (communication signal and request signal) by
AV control unit.
Satellite radio antenna Satellite radio signal is received and transmitted to satellite radio tuner.
• Inputs TEL voice signal from Bluetooth® antenna and outputs it to AV control unit.
Bluetooth® control unit
• Controlled via AV communication by AV control unit.

COMPONENT PARTS
Bluetooth® antenna Receives TEL voice signal and outputs it to Bluetooth® control unit.
USB connector USB sound and data input signals are transmitted to AV control unit.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
MULTI AV SYSTEM
MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000009128982
B
AV
AWNIA2559GB
MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000009128983
AUDIO SYSTEM
SYSTEM
The audio system consists of the following components
• AV control unit
• A/C and AV switch assembly
• Display unit
• Steering switch
• Front door speakers
• Instrument panel tweeters
• Rear door speakers
• Window antenna
When the audio system is on, radio signals are received by the window antenna. The AV control unit then
sends audio signals to the front door speakers, instrument panel tweeters and rear door speakers.
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
SATELLITE RADIO SYSTEM
The satellite radio system consists of the following components
• Satellite antenna
• Satellite radio tuner
When the satellite radio system is on, radio signals are supplied to the satellite radio tuner from the satellite
antenna. The satellite radio tuner then sends audio signals to the AV control unit.
Refer to Owner's Manual for satellite radio system operating instructions.
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
System Operation
NOTE:
Cellular telephones must have their wireless connection set up (paired) before using the Bluetooth® telephone
system.
The Bluetooth® telephone system allows users who have a Bluetooth® cellular telephone to make a wireless
connection between their cellular telephone and the Bluetooth® control unit. Hands-free cellular telephone
calls can be sent and received. Some Bluetooth® cellular telephones may not be recognized by the Bluetooth®
control unit. When a cellular telephone or the Bluetooth® control unit is replaced, the telephone must be paired
with the Bluetooth® control unit. Different cellular telephones may have different pairing procedures, refer to
the cellular telephone operating manual.
Refer to the Owner's Manual for Bluetooth® telephone system operating instructions.
Bluetooth® Control Unit
When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON, the Bluetooth® control unit will power up. During power up,
the Bluetooth® control unit is initialized and performs various self-checks. Initialization may take up to 20 sec-
onds. If a phone is present in the vehicle and paired with the Bluetooth® control unit, Nissan Voice Recognition
will then become active. Bluetooth® telephone functions can be turned off using the Nissan Voice Recognition
system.
Steering Switch
When buttons on the steering switch are pushed, the resistance in steering switch circuit changes, depending
on which button is pushed. The Bluetooth® control unit uses this signal to perform various functions while nav-
igating through the voice recognition system.
The following functions can be performed using the steering switch:
• Initiate self-diagnosis of the Bluetooth® telephone system
• Start a voice recognition session
• Answer and end telephone calls
• Adjust the volume of calls
Microphone
The microphone is located in the roof console assembly. The microphone sends a signal to the Bluetooth®
control unit. The microphone can be actively tested during self-diagnosis.
AV Control Unit
The AV control unit receives signals from the Bluetooth® control unit and sends audio signals to the speakers.
REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM

SYSTEM
When the shift selector is in the R position, the display shows a view to the rear of the vehicle. Lines which
indicate the vehicle clearance and distances are also displayed. A
SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME SYSTEM
Volume level of this system goes up and down automatically in proportion to the vehicle speed. The control
level can be selected by the customer. Refer to Owner's Manual for operating instructions. B
AV

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000009128984
The AV control unit on board diagnosis includes the following functions:

• A/C and AV switch assembly self diagnosis that checks the ON/OFF operation (continuity) of each switch in
the A/C and AV switch assembly.
NOTE:
The hazard switch and disk eject switch are not included in this operation check.
• AV control unit on board diagnosis performs the following functions listed in the table below:
Mode Description
• AV control unit diagnosis.
Self Diagnosis • Diagnoses the connections across system components (between AV
control unit and each unit).
• Color tone check using color spectrum bar display and white display.
Display Diagnosis
• Light and shade check by gradation bar display.
Diagnosis of signals can be performed for vehicle speed, parking brake,
Vehicle Signals
lights, ignition and reverse.
Speaker Test Speaker connection can be confirmed by test tone.
• The system malfunction and frequency of past occurrences is displayed.
Error History • When malfunctioning item is selected, time and place that the malfunc-
tion last occurred are displayed.
Confirmation/
Adjustment • Guiding line position that overlaps rear view camera image can be ad-
Camera Cont. justed.
• Configuration stored in the AV control unit can be checked.
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis Transmit/receive function of CAN communication can be monitored.
Communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be moni-
AV COMM Diagnosis
tored.
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase connection history of unit and error history.
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory.
Perform CONSULT diagnosis if the AV control unit on board diagnosis does not start, the screen does not dis-
play anything, or the A/C and AV switch assembly self diagnosis does not function.
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000009128985
METHOD OF STARTING
A/C and AV Switch Assembly Self Diagnosis
• Press the BACK and UP switches within 10 seconds after turning
the ignition switch from OFF to ACC and hold them for 3 seconds
or more.
• The buzzer sounds, all indicators of the switches illuminate, and
the self-diagnosis mode begins.
• The ON position continuity of each switch can be checked by
pressing the switch. The buzzer sounds if continuity is present.
• The self diagnosis mode is canceled when the ignition switch is
turned OFF.
JSNIA3034ZZ
AV Control Unit Self Diagnosis

1. Turn the ignition ON.
2. Turn the audio system OFF.

3. While pressing the SETTING button, turn the volume control dial
clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. When self- A
diagnosis mode begins, a short beep will be heard. Shifting from
current screen to previous screen is performed by pressing
BACK button.
B
JSNIA3069ZZ
D
4. The trouble diagnosis initial screen is displayed, and Self Diag-
nosis or Confirmation/Adjustment can be selected.
E
G
SKIB3961E
SELF DIAGNOSIS MODE H

1. Select Self Diagnosis.
2. Self diagnosis screen is displayed. The bar graph visible in center of screen indicates progress of self I
diagnosis.
3. Diagnosis results are displayed after self diagnosis is com-
pleted. Unit names and connection lines are color coded accord-
ing to diagnostic results.Control Unit (AV control unit) is J
displayed in red.
JSNIA2528ZZ
Diagnosis results Unit Connection line M

Normal Green Green
Connection malfunction Gray Yellow
AV
Unit malfunction 1 Red Green
1: Control Unit (AV control unit) is displayed in red.

• Replace AV control unit if Self Diagnosis did not run because control unit malfunction is indicated. The symptom is AV control O
unit internal error. Refer to AV-136, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit".
• If multiple errors occur at the same time for a single unit, the screen switch colors are determined according to the following order
of priority: red > gray.
P

4. Comments of self diagnosis results can be viewed in the diagno-
sis result screen.
JSNIA0141GB
AV Control Unit Self Diagnosis Results
Only Unit Part Is Displayed In Red

Screen switch Description Possible cause
• AV control unit power supply or ground
circuits. Refer to AV-93.
Malfunction is detected in AV control unit
Control unit • If no malfunction is detected in AV control
power supply or ground circuit.
unit power supply and ground circuits, re-
place AV control unit. Refer to AV-136.
A Connecting Cable Between Units Is Displayed In Yellow

Area with yellow connection lines Description Possible cause
Malfunction is detected in serial communi- Serial communication circuits between AV
Control unit ⇔ Front Display cation circuits between AV control unit and control unit and display unit. Refer to AV-
display unit. 87.
When any of the following is detected:
• Satellite radio tuner power supply or
• satellite radio tuner power supply or
ground circuits. Refer to AV-95.
ground circuit malfunction.
• Communication circuit between AV con-
• communication circuit malfunction be-
trol unit and satellite radio tuner. Refer to
Control unit ⇔ SAT tween AV control unit and satellite radio
AV-89.
tuner.
• Request signal circuit between AV con-
• request signal circuit malfunction be-
tween AV control unit and satellite radio
AV-89.
tuner.
• Bluetooth® control unit power supply or • Bluetooth® control unit power supply or
ground circuit malfunction. ground circuits. Refer to AV-96.
Control unit ⇔ BTHF
• AV communication circuit malfunction • AV communication circuits between AV
between AV control unit and Bluetooth® control unit and Bluetooth® control unit.
control unit.
AV Control Unit Confirmation/Adjustment

1. Select Confirmation/Adjustment.
2. Select each switch on the Confirmation/Adjustment screen to
display the relevant trouble diagnosis screen. Press the BACK
switch to return to the initial Confirmation/Adjustment screen.
AWNIA2562GB

Display Diagnosis
A
I
JSNIA2233GB
Vehicle Signals
J
A comparison check can be made of each actual vehicle signal and
the signals recognized by the system.
M
JSNIA0149GB
Speaker Test
Select Speaker Test to display the Speaker Diagnosis screen. Press AV
Start to generate a test tone in a speaker. Press Start again to gener-
ate a test tone in the next speaker. Press End to stop the test tones.
JSNIA0150GB
Error History
The self diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when Self diagnosis is
selected until the self diagnosis results are displayed.

However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned
ON and then no error has occurred until the self
diagnosis start. Check the Error Record to detect any error that may have occurred before the self diagnosis
start because of this situation.
The frequency of occurrence is displayed in a count up manner. The actual count up method differs depending
on the error item.
Count up method A
• The counter resets to 0 if an error occurs when ignition switch is turned ON. The counter increases by 1 if
the condition is normal at a next ignition ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 39. Any counts exceeding 39 are ignored.“ The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT.
Count up method B
• The counter increases by 1 if an error occurs when ignition switch is ON. The counter will not decrease even
if the condition is normal at the next ignition ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 50. Any counts exceeding 50 are ignored. “ The counter can be reset (no error
Display type of occur-

Error history display item
rence frequency
Count up method A CAN communication line, control unit (CAN), AV communication line, control unit (AV)
Count up method B Other than the above
JSNIA0151GB
Error item
Some error items may be displayed simultaneously according to the cause. If some error items are displayed
simultaneously, the detection of the cause can be performed by the combination of display items
Error item Description Possible cause

Perform diagnosis with CONSULT, then re-
CAN communication malfunction is detect-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT pair the malfunctioning components ac-
ed.
cording to diagnosis results. Refer to AV-33
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis Replace the AV control unit if the malfunc-
CONTROL UNIT (AV)
malfunction is detected. tion occurs constantly. Refer to AV-136.
FLASH-ROM Error Of Control Unit
AV control unit malfunction is detected.
CAN Controller Memory Error
Predictive course line center position ad- Adjust the predictive course line center po-
Steer. Angle Sensor Calibration justment of the steering angle sensor is in- sition of the steering angle sensor. Refer to
complete. BRC-60.

A
• Display unit power supply or ground cir-
• display unit power supply or ground cir-
cuits. Refer to AV-93.
Display Connection Error cuits malfunction.
• Communication circuits between AV con-
• communication circuit malfunction be- B
trol unit and display unit. Refer to AV-87.
tween AV control unit and display unit.
ground circuits. Refer to AV-95. C
XM Connection Error tween AV control unit and satellite radio
AV-89.
tuner. D
AV-89.
tuner.
When any of the following is detected: E
• A/C and AV switch assembly power sup-
ply or ground circuits. Refer to AV-97.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT ply or ground circuit malfunction.
• AV communication circuits between AV
• Switches Connection Error • AV communication circuit malfunction
control unit and A/C and AV switch as- F
between AV control unit and A/C and AV
sembly.
switch assembly.
G
• AV COMM CIRCUIT ground circuit malfunction. ground circuits. Refer to AV-96.
• BTHF Unit Connection Error • AV communication circuit malfunction • AV communication circuits between AV
between AV control unit and Bluetooth® control unit and Bluetooth® control unit. H
control unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT AV communication circuit malfunction be- AV communication circuits between AV
• Switches Connection Error tween AV control unit and A/C and AV control unit and A/C and AV switch assem-
I
• BTHF Unit Connection Error switch assembly. bly.
Camera Cont.
The two functions of “Correct Draw Line of Rear view Cam”, “Con- J
firm Configuration” are available.
JSNIA2230ZZ M
Adjust Offset of Rear view Camera

• Use this mode to adjust the guide line display position of the rear AV
view monitor if necessary after removing the rear view monitor
camera.
CAUTION:
After the adjustment, never perform other operations for one O
minute.
JSNIA2231ZZ
Factory Configuration Confirmation

JSNIA2234ZZ
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis

• CAN communication status and error counter is displayed.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• The error counter is erased if “Reset” is pressed.
Malfunction counter
Items Display (Current)
(Past)
Tx(HVAC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA2235ZZ
Rx(ECM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(Cluster) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(BCM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(HVAC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(USM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(VDC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(STRG) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
NOTE:
“???” indicates UNKWN.
AV COMM Diagnosis
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit and
each unit.
Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
C Tx(ITM-SW) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39 JSNIA2505ZZ
C Rx(PrimarySW-ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(BTHF-ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
NOTE:
Delete Unit Connection Log
Revision: August 2013 A V - 3 2 2014 QX60

Deletes any unit connection records and error records from the AV
control unit memory. (Clear the records of the unit that has been A
removed.)
JSNIA0154GB
D
Initialize Settings
“User Data Initialization” and “Accessory Number Initialization” are
possible.
CAUTION: E
• Never perform Accessory Number Initialization except when
configuration is unsuccessful.
• Accessory Number Initialization requires configuration. For F
details, refer to AV-80, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL
UNIT) : Description".
G
JSNIA2237ZZ
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000009128986 H
CAUTION:
After disconnecting the CONSULT vehicle interface (VI) from the data link connector, the ignition must
be cycled OFF → ON (for at least 5 seconds) → OFF. If this step is not performed, the BCM may not go I
to “sleep mode”, potentially causing a discharged battery and a no-start condition.
CONSULT FUNCTIONS J
CONSULT performs the following functions via communication with the AV control unit.
Direct Diagnostic Mode Description

K
Ecu Identification The AV control unit part number is displayed.
Self Diagnostic Result The AV control unit self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The AV control unit input/output data is displayed in real time. L
Work support The settings for AV control unit functions can be changed.
• The vehicle specification can be read and saved.
Configuration
• The vehicle specification can be written when replacing AV control unit. M
• The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of AV communication is displayed.
CAN Diag Support Mntr
• The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed.
AV
ECU IDENTIFICATION
The part number of AV control unit is displayed.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT O
Refer to AV-42, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
P
Monitor Item [Unit] Description
Indicates vehicle speed signal received from combination meter on CAN communication
VHCL SPD SIG [On/Off]
line.
PKB SIG [On/Off] Indicates condition of park brake signal.
ILLUM SIG [On/Off] Indicates condition of illumination signal for the A/C and AV switch assembly.

IGN SIG [On/Off] Indicates condition of ignition signal.
REV SIG [On/Off] Indicates condition of reverse signal received from BCM.
WORK SUPPORT
Conditions Description
Steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment can be per-
ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
formed. Refer to BRC-60, "Description".
CONFIGURATION
Refer to AV-80, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description".
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
Refer to LAN-23, "CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor".

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT)
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000009128987
The Bluetooth® control unit has two diagnostic checks. The first diagnostic check is performed automatically B
every ignition cycle during control unit initialization. The second diagnostic check is performed by the techni-
cian using the steering switch prior to trouble diagnosis.
Bluetooth® CONTROL UNIT INITIALIZATION CHECKS C

• Internal control unit failure
• Bluetooth® antenna connection open or shorted
D
• Steering switch [ (PHONE/SEND), (PHONE/END)] stuck closed
• Vehicle speed pulse count
• Microphone connection test (with playback to operator)
• Bluetooth® inquiry check E
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch to ACC or ON. F
2. Wait for the Bluetooth® system to complete initialization. This may take up to 20 seconds.
3. Press and hold the steering switch (PHONE/SEND) button
for at least 5 seconds. The Bluetooth® system will begin to play G
a verbal prompt.
AWNIA2560ZZ
J
4. While the prompt is playing, press and hold the steering switch
(PHONE/END) button until you hear the “Diagnostics mode”
prompt. The Bluetooth® system will sound a 5-second beep. K
5. While the beep is sounding, press and hold the steering switch
(PHONE/END) button again until you hear prompts.
6. The Bluetooth® system has now entered into the diagnostic L
mode. Results of the diagnostic checks will be verbalized to the
technician. Refer to AV-35, "Work Flow".
7. After the failure records are reported, an interactive microphone
test will be performed. Follow the voice prompt. If the micro- M
phone test fails, refer to AV-35, "Work Flow". AWNIA2561ZZ
Work Flow INFOID:0000000009128988

AV
Failure Message Action

O
“Internal failure” Replace Bluetooth® control unit. Refer to AV-146, "Removal and Installation".
“Bluetooth® antenna open” 1. Inspect harness connection.

®
“Bluetooth antenna shorted” 2. Replace Bluetooth® antenna. Refer to AV-146, "Removal and Installation". P
“Phone/Send for Hands Free System is stuck”
Check steering switch. Refer to AV-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
“Phone/End for the Hands Free System is stuck”
“Microphone test” (failed interactive test) 1. Inspect harness between Bluetooth® control unit and microphone.
2. Replace microphone. Refer to AV-147, "Removal and Installation".

AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

AV CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000009128989
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status

Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH). Off
VHCL SPD SIG
Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH). On
Parking brake released. Off
PKB SIG
Parking brake applied. On
Illumination signal is not received. Off
ILLUM SIG
Illumination signal is received. On
Ignition switch OFF or ACC. Off
IGN SIG
Ignition switch ON. On
Selector lever in any position other than R. Off
REV SIG
Selector lever in R position. On
TERMINAL LAYOUT
ALNIA1327ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No.
Description Condition
(Wire color) Value
Input/ Ignition (Approx.)
+ – Signal name Operation
Output switch
5 4 During voice guide output

(W) (B) Bluetooth® voice signal Input ON
with switch pressed
SKIB3609E
6 ®
— Bluetooth voice signal — — — —
(Shield) shield

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value A
Output switch
10 B
Ground Switch ground — ON — 0V
(V)
11 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output C
12 Input/
— CAN–L — — —
(P) Output
13 AV communication signal Input/ D
— — — —
(SB) (H) Output
14 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output E
— — — —
(SB) (H) Output
16
—
AV communication signal Input/
— — — F
(LG) (L) Output
G
20 22
AUX sound signal RH Input ON AUX mode selected
(R) (B)
H
SKIB3609E
21 22 J
AUX sound signal LH Input ON AUX mode selected
(W) (B)
SKIB3609E K
25
— AUX sound signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
Pressing eject switch 0V L
28
Ground Disk eject signal Input ON
(Y) Except above 5.0 V
29
(LG)
Ground Ignition signal Input ON — Battery voltage M
Selector lever in R position Battery voltage

30
Ground Reverse signal Input ON Selector lever in any posi-
(R) 0V AV
tion other than R
31 Parking brake applied 4.5 V

Ground Parking brake signal Input ON
(G) Parking brake released 0V O
NOTE:
The maximum voltage varies de-
pending on the specification (des-
tination unit).
P
32 Vehicle speed approx. 40

Ground Vehicle speed signal Input ON
(BG) km/h (25 MPH)
JSNIA0012GB

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
Output switch
Sound signal front door

34 35
speaker and instrument Output ON Audio output
(SB) (V)
panel tweeter LH
SKIB3609E
36 37 Sound signal rear door

Output ON Audio output
(BR) (Y) speaker LH
SKIB3609E
Press SOURCE switch 0V
Press switch 1.0V
38 47 Press switch 2.0V

Steering switch signal A Input ON
(G) (B)
Press switch 3.0V
Press ENTER switch 4.0V

Except above 5.0V
39
Ground ACC power supply Input ACC — Battery voltage
(P)
41 Lighting switch OFF 0V

Ground Illumination signal Input OFF
(R) Lighting switch ON Battery voltage

43 44
speaker and instrument Output ON Audio output
(BR) (Y)
panel tweeter RH
SKIB3609E

Output ON Audio output
(L) (SB) speaker RH
SKIB3609E
Press switch 0V
Press switch 1.0V
48 47 Press switch 2.0V

Steering switch signal B Input ON
(W) (B)
Press switch 3.0V
Press DISP switch 4.0V

Except above 5.0V

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Output switch
51 B
Ground Battery power supply Input OFF — Battery voltage
(Y)
52
Ground Ground — ON — 0V
(GR) C
D
53 Camera image or AUX im-
Ground Composite image signal Output ON
(B) age displayed
E
SKIB2251J
54 Composite image signal

Ground — ON — 0V
(W) ground F
G
Begin Confirmation/Adjust-
55
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Output ON ment mode, then select
(W)
“Color Spectrum Bar”
H
SKIB2237J
56
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Output ON ment mode, then select
(B) J
SKIB2236J
K
Begin Confirmation/Adjust- L
57
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Output ON ment mode, then select
(R)
M
SKIB2238J
AV
58
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output ON —
(B)
O
SKIB3603E
59 P
— Synchronizing signal shield — — — —
(Shield)

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
Output switch
RGB image displayed 5.0 V
60
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Output ON
(W) AUX image displayed
PKIB4948J
61 Communication signal Adjusting display bright-

Ground Input ON
(B) (DISP→CONT) ness
PKIB5039J
62 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Input ON —
(G) (HP) signal
SKIB3601E
63
Ground Signal ground — OFF — 0V
(B)
64
Ground Signal VCC Output ACC — 9.0 V
(V)
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
67
— RGB signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
72 Display communication sig-
— — — — —
(Shield) nal shield

Ground Output ON
(W) (CONT→DISP) ness
PKIB5039J
74 Vertical synchronizing (VP)

Ground Input ON —
(R) signal
SKIB3598E
75
Ground Inverter ground — OFF — 0V
(LG)

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Output switch
76 B
Ground Inverter VCC Output ACC — 9.0 V
(L)
82
Ground Camera image signal Input ON Camera image displayed
(W)
D
SKIB2251J
83 F
Ground AUX image signal Input ON AUX image displayed
(W)
SKIB2251J
G
87 Selector lever in “R” posi-
Ground Camera power supply Output ON 6.0 V
(R) tion
H
88
Ground Camera ground — ON — 0V
(B)
89 Camera image signal
— — — — — I
(Shield) shield
90
— AUX image signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
91
J
Ground AUX image signal ground — ON — 0V
(B)
94 93 Satellite radio sound signal Satellite radio mode select-

Input ON
(B) (W) LH ed L
SKIB3609E
M
96 95 Satellite radio sound signal Satellite radio mode select- AV

Input ON
(G) (R) RH ed
O
SKIB3609E
97 Satellite radio sound signal

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
P
98 Satellite communication
— — — — —
(Shield) signal shield

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
Output switch
100 Request signal Satellite radio mode select-

Ground Input ON
(W) (SAT→CONT) ed
SKIA9299J
101 Communication signal Satellite radio mode select-

Ground Input ON
(B) (SAT→CONT) ed
SKIA9300J

Ground Output ON
(R) (CONT→SAT) ed
SKIA9301J
137
— V BUS signal — — — —
(W)
138
— USB ground — — — —
(G)
139
— USB D+ signal — — — —
(L)
140
— USB D− signal — — — —
(R)
141
— USB signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
142
— Antenna amp. ON signal Output ON — Battery voltage
(B)
143
— AM - FM main Input — — —
(B)
144
— FM sub Input — — —
(B)
DTC Index INFOID:0000000009128990
CONSULT Display Reference Page

U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT AV-82, "DTC Logic"
U1010: CONTROL UNIT AV-83, "DTC Logic"
U1200: CONT UNIT AV-84, "DTC Logic"
U1216: CAN CONT AV-85, "DTC Logic"
U1232: ST ANGLE SEN CALIB AV-86, "DTC Logic"

AV CONTROL UNIT
A
U1240: SWITCH CONN AV-91, "Description"
U1243: FRONT DISP CONN AV-87, "DTC Logic"
U1255: SAT CONN AV-89, "DTC Logic" B
U1256: HAND FREE CONN AV-91, "Description"
U1300: AV COMM CIRCUIT AV-91, "Description"
U1310: CONTROL UNIT AV-92, "DTC Logic" C
AV

DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
TERMINAL LAYOUT
AWNIA1727ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
(Wire color) Reference value
Output switch
1
(B)
2
Ground Inverter VCC Input ACC — 9V
(L)
3
Ground Signal VCC Input ACC — 9V
(V)
4
Ground Composite image ground — ON — 0V
(W)
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
6
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Input ON ment mode, then select
(B)
JSNIA1030ZZ
7
(Shield)
Ground Output ON —
(G) (HP) signal
SKIB3601E

DISPLAY UNIT
Terminal
(Wire color) Reference value A
Output switch
RGB image displayed 5V B
9
C
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Input ON
(W) DVD image displayed
D
PKIB4948J

Ground Input ON
(W) (CONT→DISP) ness F
PKIB5039J
G
13
Ground Inverter ground — ON — 0V
(LG)
14
Ground Signal ground — ON — 0V H
(B)
I
15
Ground Composite image signal Input ON Camera image displayed
(B)
J
SKIB2251J
17
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Input ON ment mode, then select L
(R)
JSNIA1029ZZ
M
Begin Confirmation/Adjust- AV
18
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Input ON ment mode, then select
(W)
O
JSNIA1031ZZ
19
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input ON —
(B)
SKIB3603E

DISPLAY UNIT
Terminal
Output switch

Ground Output On —
(R) signal
SKIB3598E
21
(Shield)

Ground Output ON
PKIB5039J
23 Communication signal
— — — — —
(Shield) shield

SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
A
AWNIA2563ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal F
Output switch G
H
Output ON
(B) (W) LH ed
I
SKIB3609E

Output ON
(G) (R) RH ed K
SKIB3609E
L
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
26 Satellite control signal
— — — — — M
(Shield) shield
AV
Ground Output ON
(W) (SAT→CONT) ed
O
SKIA9299J

Ground Output ON
(R) (SAT→CONT) ed
SKIA9300J

Terminal
Output switch

Ground Input ON
(B) (CONT→SAT) ed
SKIA9301J
32
(SB)
35
(GR)
36
(BG)
37
— Satellite antenna — — — —
(B)

BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT
A
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
AWNIA2564ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal F
(wire color) Reference value
output switch G
1
Ground Battery power Input – – Battery voltage
(Y)
ACC H
2
Ground ACC power Input or – Battery voltage
(R)
ON
ON I
3
Ground IGN power Input or – Battery voltage
(P)
START
4 J
Ground Ground – ON – 0V
(B)
5
– Audio out shield – – – —
(Shield)
K
7 8
MIC in signal Input – – –
(B) (Shield)
ACC
9 10
Audio out Output or Bluetooth® control unit
(W) (B)
ON sends audio signal M
SKIB3609E
AV
20
(B)
23
Ground Ground – ON – 0V O
(B)
24
(B)
P
27
(B)

Terminal
output switch
28 Vehicle speed signal (8- When vehicle speed is ap-

Ground Input ON
(V) pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
PKIA1935E
29
Ground Microphone power Output ON – 5V
(W)
35
– AV communication (H) – – – —
(SB)
36
– AV communication (L) – – – —
(LG)
43
(B)
– Bluetooth® antenna – – – —
44
(Shield)
– Bluetooth® antenna shield – – – —

BASE AUDIO
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [BASE AUDIO]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
BASE AUDIO
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000009128994
B
AV
ABNWA1789GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNWA1790GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNWA1791GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNWA1792GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNWA1793GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4589GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4590GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4591GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4592GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4593GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4594GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4595GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4596GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4597GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4598GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4599GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4600GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4601GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4602GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4603GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4604GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4605GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4606GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4607GB

BASE AUDIO
AV
ABNIA4608GB

BASE AUDIO
ABNIA4609GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BASE AUDIO]
BASIC INSPECTION A
B
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
AWNIA2486GB M
Reference 1: Refer to AV-33, "CONSULT Function".
Reference 2: Refer to AV-130, "Symptom Table".
DETAILED FLOW AV
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check the malfunction symptoms by performing the following items: O
• Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc-
tion occurred).
• Check the symptom.
P
>> GO TO 2
2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS (CONSULT)
1. Connect CONSULT and perform “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “MULTI AV”.
NOTE:
Skip to step 4 of the diagnosis procedure if “MULTI AV” is not displayed.
2. Check if any DTC No. is displayed in the self-diagnosis results.
Is any DTC No. displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4
3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS (CONSULT)
1. Check the DTC No. indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the DTC No. list. Refer to AV-42, "DTC Index".
NOTE:
Start with the diagnosis for the CAN communication system if “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] or CONTROL
UNIT (CAN) [U1010]” is displayed.
>> GO TO 5
4.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS BY SYMPTOM
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-130, "Symptom
Table".
>> GO TO 5
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
NOTE:
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC No. has
been indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
>> GO TO 6
6.CHECK AFTER REPAIR
1. Perform self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV” with CONSULT after repairing or replacing the malfunctioning
parts.
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 7
7.FINAL CHECK
Perform the operation check to confirm that the malfunction symptom is solved or that any other symptoms
are present.
Are any symptoms present?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Inspection End.

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000009128996 B
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing AV control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration before C
replacement.
NOTE:
If “Before Replace ECU” cannot be used, use the “After Replace ECU” or “Manual Configuration” after replac- D
ing AV control unit.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION: E
When replacing AV control unit, you must perform “After Replace ECU” with CONSULT.
• Complete the procedure of “After Replace ECU” in order.
• If you set incorrect “After Replace ECU”, incidents might occur.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model. F
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000009128997
G
1.SAVING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION
-CONSULT H
Enter “Re/Programming, Configuration” and perform “Before Replace ECU” to save or print current vehicle
specification.
NOTE:
I
If “Before Replace ECU” cannot be used, use the “After Replace ECU” or “Manual Configuration” after replac-
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AV CONTROL UNIT
Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-136, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit". K
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION L
CONSULT
1. Enter "Re/Programming, Configuration". M
2. If “Before Replace ECU” operation was performed, automatically an "Operation Log Selection" screen will
be displayed. Select the applicable file from the "Saved Data List" and press “Confirm” to write vehicle
specification. Refer to AV-80, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure".
3. If “Before Replace ECU” operation was not performed, select "After Replace ECU" or "Manual Configura- AV
tion" to write vehicle specification. Refer to AV-80, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Work Pro-
cedure".
O
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK P
Check that the operation of the AV control unit and camera images (fixed guide lines and predictive course
lines) are normal.
>> Work End.

CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT)

CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description INFOID:0000000009128998
Vehicle specification needs to be written with CONSULT because it is not written after replacing AV control
unit.
Configuration has three functions as follows:
Function Description
• Reads the vehicle configuration of current AV control unit.
"Before Replace ECU"
• Saves the read vehicle configuration.
"After Replace ECU" Writes the vehicle configuration with manual selection.
"Select Saved Data List" Writes the vehicle configuration with saved data.
CAUTION:
• When replacing AV control unit, you must perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU"
with CONSULT.
• Complete the procedure of “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" in order.
• If you set incorrect “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU", incidents might occur.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new AV control unit.
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000009128999
1.WRITING MODE SELECTION

CONSULT
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of AV control unit.
When writing saved data>>GO TO 2.

When writing manually>>GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM “SAVED DATA LIST”
CONSULT
Automatically “Operation Log Selection” window will display if “Before Replace ECU” was performed. Select
applicable file from the “Save Data List” and press “Confirm”.
>> Work End.

3.PERFORM “AFTER REPLACE ECU” OR “MANUAL CONFIGURATION”
CONSULT
1. Select “After Replace ECU” or “Manual Configuration”.
2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to AV-81, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL
UNIT) : Configuration List".
3. Confirm and/or change setting value for each item.
CAUTION:
Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. ECU control may not operate normally
if the setting is not correct.
4. Select “Next”.
CAUTION:
Make sure to select “Next”, confirm each setting value and press “OK” even if the indicated con-
figuration of brand new AV control unit is same as the desirable configuration. If not, configuration
which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized.
5. When "Completed", select "End".
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK
Confirm that each function controlled by AV control unit operates normally.

>> Work End.
A
CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List INFOID:0000000009129000
CAUTION:
Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. Incorrect settings may result in abnormal B
control of ECU.
MANUAL SETTING ITEM C

Items Setting value
CAMERA SYSTEM NONE/AVM ⇔ REAR CAMERA
SOUND SYSTEM BASE ⇔ BOSE D
⇔: Items which confirm vehicle specifications
AV

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000009129001
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT Display DTC Detection Condition Possible Cause

AV control unit is not transmitting or receiving
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or CAN communication system.
[U1000]
more.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129002
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result for MULTI AV.
Is CAN COMM CIRCUIT displayed?
YES >> Refer to LAN-26, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

Replace the AV control unit if the malfunction oc- C
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) curs constantly.
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detected.
[U1010] Refer to AV-136, "Removal and Installation - AV
Control Unit".
D
AV

U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT

Replace the AV control unit if the malfunction oc-
CONT UNIT curs constantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
Replace the AV control unit if the malfunction occurs
CAN CONT constantly.
AV control unit malfunction is detected. C
Control Unit".
AV

U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

Adjust the predictive course line center position of
ST ANGLE SEN CALIB Predictive course line center position adjustment
the steering angle sensor.
[U1232] of the steering angle sensor is incomplete.
Refer to BRC-60, "Work Procedure".
1.ADJUST THE PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION OF THE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
When U1232 is detected, adjust the predictive course line center position of the steering angle sensor.
>> Refer to BRC-60, "Work Procedure".

U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
A
B
• display unit power supply or ground circuit mal- • Display unit power supply and ground circuits.
FRONT DISP CONN C
function. • Serial communication circuits between display
[U1243]
• serial communication circuit malfunction be- unit and AV control unit.
tween display unit and AV control unit.
D
E
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-51, "Wiring Diagram".
1.CHECK DISPLAY UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT F
Check display unit power supply and ground circuits. Refer to AV-93, "DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CONTINUITY H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector M45.
3. Check continuity between display unit connector M93 terminals 11, 22 and AV control unit connector M45 I
terminals 73, 61.
Display unit AV control unit J

Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
11 73
M93 M45 Yes K
22 61
4. Check continuity between display unit connector M93 terminals 11, 22 and ground.
L
Display unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
11 M
M93 — No
12
Is the inspection result normal? AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL (DISP→CONT) O
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector M45.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit connector M93 terminal 11 and ground. P

U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Display unit Ground

(+) Condition Reference value
(−)
Connector Terminal
When adjusting dis-

M93 11 —
play brightness.
PKIB5039J
Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-136, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit".
4.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL (CONT→DISP)
Check signal between display unit connector M93 terminal 22 and ground.
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
When adjusting dis-

M93 22 —
play brightness.
PKIB5039J

YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace display unit. Refer to AV-139, "Removal and Installation".

U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
A
B
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and ground cir-
• satellite radio tuner power supply or ground circuit
cuits. C
malfunction.
SAT CONN • Communication circuits between AV control unit
• communication circuit malfunction between AV
[U1255] and satellite radio tuner.
control unit and satellite radio tuner.
• Request signal circuits between AV control unit
• request signal circuit malfunction between AV D
and satellite radio tuner.

F
1.CHECK SATELLITE RADIO TUNER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check satellite radio tuner power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-95, "SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : G
Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT AND REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY I
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M51 and satellite radio tuner connector B2.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M51 terminals 100, 101, 102 and satellite radio tuner
connector B2 terminals 28, 29, 30. J
AV control unit Satellite radio tuner

Continuity K
100 28
M51 101 B2 29 Yes L
102 30
4. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M51 terminals 100, 101, 102 and ground.
M
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals AV
100 Ground
M51 101 No
102 O
YES >> GO TO 3.
P
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector M51.
3. Check signal between AV control unit connector M51 terminals 100, 101 and ground.

AV control unit Ground

Voltage
(+)
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals
100
M51 — 7.0 V
101
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SATELLITE RADIO TUNER VOLTAGE
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M51.
3. Connect satellite radio tuner connector B2.
5. Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B2 terminal 30 and ground.
Satellite radio tuner Ground

Voltage
(+)
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals
B2 30 — 7.0 V
NO >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-148, "Removal and Installation".

U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
A
U1300 is indicated when a malfunction occurs in the communication signal of the multi AV system. Indicated B
simultaneously, without fail, the malfunction of control units connected to the AV control unit through communi-
cation circuits. Determine the possible malfunction cause from the table below.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM C

When any of the following is detected: D
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • A/C and AV switch assembly power supply or • A/C and AV switch assembly power supply and
[U1300] ground circuit malfunction. ground circuits.
• SWITCH CONN • AV communication circuit malfunction between • AV communication circuits between AV control
[U1240] AV control unit and A/C and AV switch assem- unit and A/C and AV switch assembly. E
bly.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • Bluetooth® control unit power supply and ground
• Bluetooth® control unit power supply or ground F
[U1300] circuits.
circuit malfunction.
• HAND FREE CONN • AV communication circuits between AV control
• AV communication circuit malfunction between
[U1256] unit and Bluetooth® control unit.
AV control unit and Bluetooth® control unit.
G
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300]
• SWITCH CONN AV communication circuit malfunction between AV AV communication circuits between AV control unit
[U1240] control unit and A/C and AV switch assembly. and A/C and AV switch assembly. H
• HAND FREE CONN
[U1256]
AV


CONTROL UNIT (AV) An initial diagnosis error is detected in AV com- constantly.
[U1310] munication circuit. Refer to AV-136, "Removal and Installation - AV Con-
trol Unit".

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
AV CONTROL UNIT
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129014
B

C
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown. D
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse No.

29 Ignition signal 29 (5A)
E
39 ACC power supply 65 (10A)

51 Battery power supply 15 (15A)
F
Are the fuses blown?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
H
2. Disconnect AV control unit connectors M42 and M44.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit connectors and ground.
AV control unit Voltage I

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.)
M42 29 Ignition switch: ON

J
39 — Ignition switch: ACC Battery voltage
M44
51 Ignition switch: OFF
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT L

2. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M44 terminal 52 and ground.
M
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
AV
M44 52 — Yes
YES >> Inspection End. O
DISPLAY UNIT
P
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129015
1.CHECK INVERTER VCC AND SIGNAL VCC (POWER SUPPLY) CIRCUIT 1

Check voltage between display unit harness connector M93 terminals 2, 3 and ground.
Display unit Voltage

Ground Condition
2
M93 — Ignition switch: ACC 9.0 V
3
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INVERTER VCC AND SIGNAL VCC (POWER SUPPLY) CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M45 and display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M45 terminals 64, 76 and display unit connector M93
terminals 3, 2.
AV control unit Display unit

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
64 3
M45 M93 Yes
76 2
4. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M45 terminals 64, 76 and ground.
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
64
M45 — No
76
YES >> GO TO 3.
1. Connect the AV control unit connector M45.
2. Check voltage between AV control unit connector M45 terminals 64, 76 and ground.

Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
64
76
4.CHECK INVERTER GROUND AND SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M45 terminals 63, 75 and display unit connector M93
terminals 14, 13.

AV control unit Display unit A

Continuity
63 14
M45 M93 Yes B
75 13
YES >> GO TO 5. C
5.CHECK DISPLAY UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
D
Check continuity between display unit connector M93 terminal 1 and ground.
Display unit
Ground Continuity E
Connector Terminal
M93 1 — Yes
Is the inspection result normal? F
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER G
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129016

I
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown. J

32 Battery power supply 15 (15A) K
L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M
2. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B2.
3. Check voltage between satellite radio tuner connector B2 terminal 32, 36 and ground. AV
Satellite radio tuner Voltage

Ground Condition
O
B2 — Battery voltage
36 Ignition switch: ACC
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner connector B2 terminal 35 and ground.


Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B2 35 — Yes
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129017
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.
3. Check voltage between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 and ground.
Bluetooth® control unit Voltage

Ground Condition

B3 2 — Ignition switch: ACC Battery voltage
3 Ignition switch: ON
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
4
B3 23 — Yes
27

A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY A
A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129018

C
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown. D

36 ACC power supply 65 (10A) E
Is the fuse blown?
NO >> GO TO 2. F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect A/C and AV switch assembly connector.
3. Check voltage between A/C and AV switch assembly connector M98 terminal 3 and ground.
A/C and AV switch assembly H

Voltage
Ground Condition
M98 3 — Ignition switch: ACC Battery voltage

I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. J
3.CHECK CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M42. K
3. Check continuity between A/C and AV switch assembly connector M98 terminal 9 and AV control unit con-
nector M42 terminal 10.
L
A/C and AV switch assembly AV control unit
Continuity
M98 9 M42 10 Yes M
YES >> GO TO 4.
AV
4.CHECK SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between A/C and AV switch assembly connector M98 terminal 1 and ground. O

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal P
M98 1 — Yes

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
Check the AV control unit and speaker connectors for the following:
• Proper connection
• Damage
• Disconnected or loose terminals
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Repair the terminals or connectors.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect AV control unit connector M44 and suspect front door speaker connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M44 and suspect front door speaker connector.
AV control unit Front door speaker

Continuity
34 1
D12 (LH)
35 2
M44 Yes
43 1
D112 (RH)
44 2
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M44 and ground.
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
34
35
M44 — No
43
44
YES >> GO TO 3
3.CHECK FRONT DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M44 and suspect front door speaker connector.
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC.
3. Push AV control unit POWER switch.
4. Check signal between terminals of AV control unit connector M44.
AV control unit connector M44

(+) (−) Condition Reference value
Terminal Terminal

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
34 35
A
Audio signal output

43 44 B
SKIB3609E
C
YES >> Replace front door speaker. Refer to AV-140, "Removal and Installation".
D
AV

INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER/TWEETER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2
2.CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL TWEETER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect AV control unit connector M44 and suspect instrument panel tweeter connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M44 and suspect instrument panel tweeter connector.
AV control unit Instrument panel tweeter

Continuity
34 1
M62 (LH)
35 2
M44 Yes
43 1
M73 (RH)
44 2
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
34
35
M44 — No
43
44
YES >> GO TO 3
3.CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL TWEETER SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M44 and suspect instrument panel tweeter connector.

Terminal Terminal

34 35
A
Audio signal output

43 44 B
SKIB3609E
C
YES >> Replace instrument panel tweeter. Refer to AV-141, "Removal and Installation".
D
AV

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2
2.CHECK REAR DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect AV control unit connector M44 and suspect rear door speaker connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M44 and suspect rear door speaker connector.
AV control unit Rear door speaker

Continuity
36 1
D206 (LH)
37 2
M44 Yes
45 1
D306 (RH)
46 2
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
36
37
M44 — No
45
46
YES >> GO TO 3
3.CHECK REAR DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M44 and suspect rear door speaker connector.

Terminal Terminal

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
36 37
A
Audio signal output

45 46 B
SKIB3609E
C
YES >> Replace rear door speaker. Refer to AV-142, "Removal and Installation".
D
AV

FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACK AUDIO SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK AUX SOUND SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

1. Turn ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M42 and front auxiliary input jacks connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M42 and front auxiliary input jacks connector M205.
AV control unit Front auxiliary input jacks

Continuity
20 1
M42 M205 Yes
21 3
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
20
M42 — No
21
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUX SOUND SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M42 and front auxiliary input jacks connector M205.

Continuity
M42 22 M205 2 Yes
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK AUX SOUND SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M42 and front auxiliary input jacks connector.
3. Select AUX mode.
AV control unit connector M42 Condition Reference value

(+) (−)
Terminal Terminal

20 22
A
AUX mode selected

21 22 B
SKIB3609E
C
YES >> Replace front auxiliary input jacks. Refer to AV-145, "Removal and Installation".
D
AV

SATELLITE AUDIO SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK SATELLITE SOUND SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M51 and satellite radio tuner connector B2.

Continuity
94 22
M51 B2 Yes
96 24
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
94
M51 No
96
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SATELLITE SOUND SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M51 and satellite radio tuner connector B2.

Continuity
93 21
M51 B2 Yes
95 23
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SATELLITE SOUND SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M51 and satellite radio tuner connector B2.
3. Select satellite radio mode.

Terminal Terminal

94 93
A
Satellite radio mode selected

96 95 B
SKIB3609E
C
YES >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-148, "Removal and Installation".
D
AV

BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M42 and Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M42 terminal 5 and Bluetooth® control unit connector
B3 terminal 9.
AV control unit Bluetooth® control unit

Continuity
M42 5 B3 9 Yes
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M42 5 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M42 terminal 4 and Bluetooth® control unit connector B3
terminal 10.

Continuity
M42 4 B3 10 Yes
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M42 and Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.
3. Press switch.

AV control unit connector M42 A

Terminal Terminal
B
During voice guide output with C

5 4
switch pressed.
D
SKIB3609E

YES >> Replace Bluetooth® control unit. Refer to AV-146, "Removal and Installation". E
AV

RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M45 terminal 57 and display unit connector M93 ter-
minal 17.

Continuity
M45 57 M93 17 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M45 57 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M45 and display unit connector.
3. Check signal between display unit connector M93 terminal 17 and ground.
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal

M93 17 — on DISPLAY DIAG-
NOSIS screen.
SKIB2238J

YES >> Replace display unit. Refer to AV-139, "Removal and Installation".

RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M45 and display unit connector. D
minal 6.
E
Continuity
M45 56 M93 6 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M45 56 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. I
2.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M45 and display unit connector. J
K
Display unit Ground
(−)
Connector Terminal L
“Color Spectrum Bar” M

NOSIS screen.
A V
SKIB2236J

O

RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

minal 18.

Continuity
M45 55 M93 18 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M45 55 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal

NOSIS screen.
SKIB2237J


RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
minal 19.
E
Continuity
M45 58 M93 19 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M45 58 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
K
Display unit Ground
(+) Reference value
(−)
M
M93 19 —
AV
SKIB3603E

O

RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

minal 9.

Continuity
M45 60 M93 9 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M45 60 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
RGB image displayed. 5.0 V
M93 9 —
AUX image displayed.
PKIB4948J


HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
minal 8.
E
Continuity
M45 62 M93 8 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M45 62 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL
K
Display unit Ground
(+) Reference value
(−)
M
M93 8 —
AV
SKIB3601E

O
YES >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-136, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit".

VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

minal 20.

Continuity
M45 74 M93 20 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M45 74 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
Display unit Ground

(+) Reference value
(−)
Connector Terminal
M93 20 —
SKIB3598E


COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
minal 15.
E
Continuity
M45 53 M93 15 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M45 53 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M45 terminal 54 and display unit connector M93 terminal J
4.
AV control unit Display unit K

Continuity
M45 54 M93 4 Yes
Is inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL M

2. Turn ignition switch ON. AV
AV control unit Ground O

(−)
Connector Terminal
P
Camera image dis-

M45 53 —
played.
SKIB2251J


AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M46 and front auxiliary input jacks connector. D
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M46 terminal 83 and front auxiliary input jacks con-
E
Continuity
M46 83 M205 7 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M46 83 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUX IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
K
Continuity
L
M46 91 M205 8 Yes
YES >> GO TO 3. M
3.CHECK AUX IMAGE SIGNAL
AV
3. Check signal between front auxiliary input jacks connector M205 terminal 7 and ground.
O

Front auxiliary input jacks Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
M205 7 — AUX image displayed.
SKIB2251J

NO >> Replace front auxiliary input jacks. Refer to AV-145, "Removal and Installation".

CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK REVERSE INPUT SIGNAL
2. Shift the selector lever to R (reverse). D
3. Check voltage between AV control unit connector M42 and ground.
AV control unit Ground E

Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Selector lever in R (re-
F
M42 30 — Battery Voltage
verse)
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY H
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M46 and rear view camera connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M46 terminal 87 and rear view camera connector I
D504 terminal 1.
AV control unit Rear view camera J

Continuity
M46 87 D504 1 Yes
K
AV control unit
Continuity L
M46 87 No
Is inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CAMERA POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE AV
1. Connect AV control unit connector M46 and rear view camera connector.
O
3. Shift the selector lever to “R”.
4. Check voltage between AV control unit connector M46 terminal 87 and ground.
P
Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M46 87 — Selector lever is in “R”. 6.0 V
YES >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M46 terminal 82 and rear view camera connector
D504 terminal 3.
AV control unit Rear view camera

Continuity
M46 82 D504 3 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M46 82 No
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAMERA GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M46 terminal 88 and rear view camera connector D504
terminal 2.

Continuity
M46 88 D504 2 Yes
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
4. Check signal between AV control unit connector M46 terminal 82 and ground.

(−)
Connector Terminal
Camera image dis-

M46 82 —
played.
SKIB2251J

NO >> Replace rear view camera. Refer to AV-143, "Removal and Installation".

DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M42 and A/C and AV switch assembly connector. D
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M42 terminal 28 and A/C and AV switch assembly
connector M98 terminal 14.
E
AV control unit A/C and AV switch assembly
Continuity
M42 28 M98 14 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M42 28 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect AV control unit connector M42 and A/C and AV switch assembly connector. J
K
Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
Pressing eject switch 0V
M42 28 —
Except above 5.0 V
M
YES >> Replace A/C and AV switch assembly. Refer to AV-137, "Removal and Installation - A/C and AV
Switch Assembly".
NO >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-136, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit". AV

MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 and microphone connector.
3. Check continuity between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 terminals 7, 8, 29 and microphone con-
nector R109 terminals 4, 3, 1.
Bluetooth® control unit Microphone

Continuity
7 4
B3 8 R109 3 Yes
29 1
4. Check continuity between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 terminals 7, 8, 29 and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
7
B3 8 — No
29
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MICROPHONE VCC VOLTAGE
1. Connect Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.
3. Check voltage between terminals of Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.
Bluetooth® control unit connector B3

Voltage
(+) (−) (Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
29 8 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace Bluetooth® control unit. Refer to AV-146, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL
1. Connect microphone connector.
2. Check signal between terminals of Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.


A
Terminal Terminal
B
C
7 8 Speak into microphone.
D
PKIB5037J

NO >> Replace microphone. Refer to AV-147, "Removal and Installation".
AV

BLUETOOTH® CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

3. Check continuity between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 terminals 20, 24 and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
20
B3 — Yes
24
YES >> Replace Bluetooth® control unit. Refer to AV-146, "Removal and Installation".

STEERING SWITCH
STEERING SWITCH
A
B
1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH RESISTANCE

D
2. Disconnect combination switch connector M149.
3. Check resistance between combination switch connector terminals.
E
Combination switch connector M149 Resistance Ω
Condition
Terminal Terminal (Approx.)
F
Depress SOURCE switch. 1
Depress switch. 121
14 321 G
Depress switch.
Depress switch. 723
Depress ENTER switch. 2023 H

17
Depress switch. 1
Depress switch. 121 I

15 321
Depress switch.
Depress switch. 723 J

Depress DISP switch. 2023
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace steering wheel audio control switch. Refer to AV-138, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND COMBINATION METER L
1. Disconnect combination meter connector M24 and combination switch connector M30.
2. Check continuity between combination meter connector M24 and combination switch connector M30.
M
Combination meter Combination switch
Continuity
3 24 AV
M24 24 M30 33 Yes
4 31
O
3. Check continuity between combination meter connector M24 and ground.
Combination meter P
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
M24 24 — No
4

STEERING SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH
Check continuity between combination switch connectors M30 and M149.
Combination switch
Continuity
24 14
M30 31 M149 15 Yes
33 17
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SR-15, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND AV CONTROL UNIT
2. Check continuity between combination meter connector M24 and AV control unit connector M44.
Combination meter AV control unit

Continuity
14 38
M24 15 M44 48 Yes
16 47
Combination meter
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
14
M24 15 — No
16
YES >> GO TO 5.
1. Connect combination meter connector M24 and AV control unit connector M44.
3. Check voltage between terminals of AV control unit connector M44.

Voltage
(+) (−)
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
38
47 5.0 V
48
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-95, "Removal and Installation".

USB CONNECTOR
USB CONNECTOR
A
B
C
1.CHECK USB INTERFACE HARNESS CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M55 and USB interface connector M209. D
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M55 and USB interface connector M209.
AV control unit USB interface E

Continuity
138 1
137 2
F
M55 140 M209 3 Yes

139 4 G
141 5
H
AV control unit
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
I
137
M55 Ground No
139
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Replace the USB interface. Refer to AV-144, "Removal and Installation".
K
AV

MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000009129040
RELATED TO AUDIO
Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location

Malfunction in AV control unit.
The disk cannot be removed. AV control unit Refer to AV-26, "On Board Diagnosis Func-
tion".
• Speaker circuit shorted to ground.
Refer to AV-51, "Wiring Diagram".
• AV control unit power supply and ground
No sound from all speakers.
circuits malfunction.
Refer to AV-93, "AV CONTROL UNIT :
• Poor connector connection of speaker.
• Sound signal circuit malfunction between
AV control unit and speaker.
Refer to:
- AV-98, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front door
speaker).
No sound comes out or the level of the - AV-100, "Diagnosis Procedure" (instru-
sound is low. ment panel tweeter).
Only a certain speaker (front door speaker - AV-102, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear
LH, front door speaker RH, instrument pan- door speaker).
el tweeter LH, instrument panel tweeter RH, • Malfunction in speaker.
rear speaker LH, rear speaker RH) does Refer to:
not output sound. - AV-140, "Removal and Installation" (front
door speaker).
- AV-141, "Removal and Installation" (in-
strument panel tweeter).
- AV-142, "Removal and Installation" (rear
door speaker).
• Malfunction in AV control unit.
Refer to AV-26, "On Board Diagnosis
Function".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
A
Noise comes out from all speakers. Refer to AV-26, "On Board Diagnosis Func-
tion".
• Poor connector connection of speaker. B
AV control unit and speaker.
Refer to:
- AV-98, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front door
C
speaker).
- AV-100, "Diagnosis Procedure" (instru-
ment panel tweeter). D
- AV-102, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear
Noise comes out only from a certain speak- door speaker).
er (front door speaker LH, front door speak- • Malfunction in speaker.
Noise is mixed with audio. er RH, instrument panel tweeter LH, • Poor Installation of speaker (e.g. back- E
instrument panel tweeter RH, rear speaker lash and looseness).
LH, rear speaker RH). Refer to:
- AV-140, "Removal and Installation" (front
door speaker). F
door speaker). G
Function".
H
Noise is mixed with radio only (when the ve- Poor connector connection of antenna or
hicle hits a bump or while driving over bad antenna feeder.
roads) Refer to AV-149, "Location of Antennas".
I
• Other audio sounds are normal. • Antenna amp. ON signal circuit malfunc-
• Any radio station cannot be received or tion.
poor reception is caused even after mov- Refer to AV-36, "Reference Value".
No radio reception or poor reception.
ing to a service area with good reception • Poor connector connection of antenna or J
(e.g. a place with clear view and no ob- antenna feeder.
stacles generating external noises). Refer to AV-149, "Location of Antennas".
• Malfunction in antenna, antenna feeder
K
or AV control unit. Perform DTC diagno-
sis.
There is malfunction in the CONSULT self
Refer to AV-33, "CONSULT Function".
diagnosis result.
• Poor continuity in antenna feeder. L
• Poor connector connection of antenna or
antenna feeder.
No satellite radio reception. Refer to AV-149, "Location of Antennas".
• Poor continuity in antenna feeder.
M
There is no malfunction in the CONSULT
antenna feeder.
self diagnosis result.
• Loose satellite radio antenna mounting AV
nut.
Refer to AV-149, "Location of Antennas".
The majority of buzz/rattle sounds are not
Refer to "SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROU- O
indicative of an issue with the speaker, usu-
Buzz/rattle sound from speaker BLE DIAGNOSIS" in the appropriate interi-
ally something nearby the speaker is caus-
or trim section.
ing the buzz/rattle.
RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE P

• Before performing diagnosis, confirm that the cellular phone being used by the customer is compatible with
the vehicle.
• It is possible that a malfunction is occurring due to a version change of the phone even though the phone is
a compatible type. This can be confirmed by changing the cellular phone to another compatible type, and
check that it operates normally. It is important to determine whether the cause of the malfunction is the vehi-
cle or the cellular phone.

MULTI AV SYSTEM
Check Compatibility
1. Make sure the customer’s Bluetooth® related concern is understood.
2. Verify the customer’s concern.
NOTE:
The customer’s phone may be required, depending upon their concern.
3. Write down the customer’s phone brand, model and service provider.
NOTE:
It is necessary to know the service provider. On occasion, a given phone may be on the approved list with
one provider, but may not be on the approved list with other providers.
4. Go to “www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth/”.
a. Using the website’s search engine, find out if the customer’s phone is on the approved list.
b. If the customer’s phone is NOT on the approved list:
Stop diagnosis here. The customer needs to obtain a Bluetooth® phone that is on the approved list before
any further action.
c. If the feature related to the customer’s concern shows as “N” (not compatible):
Stop diagnosis here. If the customer still wants the feature to function, they will need to get an approved
phone showing the feature as “Y” (compatible) in the “Basic Features”.
d. If the feature related to the customer’s concern shows as “Y” (compatible):
Perform diagnosis as per the following table.

Does not recognize cellular phone connec-
tion (no connection is displayed on the dis- Repeat the registration of cellular phone.
play at the guide).
• Hands-free phone operation can be
made, but the communication cannot be
established. Malfunction in AV control unit.
Hands-free phone cannot be established. • Hands-free phone operation can be per- Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-136,
formed, however, voice between each "Removal and Installation - AV Control
other cannot be heard during the conver- Unit".
sation.
The other party’s voice cannot be heard by Check the “microphone speaker” in Inspec-
hands-free phone. tion & Adjustment Mode if sound is heard.
Originating sound is not heard by the other Sound operation function is normal.
party with hands-free phone communica- Microphone signal circuit malfunction.
tion. Sound operation function does not work.
Refer to AV-124, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Steering switch malfunction.
Steering switch’s , , and
Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-138,
switch works, but does not work. "Removal and Installation".
The system cannot be operated. Steering switch’s , , , and Steering switch signal circuit malfunction.
switches do not work.
Steering switch ground circuit malfunction.
All steering switches do not work.
RELATED TO REAR VIEW CAMERA

MULTI AV SYSTEM
A
Reverse signal circuit malfunction between
Reverse signal circuit malfunction. BCM and AV control unit.
Camera image signal circuit malfunction B
between rear view camera and AV control
Rear view camera is inoperative. Camera image signal circuit malfunction.
unit.
C
Replace rear view camera.
Rear view camera malfunction. Refer to AV-143, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
D
AV

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
RELATED TO NOISE
The majority of the audio concerns are the result of outside causes (bad CD, electromagnetic interference,
etc.).
The following noise results from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or
external noise from trains and other sources. It is not a malfunction.
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to moun-
tains or buildings blocking the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from the waves sent directly from the broadcast station arriving at the
antenna at a different time from the waves which reflect off mountains or buildings.
The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning.
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and opera-
tion of each piece of electrical equipment, and determine the cause.
NOTE:
The source of the noise can be found easily by listening to the noise while removing the fuses of electrical
components, one by one.
Type of Noise and Possible Cause
Occurrence condition Possible cause

A continuous growling noise occurs. The speed of
Occurs only when engine is ON. • Ignition components
the noise varies with changes in the engine speed.
The occurrence of the noise is linked with the operation of the fuel pump. • Fuel pump condenser
A cracking or snapping sound occurs with the op- • Relay malfunction, AV control unit malfunc-
Noise only occurs when various eration of various switches. tion
electrical components are oper-
ating. The noise occurs when various motors are operat- • Motor case ground
ing. • Motor
• Rear defogger coil malfunction
The noise occurs constantly, not just under certain conditions. • Open circuit in printed heater
• Poor ground of antenna feeder line
• Ground wire of body parts
A cracking or snapping sound occurs while the vehicle is being driven, especially when
• Ground due to improper part installation
it is vibrating excessively.
• Wiring connections or a short circuit
RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE
Symptom Cause and Counter measure
Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized

Does not recognize cellular phone connection (No connection is by the in-vehicle phone module.
displayed on the display at the guide). Refer to “RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE (Check Compati-
bility)” in AV-130, "Symptom Table".
Customer will not be able to use a hands-free phone under the fol-
lowing conditions:
• The vehicle is outside of the telephone service area.
• The vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio
waves; such as in a tunnel, in an underground parking garage,
near a tall building or in a mountainous area.
Cannot use hands-free phone. • The cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed.
NOTE:
While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth® wire-
less connection, the battery power of the cellular phone may dis-
charge quicker than usual. The Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System cannot charge cellular phones.

A
When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too
The other party’s voice cannot be heard by hands-free phone. loud, it may be difficult to hear the other person’s voice during a
call.
Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or B
Poor sound quality. far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality
degradation and wireless connection disruption.
C
AV

AV CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

AV CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000009129042
AWNIA3152ZZ
1. AV control unit bracket (LH) 2. A/C auto amp. 3. AV control unit

4. AV control unit bracket (RH)
Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit INFOID:0000000009129043
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
• Remove battery terminal and AV control unit after a lapse of 30 seconds or more after turning the
ignition switch OFF.
• Before replacing AV control unit, perform "READ CONFIGURATION" to save current vehicle specifi-
cation. Refer to AV-80, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description".
NOTE:
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Refer to PG-93, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove cluster lid C upper. Refer to IP-23, "CLUSTER LID C UPPER : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the screws, then pull out the AV control unit.
4. Disconnect the harness connectors from the AV control unit and remove.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:

AV CONTROL UNIT
• When replacing AV control unit, perform "WRITE CONFIGURATION". Refer to AV-80, "CONFIGURA-
TION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description". A
Removal and Installation - A/C and AV Switch Assembly INFOID:0000000009129044
B
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-22, "CLUSTER LID C : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the A/C and AV switch assembly lower screws. C
3. Release upper pawls and remove A/C and AV switch assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. D
AV

STEERING SWITCH
STEERING SWITCH
ALOIA0025ZZ
1. Steering switch 2. Steering wheel 3. Steering wheel rear finisher
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000009760492
REMOVAL
NOTE:
The steering switch is serviced as an assembly.
1. Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-46, "Removal and Installation".
2. Release pawls and remove steering wheel rear finisher (1) from
steering wheel (2).
ALOIA0026ZZ
3. Remove steering switch screws.

4. Remove steering switch (1) from steering wheel (2).
ALOIA0027ZZ
INSTALLATION

DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
A
AWNIZ2552ZZ
1. Display unit bracket 2. Display unit A. Display unit bracket screws G

B. Display unit screws
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000009129047 H
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation". I
2. Remove the display unit screws, and then pull out the display unit and bracket.
3. Disconnect harness connector from the display unit, then remove the display unit and bracket.
J
4. Remove the display unit brackets screws, then remove the display unit from the display unit bracket (if
necessary).
INSTALLATION K
AV

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
ALNIA1329ZZ
1. Speaker bracket bolt 2. Front door speaker 3. Speaker bolt

4. Speaker bracket
REMOVAL
1. Remove front door finisher. Refer to INT-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove front door speaker bolts.
3. Disconnect harness connector from front door speaker, then remove front door speaker from speaker
bracket.
4. Remove speaker bracket bolts (if necessary).
5. Remove speaker bracket from front door (if necessary).
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove instrument panel tweeter grille. Refer to IP-14, "Exploded View".
2. Remove the screws (A), then pull out the instrument panel
tweeter (1). C
3. Disconnect the harness connector from the instrument panel
tweeter (1) and remove.
D
AWNIA2220ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
ALNIA1330ZZ
1. Speaker bracket bolt 2. Rear door speaker 3. Speaker bolt

4. Speaker bracket
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear door finisher. Refer to INT-17, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove rear door speaker bolts.
3. Disconnect harness connector from the rear door speaker, then remove rear door speaker from speaker
bracket.
5. Remove rear door speaker bracket (if necessary).
INSTALLATION

REAR VIEW CAMERA
REAR VIEW CAMERA
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove back door outer upper finisher. Refer to EXT-44, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove rear view camera screws (A), then remove rear view
camera (1) from the back door outer upper finisher (2). C
ALNIA1427ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

USB INTERFACE
USB INTERFACE
REMOVAL
1. Remove shift selector finisher. Refer to IP-27, "Exploded View".
2. Disconnect harness connector from the USB interface.
3. Release the pawl from the back of USB interface, then remove USB interface.
INSTALLATION

FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
A
REMOVAL B
2. Disconnect harness connector from the front auxiliary input jack.
C
3. Remove front auxiliary input jack screws and front auxiliary input jack.
INSTALLATION
AV

BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT
ALNIA1351GB
1. Bluetooth control unit
REMOVAL
1. Remove satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-148, "Removal and Installation"
2. Disconnect harness connector from bluetooth control unit.
3. Remove bluetooth control unit bolts, then remove bluetooth control unit.
INSTALLATION

MICROPHONE
MICROPHONE
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove the front room/map lamp assembly. Refer to INL-60, "Removal and Installation".
2. Release the pawls, then remove the microphone (1) from the
front room/map lamp assembly. C
CAUTION:
Carefully handle the pawls that retain the microphone to
avoid damaging. D
AWNIA2584ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
G
Check the microphone for looseness after installation.
AV

ALNIA1348GB
1. Satellite radio tuner
REMOVAL
1. Remove luggage side lower finisher (LH). Refer to INT-31, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER :
Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector from satellite antenna.
3. Remove bolts and the satellite radio tuner.
INSTALLATION

AUDIO ANTENNA
AUDIO ANTENNA
A
Location of Antennas INFOID:0000000009129061
I
AWNIA2589ZZ
1. Antenna base (satellite antenna and antenna 2. M502 3. M501 J

amp)
4. M503, M504 5. M505 6. Antenna Feeder
7. M95, M500 8. AV control unit M124
K
Window Antenna Repair INFOID:0000000009129062
ELEMENT CHECK L
1. Attach probe circuit tester (ohm setting) to antenna terminal on

each side.
M
AV
SEL250I

AUDIO ANTENNA
• When measuring continuity, wrap tin foil around the top of
probe. Then, press the foil against the wire with your finger.
SEL122R
2. If an element is broken, no continuity will exist.
SEL252I
3. To locate a break, move probe along element. Tester indication

will change abruptly when probe passes the broken point.
SEL253I

BLUETOOTH® ANTENNA
BLUETOOTH® ANTENNA
A
REMOVAL B
2. Disconnect the bluetooth antenna harness connector from bluetooth control unit. C
3. Remove bolts and the bluetooth antenna from bracket.
INSTALLATION D
AV

SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
REMOVAL
1. Lower headlining (rear). Refer to INT-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector from antenna feeder.
3. Remove nut from satellite radio antenna and remove.
: Front
AWNIA2587ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
If the satellite radio antenna nut is not tightened to the specified torque, lower sensitivity of the
antenna may be experienced. If the nut is tightened tighter than the specified torque, this will deform
the roof panel.
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000009763914
DISASSEMBLY
Insert a suitable tool into gaps between satellite radio antenna (2)
and the cover (1), then remove the cover (1) from satellite radio
antenna (2).
ALNIA1335ZZ
ASSEMBLY
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
ual.
WARNING:
F
ness connectors.
H
WARNING:
serious injury.
Unit) INFOID:0000000009724867
K
CAUTION:
NOTE: L
O

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
PKIA0306E
PKIA0307E
- Oily dirt:
area.

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
B
(Kent-Moore No.) C
Tool name
(J-46534) D
Trim Tool Set
AWJIA0483ZZ
F
G
PIIB1407E
AV

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
AWNIA2568ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
H
ALNIA1526ZZ
1. Instrument panel tweeter LH 2. Front tweeter LH 3. Steering switch

4. A/C and AV switch assembly 5. Front tweeter RH 6. Instrument panel tweeter RH I
7. Display unit 8. Center speaker 9. AV control unit (view with center stack
removed)
10. Microphone 11. USB interface 12. Front auxiliary input jacks J
16. Rear door speaker RH 17. Rear side speaker LH 18. Rear side speaker RH
19. Subwoofer 20. Bose® speaker amp. 21. Bluetooth® control unit K
22. Satellite radio tuner 23. Bluetooth® antenna 24. Rear camera
Component Description INFOID:0000000009724874 L

M
• AV control unit includes audio, USB connection and vehicle status functions.
• Connected to other vehicle control units via CAN communication to obtain neces- AV
sary information for vehicle information function.
AV control unit • Receives steering angle signal via CAN communication from steering angle sen-
sor and controls an expected course line during rear view monitor operation.
• Inputs signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and parking
O
brake).
• TEL voice signal and voice guidance signal are input from Bluetooth® control unit.
• Camera image signal is received and transmitted to display unit. P
• Display image is controlled by AV control unit via serial communication.
• Receives power (signal VCC and inverter VCC) from AV control unit.
• RGB image signals (RGB image, RGB area and RGB synchronizing) are input
Display unit
from AV control unit.
• Composite image signals are input from AV control unit.
• Synchronizing signals (HP, VP) are output to AV control unit.

COMPONENT PARTS
Receives sound signals from AV control unit and outputs sound signals to each
BOSE speaker amp.
speaker.
Instrument panel tweeter Outputs high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
Center speaker Outputs mid and high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
Front tweeter Outputs high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
Front door speaker Outputs low, mid and high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
Rear door speaker Outputs low, mid and high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
Rear side speaker Outputs low, mid and high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
Subwoofer Outputs low range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
tions.
• Operation signal is transmitted via AV communication to AV control unit.
• Camera power supply is input from AV control unit.
Rear view camera
• Vehicle rear view image is transmitted to display unit via AV control unit.
sensor signal.
Steering switch
• Used for hands-free phone and voice recognition operation.
Microphone • Microphone signal is transmitted to Bluetooth® control unit.
• Power (Microphone VCC) is supplied from Bluetooth® control unit.
• Radio signal received by window antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con-
• Inputs satellite radio signal from satellite radio antenna and outputs sound signal
to AV control unit.
• Controlled via serial communication (communication signal and request signal) by
AV control unit.
Satellite radio antenna Satellite radio signal is received and transmitted to satellite radio tuner.
• Inputs TEL voice signal from Bluetooth® antenna and outputs it to AV control unit.
• Controlled via AV communication by AV control unit.
Bluetooth® antenna Receives TEL voice signal and outputs it to Bluetooth® control unit.
Front auxiliary input jacks Transmits image and sound signals to AV control unit.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
MULTI AV SYSTEM
B
AV
ALNIA1525GB
AUDIO SYSTEM
SYSTEM
• AV control unit
• Display unit
• Steering wheel audio control switches
• BOSE speaker amp.
• Center speaker
• Front tweeters
• Rear side speakers
• Subwoofer
• Window antenna
sends audio signals to the front door speakers, instrument panel tweeters and rear door speakers.
• Satellite radio tuner
When the satellite radio system is on, radio signals are supplied to the satellite radio tuner from the satellite
antenna. The satellite radio tuner then sends audio signals to the AV control unit.
System Operation
NOTE:
system.
connection between their cellular telephone and the Bluetooth® control unit. Hands-free cellular telephone
calls can be sent and received. Some Bluetooth® cellular telephones may not be recognized by the Bluetooth®
control unit. When a cellular telephone or the Bluetooth® control unit is replaced, the telephone must be paired
with the Bluetooth® control unit. Different cellular telephones may have different pairing procedures, refer to
the cellular telephone operating manual.
Bluetooth® Control Unit
When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON, the Bluetooth® control unit will power up. During power up,
the Bluetooth® control unit is initialized and performs various self-checks. Initialization may take up to 20 sec-
onds. If a phone is present in the vehicle and paired with the Bluetooth® control unit, Nissan Voice Recognition
will then become active. Bluetooth® telephone functions can be turned off using the Nissan Voice Recognition
system.
Steering Wheel Audio Control Switches
When buttons on the steering wheel audio control switch are pushed, the resistance in steering wheel audio
control switch circuit changes, depending on which button is pushed. The Bluetooth® control unit uses this sig-
nal to perform various functions while navigating through the voice recognition system.
The following functions can be performed using the steering wheel audio control switch:
Microphone
The microphone is located in the roof console assembly. The microphone sends a signal to the Bluetooth®
control unit. The microphone can be actively tested during self-diagnosis.

SYSTEM
AV Control Unit
The AV control unit receives signals from the Bluetooth® control unit and sends audio signals to the speakers. A
REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM

When the shift selector is in the R position, the display shows a view to the rear of the vehicle. Lines which
B
indicate the vehicle clearance and distances are also displayed.
Volume level of this system goes up and down automatically in proportion to the vehicle speed. The control C
level can be selected by the customer. Refer to Owner's Manual for operating instructions.
• Image and sound can be output from an external device connected to the front auxiliary input jacks. D
• AUX image signals are transmitted to each unit as follows:
- To the display unit via AV control unit.
• AUX sound signals are transmitted to each unit as follows:
E
- To each speaker via AV control unit and BOSE speaker amp.
AV

The AV control unit on board diagnosis includes the following functions:

NOTE:
The hazard switch and disk eject switch are not included in this operation check.
Mode Description
Self Diagnosis • Diagnoses the connections across system components (between AV
control unit and each unit).
• Color tone check using color spectrum bar display and white display.
Display Diagnosis
• Light and shade check by gradation bar display.
Vehicle Signals
lights, ignition and reverse.
Speaker Test Speaker connection can be confirmed by test tone.
• The system malfunction and frequency of past occurrences is displayed.
Error History • When malfunctioning item is selected, time and place that the malfunc-
tion last occurred are displayed.
Confirmation/
Adjustment • Guiding line position that overlaps rear view camera image can be ad-
Camera Cont. justed.
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis Transmit/receive function of CAN communication can be monitored.
Communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be moni-
AV COMM Diagnosis
tored.
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase connection history of unit and error history.
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory.
play anything, or the A/C and AV switch assembly self diagnosis does not function.
METHOD OF STARTING
or more.
turned OFF.
JSNIA3034ZZ


clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. When self- A
BACK button.
B
JSNIA3069ZZ
D
E
G
SKIB3961E
SELF DIAGNOSIS MODE H

2. Self diagnosis screen is displayed. The bar graph visible in center of screen indicates progress of self I
diagnosis.
3. Diagnosis results are displayed after self diagnosis is com-
pleted. Unit names and connection lines are color coded accord-
ing to diagnostic results.Control Unit (AV control unit) is J
displayed in red.
JSNIA2528ZZ
Diagnosis results Unit Connection line M

Normal Green Green
AV

• Replace AV control unit if Self Diagnosis did not run because control unit malfunction is indicated. The symptom is AV control O
P

sis result screen.
JSNIA0141GB

Control unit • If no malfunction is detected in AV control
power supply or ground circuit.
When either one of the following items are
detected:
• Malfunctioning speaker circuits
• sound signal circuits between BOSE
Amplifier • Replace BOSE amp. Refer to AV-307,
amp. and each speaker are malfunction-
"Removal and Installation".
ing.
• BOSE amp. malfunction is detected.

Malfunction is detected in serial communi- Serial communication circuits between AV
Control unit ⇔ Front Display cation circuits between AV control unit and control unit and display unit. Refer to AV-
display unit. 303.
Control unit ⇔ SAT tween AV control unit and satellite radio
AV-232.
tuner.
AV-232.
tuner.
ground circuit malfunction. ground circuits. Refer to AV-247.
Control unit ⇔ BTHF
• AV communication circuit malfunction • AV communication circuits between AV
between AV control unit and Bluetooth® control unit and Bluetooth® control unit.
control unit.
• BOSE amp. power supply and ground
detected:
circuits.
Refer to AV-520, "BOSE AMP. : Diagno-
Control unit ⇔ Amplifier circuits are malfunctioning.
sis Procedure".
• AV communication circuits between
headrest display unit LH and BOSE amp.
are malfunctioning.

1. Select Confirmation/Adjustment.

display the relevant trouble diagnosis screen. Press the BACK A
switch to return to the initial Confirmation/Adjustment screen.
AWNIA2562GB
D
Display Diagnosis
JSNIA2233GB
M
Vehicle Signals
the signals recognized by the system. AV
JSNIA0149GB
Speaker Test

Select Speaker Test to display the Speaker Diagnosis screen. Press
Start to generate a test tone in a speaker. Press Start again to gener-
JSNIA0150GB
Error History
The self diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when Self diagnosis is
selected until the self diagnosis results are displayed.
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned
ON and then no error has occurred until the self
diagnosis start. Check the Error Record to detect any error that may have occurred before the self diagnosis
start because of this situation.
The frequency of occurrence is displayed in a count up manner. The actual count up method differs depending
on the error item.
Count up method A
Count up method B

rence frequency
JSNIA0151GB
Error item

Error item Description Possible cause A

Perform diagnosis with CONSULT, then re-
CAN communication malfunction is detect- pair the malfunctioning components ac-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
ed. cording to diagnosis results. Refer to AV-
B
171
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
C
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis Replace the AV control unit if the malfunc-
CONTROL UNIT (AV)
malfunction is detected. tion occurs constantly. Refer to AV-303.
AV control unit malfunction is detected. D
CAN Controller Memory Error
Steer. Angle Sensor Calibration justment of the steering angle sensor is in- sition of the steering angle sensor. Refer to
E
complete. BRC-60, "Description".
Replace the BOSE amp.
Amplifier Temperature Error BOSE amp. malfunction is detected. Refer to AV-307, "Removal and Installa-
tion". F
• Display unit power supply or ground cir-
• display unit power supply or ground cir-
cuits. Refer to AV-243.
Display Connection Error cuits malfunction. G
• Communication circuits between AV con-
trol unit and display unit. Refer to AV-230.
tween AV control unit and display unit.
When any of the following is detected: H
XM Connection Error tween AV control unit and satellite radio I
AV-232.
tuner.
AV-232.
tuner. J
FL-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: open
FL-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short When either one of the following items are
detected: K
FL-DOOR SPEAKER: short to ground
• sound signal circuits between BOSE • Sound signal circuits between BOSE
FL-DOOR SPEAKER: short to battery amp. and front door speaker LH are mal- amp. and front door speaker LH.
FL-DOOR TWEETER OUT: open functioning. • Sound signal circuits between BOSE L
• sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. and front door tweeter LH.
FL-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short amp. and front door tweeter LH are mal-
FL-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short to ground functioning.
M
FL-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short to battery
FR-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: open
FR-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short AV
FR-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to ground When either one of the following items are
detected:
FR-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to battery • sound signal circuits between BOSE • Sound signal circuits between BOSE
FR-DOOR TWEETER OUT: open amp. and front door speaker RH are mal- amp. and front door speaker RH. O
functioning. • Sound signal circuits between BOSE
FR-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short • sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. and front door tweeter RH.
FR-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short to amp. and front door tweeter RH are mal-
ground functioning. P
FR-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short to bat-
tery

FL-INST TWEETER OUT: open
FL-INST TWEETER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
FL-INST TWEETER OUT: short to ground and tweeter LH are malfunctioning. and tweeter LH.
FL-INST TWEETER OUT: short to battery

FC-INST SPEAKER OUT: open
FC-INST SPEAKER OUT: short Malfunction is detected sound signal cir-
Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
cuits between BOSE amp. and center
FC-INST SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and center speaker.
speaker.
FC-INST SPEAKER OUT: short to battery
FR-INST TWEETER OUT: open
FR-INST TWEETER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
FR-INST TWEETER OUT: short to ground and tweeter RH are malfunctioning. and tweeter RH.
FR-INST TWEETER OUT: short to battery

2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: open
2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
and rear door speaker LH are malfunction-
2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and rear door speaker LH.
ing.
2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to battery
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: open
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
and rear door speaker RH are malfunction-
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and rear door speaker RH.
ing.
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to battery
RL-SPEAKER OUT: open
RL-SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
RL-SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and rear speaker LH are malfunctioning. and rear speaker LH.
RL-SPEAKER OUT: short to battery

RR-SPEAKER OUT: open
RR-SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
RR-SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and rear speaker RH are malfunctioning. and rear speaker RH.
RR-SPEAKER OUT: short to battery

SUBWOOFER OUT: open
SUBWOOFER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
SUBWOOFER OUT: short to ground and subwoofer are malfunctioning. and subwoofer.
SUBWOOFER OUT: short to battery

ply or ground circuits. Refer to AV-248.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT ply or ground circuit malfunction.
• Switches Connection Error • AV communication circuit malfunction
control unit and A/C and AV switch as-
between AV control unit and A/C and AV
sembly.
switch assembly.
detected:
• AV COMM CIRCUIT circuits. Refer to AV-245.
circuits are malfunctioning.
• Amplifier Connection Error • AV communication circuits between
are malfunctioning.

A
® ®
• Bluetooth control unit power supply or • Bluetooth control unit power supply or
• AV COMM CIRCUIT ground circuit malfunction. ground circuits. Refer to AV-247.
• BTHF Unit Connection Error • AV communication circuit malfunction • AV communication circuits between AV B
® ®
between AV control unit and Bluetooth control unit and Bluetooth control unit.
control unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT AV communication circuit malfunction be- AV communication circuits between AV C
• Switches Connection Error tween AV control unit and A/C and AV control unit and A/C and AV switch assem-
• BTHF Unit Connection Error switch assembly. bly.
Camera Cont. D
The two functions of “Correct Draw Line of Rear view Cam”, “Con-
firm Configuration” are available.
E
G
JSNIA2230ZZ
Adjust Offset of Rear view Camera H

• Use this mode to adjust the guide line display position of the rear
view monitor if necessary after removing the rear view monitor
camera. I
CAUTION:
After the adjustment, never perform other operations for one
minute.
J
K
JSNIA2231ZZ
Factory Configuration Confirmation L

AV
O
JSNIA2234ZZ

P

Malfunction counter
(Past)
Tx(HVAC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA2235ZZ
Rx(ECM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(BCM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(HVAC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(USM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(VDC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(STRG) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
NOTE:
AV COMM Diagnosis
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit and
each unit.
Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
C Tx(ITM-SW) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39 JSNIA2505ZZ
C Rx(PrimarySW-ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(BTHF-ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
NOTE:
control unit memory. (Clear the records of the unit that has been
removed.)
JSNIA0154GB
Initialize Settings

possible. A
CAUTION:
B
• Accessory Number Initialization requires configuration. For
C
JSNIA2237ZZ
D
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000009724879
CAUTION:
After disconnecting the CONSULT vehicle interface (VI) from the data link connector, the ignition must E
be cycled OFF → ON (for at least 5 seconds) → OFF. If this step is not performed, the BCM may not go
CONSULT FUNCTIONS F
Direct Diagnostic Mode Description G

H
Data Monitor The AV control unit input/output data is displayed in real time.
• The vehicle specification can be read and saved. I
Configuration
• The vehicle specification can be written when replacing AV control unit.
• The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed. J
ECU IDENTIFICATION
K
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
DATA MONITOR L

Indicates vehicle speed signal received from combination meter on CAN communication M
line.
ILLUM SIG [On/Off] Indicates condition of illumination signal for the A/C and AV switch assembly. AV
O
WORK SUPPORT
Conditions Description P
CONFIGURATION

Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000009724880
The Bluetooth® control unit has two diagnostic checks. The first diagnostic check is performed automatically
every ignition cycle during control unit initialization. The second diagnostic check is performed by the techni-
cian using the steering wheel audio control switches prior to trouble diagnosis.
Bluetooth® CONTROL UNIT INITIALIZATION CHECKS

• Internal control unit failure
• Bluetooth® antenna connection open or shorted
• Steering wheel audio control switches [ (PHONE/SEND), (PHONE/END)] stuck closed
• Vehicle speed pulse count
• Microphone connection test (with playback to operator)
• Bluetooth® inquiry check
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch to ACC or ON.
2. Wait for the Bluetooth® system to complete initialization. This may take up to 20 seconds.
3. Press and hold the steering wheel audio control switch
(PHONE/SEND) button for at least 5 seconds. The Bluetooth®
system will begin to play a verbal prompt.
AWNIA2560ZZ
4. While the prompt is playing, press and hold the steering wheel
audio control switch (PHONE/END) button until you hear the
“Diagnostics mode” prompt. The Bluetooth® system will sound a
5-second beep.
5. While the beep is sounding, press and hold the steering wheel
audio control switch (PHONE/END) button again until you
hear prompts.
6. The Bluetooth® system has now entered into the diagnostic
mode. Results of the diagnostic checks will be verbalized to the
technician. Refer to AV-172, "Work Flow".
7. After the failure records are reported, an interactive microphone AWNIA2561ZZ
test will be performed. Follow the voice prompt. If the micro-

phone test fails, refer to AV-172, "Work Flow".
Failure Message Action

“Internal failure” Replace Bluetooth® control unit. Refer to AV-318, "Removal and Installation".
“Bluetooth® antenna open” 1. Inspect harness connection.

®
“Bluetooth antenna shorted” 2. Replace Bluetooth® antenna. Refer to AV-318, "Removal and Installation".
“Phone/Send for Hands Free System is stuck” Check steering wheel audio control switches. Refer to AV-293, "Diagnosis Proce-
“Phone/End for the Hands Free System is stuck” dure".
“Microphone test” (failed interactive test) 1. Inspect harness between Bluetooth® control unit and microphone.
2. Replace microphone. Refer to AV-319, "Removal and Installation".

AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

AV CONTROL UNIT
B

C
VHCL SPD SIG
Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH). On D
PKB SIG
E
ILLUM SIG
Ignition switch OFF or ACC. Off F
IGN SIG
REV SIG G
TERMINAL LAYOUT
H
ALNIA1527ZZ
M
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No.
Description Condition AV
(Wire color) Value
Output switch
O
5 4 During voice guide output P

(W) (B) Bluetooth® voice signal Input ON
with switch pressed
SKIB3609E
6 ®
— Bluetooth voice signal — — — —
(Shield) shield

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
Output switch
10
(V)
11 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output
12 Input/
— CAN–L — — —
(P) Output
— — — —
(SB) (H) Output
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
— — — —
(SB) (H) Output
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
20 22
AUX sound signal RH Input ON AUX mode selected
(R) (B)
SKIB3609E
21 22
AUX sound signal LH Input ON AUX mode selected
(W) (B)
SKIB3609E
25
— AUX sound signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
28 Pressing eject switch 0V

(Y) Except above 5.0 V
29
Ground Ignition signal Input ON — Battery voltage
(LG)
Selector lever in R position Battery voltage
30
Ground Reverse signal Input ON Selector lever in any posi-
(R) 0V
tion other than R
31 Parking brake applied 4.5 V

(G) Parking brake released 0V
NOTE:
tination unit).
32 Vehicle speed approx. 40

Ground Vehicle speed signal Input ON
(BG) km/h (25 MPH)
JSNIA0012GB

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Output switch
Press SOURCE switch 0V B
Press switch 1.0V
38 47 Press switch 2.0V C

(G) (B)
Press switch 3.0V
Press ENTER switch 4.0V

D
Except above 5.0V
39
(P)
E
41 Lighting switch OFF 0V
Ground Illumination signal Input OFF
(R) Lighting switch ON Battery voltage
0V F
Press switch
Press switch 1.0V
48 47 2.0V G
Steering switch signal B Input ON Press switch
(W) (B)
Press switch 3.0V
Press DISP switch 4.0V H

Except above 5.0V
51
Ground Battery power supply Input OFF — Battery voltage I
(Y)
52
(GR)
J
53 Camera image or AUX im- K

(B) age displayed
SKIB2251J
L
(W) ground
M
55 AV
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Output ON ment mode, then select
(W)
O
SKIB2237J
P
56
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Output ON ment mode, then select
(B)
SKIB2236J

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
Output switch
57
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Output ON ment mode, then select
(R)
SKIB2238J
58
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output ON —
(B)
SKIB3603E
59
(Shield)
RGB image displayed 5.0 V
60
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Output ON
(W) AUX image displayed
PKIB4948J

Ground Input ON
PKIB5039J
Ground Input ON —
(G) (HP) signal
SKIB3601E
63
Ground Signal ground — OFF — 0V
(B)
64
Ground Signal VCC Output ACC — 9.0 V
(V)
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
67
(Shield)
72 Display communication sig-
— — — — —
(Shield) nal shield

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Output switch
B
73 Communication signal Adjusting display bright- C

Ground Output ON
PKIB5039J D
E
Ground Input ON —
(R) signal
F
SKIB3598E
75
Ground Inverter ground — OFF — 0V G
(LG)
76
Ground Inverter VCC Output ACC — 9.0 V
(L)
H
82 I
Ground Camera image signal Input ON Camera image displayed
(W)
J
SKIB2251J
K
83
Ground AUX image signal Input ON AUX image displayed
(W)
L
SKIB2251J
87 Selector lever in “R” posi- M

Ground Camera power supply Output ON 6.0 V
(R) tion
88
Ground Camera ground — ON — 0V
(B)
AV
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
90
— AUX image signal shield — — — — O
(Shield)
91
Ground AUX image signal ground — ON — 0V
(B)
P

Input ON
(B) (W) LH ed
SKIB3609E

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
Output switch

Input ON
(G) (R) RH ed
SKIB3609E

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
98 Satellite communication
— — — — —
(Shield) signal shield

Ground Input ON
(W) (SAT→CONT) ed
SKIA9299J

Ground Input ON
(B) (SAT→CONT) ed
SKIA9300J

Ground Output ON
(R) (CONT→SAT) ed
SKIA9301J
108 114 Pre amp sound signal rear

Output ON Sound output
(B) (W) RH
SKIB3609E
109 115 Pre amp sound signal front

(W) (B) RH
SKIB3609E
110
Ground BOSE amp. ON signal Output ACC — Battery voltage
(SB)

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Output switch
111 Pre amp sound signal B
— — — — —
(BR) shield

(B) (W) LH
D
SKIB3609E
113 119 Pre amp sound signal front F

(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E
G
137
— V BUS signal — — — —
(W)
H
138
(G)
139
— USB D+ signal — — — — I
(L)
140
— USB D− signal — — — —
(R)
141
J
— USB signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
142
— AM - FM main Input — — —
(B) K
143
— Antenna amp. ON signal Output ON — Battery voltage
(B)
144 L
(B)

M
AV
U1010: CONTROL UNIT AV-225, "DTC Logic" O
U1231: AMP TEMP AV-483, "DTC Logic" P
U1240: SWITCH CONN AV-235, "Description"
U1255: SAT CONN AV-232, "DTC Logic"
U1256: HAND FREE CONN AV-235, "Description"

AV CONTROL UNIT
U1265: AMP ON TERMINAL (GND-SHORT or VB-SHORT) AV-492, "DTC Logic"
U1300: AV COMM CIRCUIT AV-235, "Description"
U1310: CONTROL UNIT AV-236, "DTC Logic"
U1601: FL-DOOR WOOFER/TWEETER
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-SHORT)
(VB-SHOR)
AV-504, "DTC Logic"
U1609: FR-DOOR WOOFER/TWEETER
U160B: FR-DOOR WOOFER/TWEETER
(VB-SHOR)
U1627: F-INST L-TWEETER
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-SHORT or VB-SHOR)
AV-505, "DTC Logic"
U162F: F-INST R-TWEETER
U162A: F-INST C-SQAWK
AV-506, "DTC Logic"
U1684: 2L-DOOR SPEAKER/TWEETER
(VB-SHOR)
AV-507, "DTC Logic"
U162C: 2R-DOOR SPEAKER/TWEETER
U162F: 2R-DOOR SPEAKER/TWEETER
(VB-SHOR)
U175D: R-LUGGAGE L-WOOFER
AV-508, "DTC Logic"
U176A: R-ROOF L-WK
AV-509, "DTC Logic"
U1772: R-ROOF R-WK

DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
A
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
AWNIA1727ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal F
Output switch G
1
(B)
2 H
Ground Inverter VCC Input ACC — 9V
(L)
3
Ground Signal VCC Input ACC — 9V
(V) I
4
Ground Composite image ground — ON — 0V
(W)
5 Composite image signal J
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
K
6
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Input ON ment mode, then select
(B)
“Color Spectrum Bar” L
JSNIA1030ZZ
7 M
(Shield)
AV
Ground Output ON —
(G) (HP) signal
O
SKIB3601E

DISPLAY UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
RGB image displayed 5V
9
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Input ON
(W) DVD image displayed
PKIB4948J

Ground Input ON
PKIB5039J
13
Ground Inverter ground — ON — 0V
(LG)
14
Ground Signal ground — ON — 0V
(B)
15
Ground Composite image signal Input ON Camera image displayed
(B)
SKIB2251J
17
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Input ON ment mode, then select
(R)
JSNIA1029ZZ
18
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Input ON ment mode, then select
(W)
JSNIA1031ZZ
19
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input ON —
(B)
SKIB3603E

DISPLAY UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
B
20 Vertical synchronizing (VP) C

Ground Output On —
(R) signal
SKIB3598E D
21
(Shield)
E
22 Communication signal Adjusting display bright- F

Ground Output ON
PKIB5039J
G
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
H
AV

BOSE AMP.
BOSE AMP.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
ALNIA1354ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Output switch
41 42
Sound signal tweeter LH Output ON Sound output
(R) (G)
SKIB3609E
44 43 Sound signal rear side

(W) (G) speaker RH
SKIB3609E
45 46
Sound signal tweeter RH Output ON Sound output
(G) (W)
SKIB3609E
47
— Ground — ON — 0V
(B)
50
(LG)
51
(Y)
52
(B)

BOSE AMP.
Terminal
Output switch
B
53 48 Sound signal rear side C

(W) (G) speaker LH
SKIB3609E D
E
(G) (W) speaker RH
F
SKIB3609E
57 56
Sound signal subwoofer Output ON Sound output
(W) (B) H
SKIB3609E
I
58 59
Sound signal front door J
speaker and front tweeter Output ON Sound output
(G) (R)
LH
K
SKIB3609E
60
Ground BOSE amp. ON signal Input ON — Battery voltage
(W)
L
61 Subwoofer sound signal
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
62 M
— — — — — —
(W)
AV
Input ON Sound output
(B) (W) LH
O
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) RH
SKIB3609E

BOSE AMP.
Terminal
Output switch

(P) (R) speaker LH
SKIB3609E
69 70 Sound signal center speak-

(P) (R) er
SKIB3609E

71 72
(W) (P)
RH
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) RH
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E

A
AWNIA2563ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal F
Output switch G
H
Output ON
(B) (W) LH ed
I
SKIB3609E

Output ON
(G) (R) RH ed K
SKIB3609E
L
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
26 Satellite control signal
— — — — — M
(Shield) shield
AV
Ground Output ON
(W) (SAT→CONT) ed
O
SKIA9299J

Ground Output ON
(R) (SAT→CONT) ed
SKIA9300J

Terminal
Output switch

Ground Input ON
(B) (CONT→SAT) ed
SKIA9301J
32
(SB)
35
(GR)
36
(BG)
37
— Satellite antenna — — — —
(B)

A
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
AWNIA2564ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal F
output switch G
1
Ground Battery power Input – – Battery voltage
(Y)
ACC H
2
Ground ACC power Input or – Battery voltage
(R)
ON
ON I
3
Ground IGN power Input or – Battery voltage
(P)
START
4 J
(B)
5
– Audio out shield – – – —
(Shield)
K
7 8
MIC in signal Input – – –
(B) (Shield)
ACC
9 10
Audio out Output or Bluetooth® control unit
(W) (B)
ON sends audio signal M
SKIB3609E
AV
20
(B)
23
Ground Ground – ON – 0V O
(B)
24
(B)
P
27
(B)

Terminal
output switch

Ground Input ON
(V) pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
PKIA1935E
29
Ground Microphone power Output ON – 5V
(W)
35
– AV communication (H) – – – —
(SB)
36
– AV communication (L) – – – —
(LG)
43
(B)
– Bluetooth® antenna – – – —
44
(Shield)
– Bluetooth® antenna shield – – – —

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
B
AV
ABNWA1818GB

ABNWA1819GB

AV
ABNWA1820GB

ABNWA1821GB

AV
ABNWA1822GB

ABNWA1823GB

AV
ABNIA4713GB

ABNIA4714GB

AV
ABNIA4715GB

ABNIA4716GB

AV
ABNIA4717GB

ABNIA4718GB

AV
ABNIA4719GB

ABNIA4720GB

AV
ABNIA4721GB

ABNIA4722GB

AV
ABNIA4723GB

ABNIA4724GB

AV
ABNIA4725GB

ABNIA4726GB

AV
ABNIA4727GB

ABNIA4728GB

AV
ABNIA4729GB

ABNIA4730GB

AV
ABNIA4731GB

ABNIA4732GB

AV
ABNIA4733GB

ABNIA4734GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
BASIC INSPECTION A
B
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
AWNIA2486GB M
DETAILED FLOW AV
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check the malfunction symptoms by performing the following items: O
tion occurred).
P
>> GO TO 2
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4
NOTE:
Start with the diagnosis for the CAN communication system if “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] or CONTROL
>> GO TO 5
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-296, "Symptom
Table".
>> GO TO 5
NOTE:
>> GO TO 6
6.CHECK AFTER REPAIR
parts.
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 7
7.FINAL CHECK
are present.
YES >> GO TO 4

A
INFOID:0000000009724889 B
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing AV control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration before C
replacement.
NOTE:
If “Before Replace ECU” cannot be used, use the “After Replace ECU” or “Manual Configuration” after replac- D
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION: E
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model. F

INFOID:0000000009724890
G
-CONSULT H
specification.
NOTE:
I
J
>> GO TO 2.
Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-303, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit". K
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION L
CONSULT
1. Enter "Re/Programming, Configuration". M
3. If “Before Replace ECU” operation was not performed, select "After Replace ECU" or "Manual Configura- AV
cedure".
O
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK P
Check that the operation of the AV control unit and camera images (fixed guide lines and predictive course
lines) are normal.
>> Work End.


unit.
CAUTION:
with CONSULT.
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new AV control unit.

CONSULT
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of AV control unit.

CONSULT
>> Work End.

CONSULT
2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to AV-223, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized.
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK

>> Work End.
A
CAUTION:
Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. Incorrect settings may result in abnormal B
control of ECU.
MANUAL SETTING ITEM C

Items Setting value
CAMERA SYSTEM NONE/AVM ⇔ REAR CAMERA
SOUND SYSTEM BASE ⇔ BOSE D
AV

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

AV control unit is not transmitting or receiving
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[U1000]
more.


A

Replace the AV control unit if the malfunction oc- C
Control Unit".
D
AV


CONT UNIT curs constantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
CAN CONT constantly.
Control Unit".
AV

U1231 BOSE AMP.
U1231 BOSE AMP.

Replace BOSE amp. if malfunction occurs con-
AMP TEMP
BOSE amp. malfunction is detected. stantly.
[U1231]
Refer to AV-307, "Removal and Installation".

A
B
Adjust the predictive course line center position of
the steering angle sensor.
ST ANGLE SEN CALIB Predictive course line center position adjustment C
Refer to AV-221, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN
[U1232] of the steering angle sensor is incomplete.
REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Work Proce-
dure".
D
1.ADJUST THE PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION OF THE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR E
When U1232 is detected, adjust the predictive course line center position of the steering angle sensor.
>> Refer to AV-221, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Work Pro- F
cedure".
AV

U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT

• display unit power supply or ground circuit mal- • Display unit power supply and ground circuits.
FRONT DISP CONN
function. • Serial communication circuits between display
[U1243]
• serial communication circuit malfunction be- unit and AV control unit.
tween display unit and AV control unit.
1.CHECK DISPLAY UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check display unit power supply and ground circuits. Refer to AV-243, "DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector M194.
3. Check continuity between display unit connector M93 terminals 11, 22 and AV control unit connector
M194 terminals 73, 61.
Display unit AV control unit

Continuity
11 73
M93 M194 Yes
22 61
4. Check continuity between display unit connector M93 terminals 11, 22 and ground.
Display unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
11
M93 — No
12
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL (DISP→CONT)
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector M194.

U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Display unit Ground A

(−)
Connector Terminal
B
When adjusting dis- C

M93 11 —
play brightness.
D
PKIB5039J

YES >> GO TO 4. E
F
Display unit Ground

G
(−)
Connector Terminal
H
When adjusting dis- I

M93 22 —
play brightness.
PKIB5039J J
NO >> Replace display unit. Refer to AV-306, "Removal and Installation". K
AV


• Satellite radio tuner power supply and ground cir-
• satellite radio tuner power supply or ground circuit
cuits.
malfunction.
SAT CONN • Communication circuits between AV control unit
• communication circuit malfunction between AV
[U1255] and satellite radio tuner.
• Request signal circuits between AV control unit
• request signal circuit malfunction between AV
and satellite radio tuner.
1.CHECK SATELLITE RADIO TUNER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check satellite radio tuner power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-246, "SATELLITE RADIO TUNER :
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT AND REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M196 terminals 100, 101, 102 and satellite radio
tuner connector B2 terminals 28, 29, 30.

Continuity
100 28
M196 101 B2 29 Yes
102 30
4. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M196 terminals 100, 101, 102 and ground.
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
100 Ground
M196 101 No
102
YES >> GO TO 3.
3. Check signal between AV control unit connector M196 terminals 100, 101 and ground.

AV control unit Ground A

Voltage
(+)
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals
B
100
M196 — 7.0 V
101
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SATELLITE RADIO TUNER VOLTAGE D

E
3. Connect satellite radio tuner connector B2.
5. Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B2 terminal 30 and ground.
F
Satellite radio tuner Ground
Voltage
(+)
(−) (Approx.) G
Connector Terminals
B2 30 — 7.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? H
NO >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-320, "Removal and Installation".
I
AV

U1265 BOSE AMP.
U1265 BOSE AMP.

AMP ON TERMINAL BOSE amp. ON signal circuit open or short cir- BOSE amp. ON signal circuit between AV control
[U1265] cuited. unit and BOSE amp.
1.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN AV CONTROL UNIT AND BOSE SPEAKER AMP.

2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M197 and Bose speaker amp. connector B130.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M197 and Bose speaker amp. connector B130.
AV control unit Bose speaker amp.

Continuity
M197 110 B130 60 Yes
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M197 110 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.

Voltage
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M197 110 — Battery voltage
YES >> Replace Bose speaker amp. Refer to AV-307, "Removal and Installation".

A
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM C

When any of the following is detected: D
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • A/C and AV switch assembly power supply or • A/C and AV switch assembly power supply and
[U1300] ground circuit malfunction. ground circuits.
• SWITCH CONN • AV communication circuit malfunction between • AV communication circuits between AV control
[U1240] AV control unit and A/C and AV switch assem- unit and A/C and AV switch assembly. E
bly.
When any of the following is detected: • BOSE speaker amp. power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • BOSE speaker amp. power supply or ground circuits. F
[U1300] circuit malfunction. Refer to AV-520, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Proce-
• AMP CONN • AV communication circuits between AV control dure".
[U124E] unit and BOSE speaker amp. are malfunction- • AV communication circuits between AV control
ing. unit and BOSE speaker amp. G
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • Bluetooth® control unit power supply and ground
• Bluetooth® control unit power supply or ground
[U1300] circuits.
• HAND FREE CONN
• AV communication circuits between AV control
H
• AV communication circuit malfunction between
[U1256] unit and Bluetooth® control unit.
AV control unit and Bluetooth® control unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT I
[U1300]
• SWITCH CONN AV communication circuit malfunction between AV AV communication circuits between AV control unit
[U1240] control unit and A/C and AV switch assembly. and A/C and AV switch assembly.
• HAND FREE CONN J
[U1256]
AV


CONTROL UNIT (AV) An initial diagnosis error is detected in AV com- constantly.
[U1310] munication circuit. Refer to AV-303, "Removal and Installation - AV Con-
trol Unit".

U1601, U1603, U1609, U160B FRONT DOOR SPEAKER/TWEETER
A

FL-DOOR WOOFER C
• Sound signal circuits between BOSE speaker
(OPEN, SHORT, GND- When any of the following is detected:
amp. and front door speaker LH.
SHORT) • Sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
[U1601] speaker amp. and front door speaker LH.
• Sound signal circuits between BOSE speaker D
FL-DOOR WOOFER • Sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
amp. and front tweeter LH.
(VB-SHOR] speaker amp. and front tweeter LH.
[U1603]
FR-DOOR WOOFER E
amp. and front door speaker RH.
[U1609] speaker amp. and front door speaker RH.
• Sound signal circuits between BOSE speaker F
FR-DOOR WOOFER • Sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
amp. and front tweeter RH.
(VB-SHOR) speaker amp. and front tweeter RH.
[U160B]

G

H
2. Erase Self Diagnostic Result. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform Self Diagnostic Result again.
Is DTC U1601, U1603, U1609 or U160B detected? I
YES >> Refer to AV-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
AV

U1627, U162F TWEETER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

F-INST L-TWEETER
Sound signal circuits between BOSE speaker amp.
(OPEN, SHORT, GND- Sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
and instrument panel tweeter LH.
SHORT or VB-SHOR) speaker amp. and instrument panel tweeter LH.
[U1627]
F-INST R-TWEETER
and instrument panel tweeter RH.
SHORT or VB-SHOR) speaker amp. and instrument panel tweeter RH.
[U162F]

Is DTC U1627 or U162F detected?

U162A CENTER SPEAKER
A

F-INST C-SQUAWK C
Sound signal circuits between BOSE speaker
amp. and center speaker.
SHORT, or VB-SHORT) speaker amp. and center speaker.
[U162A]
D
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT E

3. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform Self Diagnostic Result again. F
Is DTC U162A detected?
NO >> Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident". G
AV

U1684, U1687, U168C, U168F REAR DOOR SPEAKER/TWEETER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

2L-DOOR SPEAKER
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-
SHORT) Sound signal circuits between BOSE speaker amp.
Sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
[U1684] and rear door speaker LH.
speaker amp. and rear door speaker LH.
2L-DOOR SPEAKER (VB- Refer to AV-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SHOR)
[U1687]
2R-DOOR SPEAKER
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-
[U168C] and rear door speaker RH.
speaker amp. and rear door speaker RH.
2R-DOOR SPEAKER (VB- Refer to AV-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SHOR)
[U168F]

Is DTC U1684, U1687, U168C or U168F detected?

U175D WOOFER
U175D WOOFER
A

R-LUGGAGE L-WOOFER C
amp. and subwoofer.
SHORT or VB-SHOR) speaker amp. and subwoofer.
[U175D]
D
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT E

3. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform Self Diagnostic Result again. F
Is DTC U175D detected?
NO >> Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident". G
AV

U176A, U1772 ROOF SPEAKER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

R-ROOF L-SQAWK
amp. and rear side speaker LH.
SHORT or VB-SHOR) speaker amp. and rear side speaker LH.
[U176A]
R-ROOF R-SQAWK
amp. and rear side speaker RH.
SHORT or VB-SHOR) speaker amp. and rear side speaker RH.
[U1772]

Is DTC U176A or U1772 detected?

A
AV CONTROL UNIT
B

C
1.CHECK FUSE

E

F
NO >> GO TO 2. G
H
3. Check voltage between AV control unit connectors and ground.
AV control unit Voltage I

Ground Condition

J
M193
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT L

M
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
AV
M193 52 — Yes
YES >> Inspection End. O
DISPLAY UNIT
P

Check voltage between display unit harness connector M93 terminals 2, 3 and ground.

Ground Condition
2
3
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INVERTER VCC AND SIGNAL VCC (POWER SUPPLY) CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M194 terminals 64, 76 and display unit connector
M93 terminals 3, 2.

Continuity
64 3
M194 M93 Yes
76 2
4. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M194 terminals 64, 76 and ground.
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
64
M194 — No
76
YES >> GO TO 3.
1. Connect the AV control unit connector M194.
2. Check voltage between AV control unit connector M194 terminals 64, 76 and ground.

Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
64
76
4.CHECK INVERTER GROUND AND SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M194 terminals 63, 75 and display unit connector
M93 terminals 14, 13.

AV control unit Display unit A

Continuity
63 14
M194 M93 Yes B
75 13
YES >> GO TO 5. C
5.CHECK DISPLAY UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
D
Check continuity between display unit connector M93 terminal 1 and ground.
Display unit
Ground Continuity E
Connector Terminal
M93 1 — Yes
Is the inspection result normal? F
BOSE AMP. G
BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009726864

I
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown. J

50 11 (15A) K
Battery power supply
51 12 (15A)
L
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B129.
2. Check voltage between BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 and ground.
AV
BOSE speaker amp. Voltage
Ground
50 O
51
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 and ground.

BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
47
B129 — Yes
52
SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009726865
1.CHECK FUSE

NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect subwoofer connector.
2. Check voltage between subwoofer connector B73 and ground.
Subwoofer Voltage
Ground
B73 6 — Battery voltage

YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between subwoofer connector B73 and ground.
Subwoofer
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B73 5 — Yes
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009724909

1.CHECK FUSE A

B
Are the fuses blown? C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

2. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B2. E
3. Check voltage between satellite radio tuner connector B2 terminal 32, 36 and ground.
Satellite radio tuner Voltage

Ground Condition F

36 Ignition switch: ACC G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner connector B2 terminal 35 and ground.

Ground Continuity J
Connector Terminal
B2 35 — Yes
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT L
BLUETOOTH® CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009724910

AV
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown. O

1 Battery power supply 15 (15A) P
NO >> GO TO 2.


3. Check voltage between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 and ground.
Bluetooth® control unit Voltage

Ground Condition

B3 2 — Ignition switch: ACC Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
4
B3 23 — Yes
27
A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEMBLY
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.

Is the fuse blown?
NO >> GO TO 2.
A/C and AV switch assembly Voltage

Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 3. A
B
nector M192 terminal 10. C

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
M98 9 M192 10 Yes
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT F
Check continuity between A/C and AV switch assembly connector M98 terminal 1 and ground.
A/C and AV switch assembly G

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M98 1 — Yes
H
I
AV

CENTER SPEAKER
CENTER SPEAKER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
Check the AV control unit, BOSE speaker amp. and speaker connectors for the following:
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CENTER SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and center speaker connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and center speaker connector M110.
BOSE speaker amp. Center speaker

Continuity
69 1
B130 M110 Yes
70 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
69
B130 — No
70
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CENTER SPEAKER SIGNAL
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and center speaker connector M110.
4. Check signal between terminals of BOSE speaker amp. connector B130.
BOSE speaker amp. connector B130

Terminal Terminal
69 70 Audio signal output
SKIB3609E

CENTER SPEAKER
YES >> Replace center speaker. Refer to AV-594, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK PRE-AMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect AV control unit connector M197 and BOSE speaker amp. connector B130.
B
2. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M197 and BOSE speaker amp. connector B130.
AV control unit BOSE speaker amp.

Continuity C
113 75
119 76 D
M197 B130 Yes
109 73
115 74
E
AV control unit F
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
113
119 G
M197 — No
109
115
H
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK PRE-AMP SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M197 and BOSE speaker amp. connector B130.
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC. J
4. Check signal between the terminals of AV control unit connector M197.
K
L
Terminal Terminal
113 119
Audio signal output

109 115
AV
SKIB3609E
Is the inspection result normal? O

YES >> Replace BOSE speaker amp. Refer to AV-307, "Removal and Installation".
P

1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL TWEETER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 and suspect instrument panel tweeter connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 and suspect instrument panel tweeter
connector.
BOSE speaker amp. Instrument panel tweeter

Continuity
41 1
M62 (LH)
42 2
B129 Yes
45 1
M73 (RH)
46 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
42
B129 — No
45
46
YES >> GO TO 3.
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 and suspect instrument panel tweeter connector.
BOSE speaker amp.

Terminal Terminal

41 42
A
Audio signal output

45 46 B
SKIB3609E
C
NO >> GO TO 4.
D
2. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M197 and BOSE speaker amp. connector B130. E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
113 75
119 76
M197 B130 Yes G
109 73
115 74
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M197 and ground. H
AV control unit
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
113
119 J
M197 — No
109
115
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC. M
AV
Terminal Terminal O
113 119
P
Audio signal output
109 115
SKIB3609E


FRONT TWEETER
FRONT TWEETER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Proper connection D
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT TWEETER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and suspect front tweeter connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and suspect front door speaker connec-
tor. G
BOSE speaker amp. Front tweeter

Continuity H
58 1
M109 (LH)
59 2
B130 Yes I
71 1
M111 (RH)
72 2
3. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and ground. J
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity K
Connector Terminal
58
59 L
B130 — No
71
72
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
AV
3.CHECK FRONT TWEETER SIGNAL
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and suspect front tweeter connector.
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC. O
P
Terminal Terminal

FRONT TWEETER
58 59
Audio signal output

71 72
SKIB3609E

YES >> Replace front tweeter. Refer to AV-592, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
113 75
119 76
M197 B130 Yes
109 73
115 74
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
113
119
M197 — No
109
115
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
113 119
Audio signal output

109 115
SKIB3609E

FRONT TWEETER
A
AV

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and suspect front door speaker connector.
tor.
BOSE speaker amp. Front door speaker

Continuity
58 1
D12 (LH)
59 2
B130 Yes
71 1
D112 (RH)
72 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
58
59
B130 — No
71
72
YES >> GO TO 3.
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and suspect front door speaker connector.

Terminal Terminal

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
58 59
A
Audio signal output

71 72 B
SKIB3609E
C
NO >> GO TO 4.
D

Continuity
113 75
119 76
M197 B130 Yes G
109 73
115 74
AV control unit
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
113
119 J
M197 — No
109
115
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
AV
Terminal Terminal O
113 119
P
Audio signal output
109 115
SKIB3609E

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connectors and suspect rear door speaker connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connectors and suspect rear door speaker connector.
G
BOSE speaker amp. Rear door speaker
Continuity
H
68 1
B130 D207 (LH)
55 2
Yes
54 1 I
B129 D307 (RH)
49 2
3. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connectors and ground.
J
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal K
68
B130
55
— No L
54
B129
49
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL AV
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connectors and suspect rear door speaker connector.
3. Push AV control unit POWER switch. O
4. Check signal between terminals of BOSE speaker amp. connectors.

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
BOSE speaker amp.

Connector
Terminal Terminal
B130 68 55
Audio signal output

B129 54 49
SKIB3609E

NO >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
112 64
118 63
M197 B130 Yes
108 66
114 65
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
112
118
M197 — No
108
114
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
112 118
A
Audio signal output

108 114 B
SKIB3609E
C
D
AV

REAR SPEAKER
REAR SPEAKER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR SIDE SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 and suspect rear side speaker connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 and suspect rear side speaker connector.
BOSE speaker amp. Rear side speaker

Continuity
53 1
B1 (LH)
48 2
B129 Yes
44 1
B153 (RH)
43 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
53
48
B129 — No
44
43
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR SIDE SPEAKER SIGNAL
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 and suspect rear side speaker connector.

REAR SPEAKER
BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 A

Terminal Terminal
B
53 48
C
Audio signal output
44 43
D
SKIB3609E

YES >> Replace rear side speaker. Refer to AV-596, "Removal and Installation". E
NO >> GO TO 4.
F
G
Continuity
112 64 H
118 63
M197 B130 Yes
108 66
114 65
I

J
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
112 K
118
M197 — No
108
L
114
YES >> GO TO 5. M
AV
4. Check signal between the terminals of AV control unit connector M197. O

(+) (−) Condition Reference value P
Terminal Terminal

REAR SPEAKER
112 118
Audio signal output

108 114
SKIB3609E


SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
Check the AV control unit, BOSE speaker amp. and subwoofer connectors for the following:
• Damage
• Disconnected or looses terminals
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the terminal and connector.
2.VERIFY SUBWOOFER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND F
Check subwoofer power supply and ground. Refer to AV-245, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".
G
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SUBWOOFER AMP ON CIRCUIT CONTINUITY H
2. Disconnect Bose speaker amp. connector B130 and subwoofer connector.
3. Check continuity between Bose speaker amp. connector B130 and subwoofer connector B73. I
Bose speaker amp. Subwoofer

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
B130 62 B73 4 Yes
4. Check continuity between Bose speaker amp. connector B130 and ground.
K
Bose speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
B130 62 — No
YES >> GO TO 4. M
4.CHECK SUBWOOFER AMP ON CIRCUIT VOLTAGE AV
1. Connect Bose speaker amp. connector B130.
3. Check voltage between Bose speaker amp. connector B130 and ground.
O
Bose speaker amp. Ground

Voltage
(+) P
(–) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace Bose speaker amp. Refer to AV-590, "Removal and Installation".

SUBWOOFER
5.CHECK SUBWOOFER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and subwoofer connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and subwoofer connector.
BOSE speaker amp. Subwoofer

Continuity
56 2
B130 B73 Yes
57 1
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
B130 — No
57
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK SUBWOOFER SIGNAL
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and subwoofer connector.
4. Check the signal between the terminals of BOSE speaker amp. connector B130.

Terminal Terminal
SKIB3609E

YES >> Replace subwoofer. Refer to AV-597, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.

Continuity
112 64
118 63
M197 B130 Yes
108 66
114 65

SUBWOOFER
AV control unit A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
112
B
118
M197 — No
108
114 C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. D
1. Connect AV control unit connector M197 and BOSE speaker amp. connector B130. E
F

(+) (−) Condition Reference value G
Terminal Terminal
112 118
H
Audio signal output

108 114
I
SKIB3609E

K
AV



Continuity
20 1
M192 M205 Yes
21 3
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
20
M192 — No
21
YES >> GO TO 2.
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M192 and front auxiliary input jacks connector M205.

Continuity
M192 22 M205 2 Yes
YES >> GO TO 3.
3. Select AUX mode.

(+) (−)
Terminal Terminal

20 22
A
AUX mode selected

21 22 B
SKIB3609E
C
D
AV

1.CHECK SATELLITE SOUND SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M196 and satellite radio tuner connector B2.

Continuity
94 22
M196 B2 Yes
96 24
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
94
M196 No
96
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SATELLITE SOUND SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M196 and satellite radio tuner connector B2.

Continuity
93 21
M196 B2 Yes
95 23
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SATELLITE SOUND SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M196 and satellite radio tuner connector B2.
3. Select satellite radio mode.

Terminal Terminal

94 93
A
Satellite radio mode selected

96 95 B
SKIB3609E
C
YES >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-320, "Removal and Installation".
D
AV

1.CHECK BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M192 and Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M192 terminal 5 and Bluetooth® control unit connec-
tor B3 terminal 9.

Continuity
M192 5 B3 9 Yes
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M192 5 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M192 terminal 4 and Bluetooth® control unit connector B3
terminal 10.

Continuity
M192 4 B3 10 Yes
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BLUETOOTH® VOICE SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M192 and Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.
3. Press switch.


Terminal Terminal
B
During voice guide output with C

5 4
switch pressed.
D
SKIB3609E

AV

1.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

minal 17.

Continuity
M194 57 M93 17 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M194 57 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal

NOSIS screen.
SKIB2238J


A
B
C
1.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
minal 6.
E
Continuity
M194 56 M93 6 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M194 56 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL
K
Display unit Ground
(−)
“Color Spectrum Bar” M

NOSIS screen.
A V
SKIB2236J

O

1.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

minal 18.

Continuity
M194 55 M93 18 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M194 55 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal

NOSIS screen.
SKIB2237J


A
B
C
1.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
minal 19.
E
Continuity
M194 58 M93 19 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M194 58 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
K
Display unit Ground
(+) Reference value
(−)
M
M93 19 —
AV
SKIB3603E

O

1.CHECK RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

minal 9.

Continuity
M194 60 M93 9 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M194 60 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
RGB image displayed. 5.0 V
M93 9 —
AUX image displayed.
PKIB4948J


A
B
C
1.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
minal 8.
E
Continuity
M194 62 M93 8 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M194 62 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL
K
Display unit Ground
(+) Reference value
(−)
M
M93 8 —
AV
SKIB3601E

O

1.CHECK VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

minal 20.

Continuity
M194 74 M93 20 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M194 74 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
Display unit Ground

(+) Reference value
(−)
Connector Terminal
M93 20 —
SKIB3598E


A
B
C
minal 15.
E
Continuity
M194 53 M93 15 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M194 53 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M194 terminal 54 and display unit connector M93 terminal J
4.
AV control unit Display unit K

Continuity
M194 54 M93 4 Yes
Is inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL M

2. Turn ignition switch ON. AV
Display unit Ground O

(−)
Connector Terminal
P
Camera image dis-

M93 15 —
played.
SKIB2251J


A
B
C
E
Continuity
M195 83 M205 7 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M195 83 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUX IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
K
Continuity
L
M195 91 M205 8 Yes
YES >> GO TO 3. M
AV
3. Check signal between front auxiliary input jacks connector M205 terminal 7 and ground.
O

Front auxiliary input jacks Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
M205 7 — AUX image displayed.
SKIB2251J

NO >> Replace front auxiliary input jacks. Refer to AV-317, "Removal and Installation".

A
B
C
1.CHECK REVERSE INPUT SIGNAL
2. Shift the selector lever to R (reverse). D
AV control unit Ground E

Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Selector lever in R (re-
F
M192 30 — Battery Voltage
verse)
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY H
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M195 terminal 87 and rear view camera connector I
D504 terminal 1.
AV control unit Rear view camera J

Continuity
M195 87 D504 1 Yes
K
AV control unit
Continuity L
M195 87 No
Is inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CAMERA POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE AV
O
P
Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M195 87 — Selector lever is in “R”. 6.0 V
YES >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M195 terminal 82 and rear view camera connector
D504 terminal 3.

Continuity
M195 82 D504 3 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M195 82 No
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAMERA GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M195 terminal 88 and rear view camera connector D504
terminal 2.

Continuity
M195 88 D504 2 Yes
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
4. Check signal between AV control unit connector M195 terminal 82 and ground.

(−)
Connector Terminal
Camera image dis-

M195 82 —
played.
SKIB2251J

NO >> Replace rear view camera. Refer to AV-315, "Removal and Installation".

A
B
C
E
Continuity
M192 28 M98 14 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M192 28 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
M192 28 —
Except above 5.0 V
M
Switch Assembly".


2. Disconnect Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 and microphone connector.
3. Check continuity between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 terminals 7, 8, 29 and microphone con-
nector R109 terminals 4, 3, 1.
Bluetooth® control unit Microphone

Continuity
7 4
B3 8 R109 3 Yes
29 1
4. Check continuity between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 terminals 7, 8, 29 and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
7
B3 8 — No
29
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.
3. Check voltage between terminals of Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.

Voltage
(+) (−) (Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
29 8 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace Bluetooth® control unit. Refer to AV-318, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check signal between terminals of Bluetooth® control unit connector B3.


A
Terminal Terminal
B
C
D
PKIB5037J

AV

1.CHECK CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

3. Check continuity between Bluetooth® control unit connector B3 terminals 20, 24 and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
20
B3 — Yes
24
YES >> Replace Bluetooth® control unit. Refer to AV-318, "Removal and Installation".

STEERING SWITCH
STEERING SWITCH
A
B

D
E
Condition
F
Depress switch. 121
14 321 G
Depress switch.
Depress switch. 723

17
Depress switch. 1

15 321
Depress switch.

K
YES >> GO TO 2.
M
Continuity
3 24 AV
M24 24 M30 33 Yes
4 31
O
Combination meter P
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
M24 24 — No
4

STEERING SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 3.
Combination switch
Continuity
24 14
M30 31 M149 15 Yes
33 17
YES >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
14 38
M24 15 M193 48 Yes
16 47
Combination meter
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
14
M24 15 — No
16
YES >> GO TO 5.

Voltage
(+) (−)
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
38
47 5.0 V
48

USB CONNECTOR
USB CONNECTOR
A
B
C

Continuity
138 1
137 2
F
M55 140 M209 3 Yes

139 4 G
141 5
H
AV control unit
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
I
137
M55 Ground No
139
K
AV

MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM
RELATED TO AUDIO

The disk cannot be removed. AV control unit Refer to AV-162, "On Board Diagnosis
Function".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
A
• Bose amp. ON signal circuit malfunction.
Refer to AV-492, "Diagnosis Procedure". B
• Bose speaker amp. power supply and
ground circuits malfunction.
sis Procedure". C
AV control unit and Bose speaker amp. D
Refer to:
- AV-535, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front
door speaker).
- AV-532, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front E
tweeter).
ment panel tweeter).
- AV-527, "Diagnosis Procedure" (center F
speaker).
door speaker).
- AV-541, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear G
side speaker).
- AV-544, "Diagnosis Procedure" (sub-
woofer).
H
Bose speaker amp. and speaker.
Refer to:
- AV-535, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front I
door speaker).
No sound comes out or the level of the - AV-532, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front
sound is low. tweeter).
Only a certain speaker (front door speaker
LH, front door speaker RH, front tweeter
- AV-529, "Diagnosis Procedure" (instru- J
LH, front tweeter RH, instrument panel
- AV-527, "Diagnosis Procedure" (center
tweeter LH, instrument panel tweeter RH,
speaker).
center speaker, rear door speaker LH, rear K
door speaker RH, rear side speaker LH,
door speaker).
rear side speaker RH, subwoofer) does not
output sound.
side speaker).
- AV-544, "Diagnosis Procedure" (sub- L
woofer).
• Malfunction in speaker.
Refer to:
M
door speaker).
tweeter). AV
- AV-311, "Removal and Installation" (cen-
ter speaker). O
door speaker).
side speaker). P
- AV-314, "Removal and Installation" (sub-
woofer).
Function".
• Malfunction in Bose speaker amp.
Replace Bose speaker amp. Refer to AV-
590, "Removal and Installation".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
Function".
Noise comes out from all speakers.
AV control unit and Bose speaker amp.
Refer to:
door speaker).
tweeter).
speaker).
door speaker).
side speaker).
woofer).
Bose speaker amp. and speaker.
Refer to:
door speaker).
tweeter).
Noise comes out only from a certain speak-
er (front door speaker LH, front door speak-
Noise is mixed with audio. er RH, front tweeter LH, front tweeter RH,
speaker).
instrument panel tweeter LH, instrument
panel tweeter RH, center speaker, rear
door speaker).
door speaker LH, rear door speaker RH,
rear side speaker LH, rear side speaker
side speaker).
RH, subwoofer).
woofer).
• Poor Installation of speaker (e.g. back-
lash and looseness).
Refer to:
door speaker).
tweeter).
- AV-311, "Removal and Installation" (cen-
ter speaker).
door speaker).
side speaker).
- AV-314, "Removal and Installation" (sub-
woofer).
Function".
Noise is mixed with radio only (when the ve- Poor connector connection of antenna or
Revision: August 2013 AV-298
hicle hits a bump or while driving over bad antenna feeder. 2014 QX60
MULTI AV SYSTEM
A
• Other audio sounds are normal. • Antenna amp. ON signal circuit malfunc-
• Any radio station cannot be received or tion.
poor reception is caused even after mov- Refer to AV-173, "Reference Value".
No radio reception or poor reception.
ing to a service area with good reception • Poor connector connection of antenna or B
(e.g. a place with clear view and no ob- antenna feeder.
stacles generating external noises). Refer to AV-321, "Location of Antennas".
• Malfunction in antenna, antenna feeder
or AV control unit. Perform DTC diagno-
C
sis.
There is malfunction in the CONSULT self
diagnosis result.
• Poor continuity in antenna feeder. D
antenna feeder.
• Poor continuity in antenna feeder. E
There is no malfunction in the CONSULT
antenna feeder.
self diagnosis result.
• Loose satellite radio antenna mounting
Refer to AV-171, "CONSULT Function". F
nut.
The majority of buzz/rattle sounds are not
Refer to "SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROU- G
indicative of an issue with the speaker, usu-
Buzz/rattle sound from speaker BLE DIAGNOSIS" in the appropriate interi-
ally something nearby the speaker is caus-
or trim section.
ing the buzz/rattle.
RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE H

• Before performing diagnosis, confirm that the cellular phone being used by the customer is compatible with
the vehicle.
• It is possible that a malfunction is occurring due to a version change of the phone even though the phone is I
a compatible type. This can be confirmed by changing the cellular phone to another compatible type, and
check that it operates normally. It is important to determine whether the cause of the malfunction is the vehi-
cle or the cellular phone.
J
Check Compatibility
1. Make sure the customer’s Bluetooth® related concern is understood.
2. Verify the customer’s concern. K
NOTE:
The customer’s phone may be required, depending upon their concern.
3. Write down the customer’s phone brand, model and service provider. L
NOTE:
It is necessary to know the service provider. On occasion, a given phone may be on the approved list with
one provider, but may not be on the approved list with other providers. M
4. Go to “www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth/”.
a. Using the website’s search engine, find out if the customer’s phone is on the approved list.
b. If the customer’s phone is NOT on the approved list: AV
Stop diagnosis here. The customer needs to obtain a Bluetooth® phone that is on the approved list before
any further action.
c. If the feature related to the customer’s concern shows as “N” (not compatible): O
Stop diagnosis here. If the customer still wants the feature to function, they will need to get an approved
phone showing the feature as “Y” (compatible) in the “Basic Features”.
d. If the feature related to the customer’s concern shows as “Y” (compatible): P
Perform diagnosis as per the following table.

MULTI AV SYSTEM

Does not recognize cellular phone connec-
tion (no connection is displayed on the dis- Repeat the registration of cellular phone.
play at the guide).
made, but the communication cannot be
established. Malfunction in AV control unit.
Hands-free phone cannot be established. • Hands-free phone operation can be per- Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-303,
formed, however, voice between each "Removal and Installation - AV Control
other cannot be heard during the conver- Unit".
sation.
The other party’s voice cannot be heard by Check the “microphone speaker” in Inspec-
hands-free phone. tion & Adjustment Mode if sound is heard.
Originating sound is not heard by the other Sound operation function is normal.
party with hands-free phone communica- Microphone signal circuit malfunction.
tion. Sound operation function does not work.
Steering switch malfunction.
Steering switch’s , , and
Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-305,
switch works, but does not work. "Removal and Installation".
The system cannot be operated. Steering switch’s , , , and Steering switch signal circuit malfunction.
switches do not work.
RELATED TO REAR VIEW CAMERA

Reverse signal circuit malfunction between
Reverse signal circuit malfunction. BCM and AV control unit.
Camera image signal circuit malfunction
between rear view camera and AV control
Rear view camera is inoperative. Camera image signal circuit malfunction.
unit.
Replace rear view camera.
Rear view camera malfunction. Refer to AV-315, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

A
RELATED TO NOISE B
etc.).
The following noise results from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or C
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from the waves sent directly from the broadcast station arriving at the D
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and opera- E
NOTE:
components, one by one. F

G
H
electrical components are oper- I
ing. • Motor
• Rear defogger coil malfunction J
A cracking or snapping sound occurs while the vehicle is being driven, especially when K

L
Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized M

AV
lowing conditions:
O
NOTE: P

call.
Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or

AV CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

AV CONTROL UNIT
B
AWNIA3152ZZ K

4. AV control unit bracket (RH) L
M
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
ignition switch OFF. AV
cation. Refer to AV-221, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Descrip-
tion". O
NOTE:
P
INSTALLATION

AV CONTROL UNIT
CAUTION:
TION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description".
REMOVAL
2. Remove the A/C and AV switch assembly lower screws.
INSTALLATION

STEERING SWITCH
STEERING SWITCH
A
G
ALOIA0025ZZ

H
REMOVAL I
NOTE:
1. Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-46, "Removal and Installation". J
steering wheel (2).
K
M
ALOIA0026ZZ
3. Remove steering switch screws. AV

ALOIA0027ZZ
INSTALLATION

DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
AWNIZ2552ZZ
1. Display unit bracket 2. Display unit A. Display unit bracket screws

REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".
necessary).
INSTALLATION

BOSE SPEAKER AMP
BOSE SPEAKER AMP
A
REMOVAL B
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Refer to PG-93, "Exploded View"
2. Remove third row seat. Refer to SE-135, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove Bose speaker amp screws (A). C
4. Disconnect the harness connectors (B) from the Bose speaker
amp. (1) and remove.
D
F
ALNIA0918ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G
AV

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
ALNIA1329ZZ

4. Speaker bracket
REMOVAL
bracket.
INSTALLATION

FRONT TWEETER
FRONT TWEETER
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove front pillar finisher. Refer to INT-19, "FRONT PILLAR FINISHER : Removal and Installation"
2. Remove two front tweeter screws.
3. Remove front tweeter (2) from front pillar finisher (1). C
JSNIA3786ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

REMOVAL
tweeter (1).
AWNIA2220ZZ
INSTALLATION

CENTER SPEAKER
CENTER SPEAKER
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove center speaker grille. Refer to IP-14, "Exploded View".
2. Remove the center speaker bolts (A).
C
3. Pull out the center speaker (1), disconnect harness connector,
then remove center speaker.
ALNIA0344ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
ALNIA1330ZZ

4. Speaker bracket
REMOVAL
bracket.
INSTALLATION

REAR SPEAKERS
REAR SPEAKERS
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove back pillar finisher. Refer to INT-32, "BACK PILLAR FINISHER : Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse back pillar finisher. C
2. Remove rear speaker bolts (A).
3. Remove bracket (2), then remove rear speaker (3).
D
F
ALNIA1331ZZ
INSTALLATION
G
AV

SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER
ALNIA1328ZZ
1. Spare tire clamp 2. Subwoofer 3. Harness

4. Bracket 5. Rear storage box
REMOVAL
1. Open the storage box lid.
2. Remove the spare tire clamp.
3. Lift subwoofer to disconnect harness connector, then remove subwoofer.
INSTALLATION

REAR VIEW CAMERA
REAR VIEW CAMERA
A
REMOVAL B
camera (1) from the back door outer upper finisher (2). C
ALNIA1427ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

USB INTERFACE
USB INTERFACE
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
C
INSTALLATION
AV

ALNIA1351GB
1. Bluetooth control unit
REMOVAL
1. Remove satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-320, "Removal and Installation"
2. Disconnect harness connector from bluetooth control unit.
3. Remove bluetooth control unit bolts, then remove bluetooth control unit.
INSTALLATION

MICROPHONE
MICROPHONE
A
REMOVAL B
front room/map lamp assembly. C
CAUTION:
avoid damaging. D
AWNIA2584ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
G
AV

ALNIA1348GB
1. Satellite radio tuner
REMOVAL
2. Disconnect harness connector from satellite antenna.
3. Remove bolts and the satellite radio tuner.
INSTALLATION

AUDIO ANTENNA
AUDIO ANTENNA
A
I
AWNIA2589ZZ
1. Antenna base (satellite antenna and antenna 2. M502 3. M501 J

amp)
7. M95, M500 8. AV control unit M124
K
ELEMENT CHECK L

each side.
M
AV
SEL250I

AUDIO ANTENNA
probe. Then, press the foil against the wire with your finger.
SEL122R
SEL252I

SEL253I

BLUETOOTH® ANTENNA
BLUETOOTH® ANTENNA
A
REMOVAL B
2. Disconnect the bluetooth antenna harness connector from bluetooth control unit. C
3. Remove bolts and the bluetooth antenna from bracket.
INSTALLATION D
AV

REMOVAL
: Front
AWNIA2587ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
the roof panel.
DISASSEMBLY
antenna (2).
ALNIA1335ZZ
ASSEMBLY

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
ual.
WARNING:
F
ness connectors.
H
WARNING:
serious injury.
Unit) INFOID:0000000009129064
K
CAUTION:
NOTE: L
O

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
PKIA0306E
PKIA0307E
- Oily dirt:
area.

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
B
(Kent-Moore No.) C
Tool name
(J-46534) D
Trim Tool Set
AWJIA0483ZZ
F
G
PIIB1407E
AV

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
AWNIA2568ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
AV
ALNIA1345ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
ALNIA1346ZZ

4. A/C and AV switch assembly 5. Front tweeter RH 6. Instrument panel tweeter RH
removed)
16. Rear door speaker RH 17. Rear side speaker LH 18. Rear side speaker RH
19. Subwoofer 20. Bose® speaker amp. 21. Around view monitor control unit
22. Front camera 23. Rear camera 24. Door mirror LH (side camera)
25. Door mirror RH (side camera) 26. Sonar control unit 27. Front sonar sensors outer
28. Rear sonar sensors outer 29. Rear sonar sensors inner 30. Video distributor
31. Sonar buzzer 32. Headrest display unit (driver seat) 33. Rear auxiliary input jacks
34. Headrest display unit (passenger seat)
Revision: August 2013 A V - 3 3 0 2014 QX60

COMPONENT PARTS
A
• AV control unit includes audio, hands-free phone, navigation, USB connection,
DVD play and vehicle status functions.
• Integrates hard disk drive (HDD) allowing map data and music data to be stored. B
sary information for vehicle function.
• Receives steering angle signal via CAN communication from steering angle sen- C
sor and controls an expected course line during around view monitor operation.
AV control unit • Inputs signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and parking
brake).
• RGB digital image signal and composite image signal are output to front display D
unit.
• Transmits image and sound output to video distributor and inputs image switch sig-
nal from headrest display units via AV communication.
• Receives an intelligent key identification signal necessary for intelligent key inter-
E
locking function via hard wire from BCM.
• Transmits Amp. ON signal to BOSE amp.
• Update of map data is performed using DVD-ROM.
F
• Receives power from AV control unit.
• RGB and RGB digital image signals are input from AV control unit.
• Composite image signals are input from AV control unit. G
Display unit
• Synchronizing signals are output to AV control unit.
• Camera image signals are input from around view monitor control unit via video
output signal.
H
• Touch panel functions can be operated by touching display directly.
BOSE speaker amp.
speaker.
I
Front tweeter Outputs high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp. J
K
• Operation panels are equipped with switches for audio and air conditioner opera- L
tions.
A/C and AV switch assembly • Operation signal is transmitted via AV communication to AV control unit and
around view monitor.
• Disk eject operation signal is performed via hardwire. M
Steering switch
Connected to AV control unit via CAN communication and transmits steering angle AV
sensor signal.
• Receives image and sound signals from AV control unit and transmits them to
headrest display units. O
• Receives image and sound signals from rear auxiliary input jacks and transmits
Video distributor
them to headrest display units.
• Transmits image and sound signals to headrest display unit and receives image
switch signal from headrest display units. P
• Composite image signals are input from video distributor.
• Receives DVD/AUX/USB sound signals from video distributor and transmits them
to headphones.
Headrest display units • Transmits image switch signal to video distributor according to remote control op-
eration.
• Transmits image switch signal to AV control unit via AV communication according
to remote control operation.

COMPONENT PARTS
Rear auxiliary input jacks Transmits image and sound signals to video distributor and headrest display units.
• Supplies power to front, rear and side cameras.
• Superimposes images from each camera and outputs them to display unit.
• Superimposes guiding line, predicted course line and sonar indicator to camera
image that outputs to display unit.
Around view monitor control unit • Performs reception/transmission of communication signals with cameras.
• Transmits sonar operation signal from sonar control unit via CAN communication.
• Receives sonar information from sonar control unit via CAN communication.
• Transmits data received/transmitted from sonar control unit to AV control unit via
CAN communication.
• Inputs power supply from around view monitor control unit.
• Outputs image of vehicle front to around view monitor control unit.
Front camera
• Performs reception/transmission of communication signal with around view moni-
tor control unit.
• Outputs image of vehicle rear to around view monitor control unit.
Rear camera
tor control unit.
• Outputs image of vehicle LH side to around view monitor control unit.
Side camera LH
tor control unit.
• Outputs image of vehicle RH side to around view monitor control unit.
Side camera RH
tor control unit.
• Connected to around view monitor control unit via CAN communication.
• Receives sonar operation signal from around view monitor control unit via CAN
communication.
Sonar control unit
• Transmits sonar detection status to around view monitor control unit via CAN com-
munication.
• Judges warning level according to signals from front and rear sensors.
Front sensors Detects front obstacle distance and transmits signal to sonar control unit.
Rear sensors Detects rear obstacle distance and transmits signal to sonar control unit.
• Used for hands-free phone, voice recognition and INFINITI CONNECTIONS oper-
ations.
Microphone
• Microphone signal is transmitted to telematics control unit (TCU).
• Power (Microphone VCC) is supplied from TCU.
• Connected to the AV control unit via a USB harness for sound signal input/output
and USB communication.
Telematics control unit (TCU) • Data is sent to and received from the INFNITI CONNECTIONS data center via the
TEL antenna.
• Inputs TEL voice signal from TEL antenna and outputs it to AV control unit.
• Receives TEL voice signals and outputs them to TCU.
TEL antenna
• Transmits TEL voice signals from TCU.
GPS antenna GPS signal is received and transmitted to AV control unit.
Satellite radio antenna Satellite radio signal is received and transmitted to AV control unit.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
MULTI AV SYSTEM
B
AV
AWNIA2566GB
AUDIO SYSTEM
SYSTEM
• AV control unit
• Display unit
• Center speaker
• Front tweeters
• Subwoofer
• Window antenna
sends audio signals to the BOSE speaker amp. The BOSE speaker amp. amplifies the audio signals before
sending them to the speakers, tweeters and subwoofer.
• AV control unit
When the satellite radio system is on, radio signals are supplied to the AV control unit from the satellite
antenna. The AV control unit then sends audio signals to the BOSE speaker amp.
System Operation
NOTE:
system.
connection between their cellular telephone and the AV control unit. Hands-free cellular telephone calls can be
sent and received. Some Bluetooth® cellular telephones may not be recognized by the AV control unit. When
a cellular telephone or the AV control unit is replaced, the telephone must be paired with the AV control unit.
Different cellular telephones may have different pairing procedures, refer to the cellular telephone operating
manual.
AV Control Unit
When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON, the AV control unit will power up. During power up, the AV
control unit is initialized and performs various self-checks. Initialization may take up to 20 seconds. If a phone
is present in the vehicle and paired with the AV control unit, Infiniti Voice Recognition will then become active.
Bluetooth® telephone functions can be turned off using the Infiniti Voice Recognition system.
control switch circuit changes, depending on which button is pushed. The AV control unit uses this signal to
perform various functions while navigating through the voice recognition system.
• Record memos
Microphone
The microphone is located in the roof console assembly. The microphone sends a signal to the Telematics
Control Unit (TCU), which transmits the signal to the AV control unit via the USB communication circuits. The
microphone can be actively tested during self-diagnosis.

SYSTEM
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
A
System Operation
NOTE: B
Refer to NAVI System Owner's Manual for system operation.
The navigation system periodically calculates the vehicle's current position according to the following three
C
signals: Travel distance of the vehicle as determined by the vehicle speed sensor, turning angle of the vehicle
as determined by the gyroscope (angular velocity sensor), and the direction of vehicle travel as determined by
the GPS antenna (GPS information).
The current position of the vehicle is then identified by comparing the calculated vehicle position with map data D
read from the map data, which is stored in the hard disk drive (HDD) (map-matching), and indicated on the
screen with a current-location mark.
E
By comparing the vehicle position detection results found by the
GPS and by map-matching, more accurate vehicle position data can
be used.
F
The current vehicle position will be calculated by detecting the dis-
tance the vehicle moved from the previous calculation point and its
direction.
G
H
SEL684V
Travel Distance
Travel distance calculations are based on the vehicle speed input signal. Therefore, the calculation may I
become incorrect as the tires wear down. To prevent this, an automatic distance fine adjustment function has
been adopted.
Travel Direction J
Change in the travel direction of the vehicle is calculated by a gyroscope (angular velocity sensor) and a GPS
antenna (GPS information). As the gyroscope and GPS antenna have both merit and demerit, input signals
from them are prioritized in each situation. However, this order of priority may change in accordance with more K
detailed travel conditions so that the travel direction is detected more accurately.
Type Advantage Disadvantage L

• Direction errors may accumulate when the ve-
• Can detect the vehicle's turning angle quite
Gyroscope (angular velocity sensor) hicle is driven for long distances without stop-
accurately.
ping.
M
• Can detect the vehicle's travel direction • Correct direction cannot be detected when the
GPS antenna (GPS information)
(North/South/East/West). vehicle speed is low.
Map–Matching AV
Map–matching is a function that repositions the vehicle on the road
map when a new location is judged to be the most accurate. This is
done by comparing the current vehicle position, calculated by the O
method described in the position detection principle, with the road
map data around the vehicle, read from the map data stored on the
HDD.
Therefore, the vehicle position may not be corrected after the vehicle P
is driven over a certain distance or time in which GPS information is
hard to receive. In this case, the current-location mark on the display
must be corrected manually.
CAUTION:
SEL685V
The road map data is based on data stored on the HDD.

SYSTEM
• In map-matching, alternative routes to reach the destination will be
shown and prioritized, after the road on which the vehicle is cur-
rently driven has been judged and the current-location mark has
been repositioned.
If there is an error in distance and/or direction, the alternative
routes will be shown in different order of priority, and the wrong
road can be avoided.
If two roads are running in parallel, they are of the same priority.
Therefore, the current-location mark may appear on either of them
alternately, depending on maneuvering of the steering wheel and
configuration of the road.
SEL686V
• Map-matching does not function correctly when the road on which

the vehicle is driving is new and not recorded on the HDD, or when
the road pattern stored in the map data and the actual road pattern
are different due to repair.
When driving on a road not present in the map, the map-matching
function may find another road and position the current-location
mark on it. Then, when the correct road is detected, the current-
location mark may leap to it.
• Effective range for comparing the vehicle position and travel direc-
tion calculated by the distance and direction with the road data
read from the HDD is limited. Therefore, when there is an exces-
sive gap between the current vehicle position and the position on
ALNIA0671GB
the map, correction by map-matching is not possible.

GPS (Global Positioning System)
GPS (Global Positioning System) has been developed and con-
trolled by the US Department of Defense. The system utilizes GPS
satellite (NAVSTAR), sending out radio waves while flying on an orbit
around the earth at the height of approx. 21,000 km (13,000 mi).
The GPS receiver calculates the vehicle's position in three dimen-
sions (latitude/longitude/altitude) according to the time lag of the
radio waves received from four or more GPS satellites (three-dimen-
sional positioning). If radio waves were received only from three
GPS satellites, the GPS receiver calculates the vehicle's position in
two dimensions (latitude/longitude), utilizing the altitude data calcu-
lated previously by using radio waves from four or more GPS satel-
SEL526V
lites (two-dimensional positioning).
Accuracy of the GPS will deteriorate under the following conditions.
• In two-dimensional positioning, the GPS accuracy will deteriorate when the altitude of the vehicle position
changes.
• There may be an error of approximately 10 m (30 ft.) in position detected by three-dimensional positioning,
which is more accurate than two-dimensional positioning. The accuracy can be even lower depending on the
arrangement of the GPS satellites utilized for the positioning.
• Position detection is not possible when the vehicle is in an area where radio waves from the GPS satellite do
not reach, such as in a tunnel, parking lot in a building, and under an elevated highway. Radio waves from
the GPS satellites may not be received when some object is located over the GPS antenna.
• Position correction by GPS is not available while the vehicle is stopped.
• Image and sound can be output from an external device connected to the front auxiliary input jacks.
- To the headrest display units via AV control unit and video distributor.

SYSTEM
- To video distributor via AV control unit.
• Headphone sound signals are transmitted via infrared communication between headrest display units and A
headphones.
REAR ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM
• Image and sound (DVD, USB memory-stored video data and front auxiliary input) played by AV control unit B
can be enjoyed in rear seat using headrest display units and headphones.
• Image and sound of an external device connected to rear auxiliary input jacks for rear seat can be enjoyed in
rear seat using headrest display units and headphones. Also, image and sound from rear auxiliary input C
jacks can be selected and played individually on each side as well as on both sides.
NOTE:
Image signal and sound signal from rear auxiliary input jacks are not transmitted to front display unit and each
speaker. D
Operation Signal
• The rear entertainment system can be controlled by the rear seat remote control.
• The rear seat remote control transmits the operation signal to the remote control receiver built into headrest E
display units, which then transmits it to the AV control unit and video distributor.
Headphone Sound
• Sound signals output from AV control unit or rear auxiliary input jacks are transmitted to headrest display F
units via video distributor.
• Headphone sound signals are transmitted via infrared communication between headrest display units and
headphones. G
Headrest Display Units
• Composite image signals from AV control unit are transmitted to headrest display unit via video distributor.
• Image switch signals from headrest display units are transmitted to AV control unit and video distributor, H
according to rear seat remote control operation.
• When image switch signal is transmitted from headrest display unit to AV control unit via AV communication,
image played by AV control unit (DVD, USB memory-stored video data, and front auxiliary input) switches. I
• When image switch signal is transmitted from headrest display unit to video distributor, image output from
AV control unit and image output from rear auxiliary input jacks switch.
AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM J
• This system is equipped with wide-angle high-resolution cameras on the front and rear of the vehicle and on
both right and left door mirrors. The images from front view, rear view, front-side view (RH side), and birds-
eye view that shows the view from the top of the vehicle are displayed to monitor the vehicle surroundings.
K
• Around view monitor control unit cuts out and expands the image received from each camera to create each
view.
• The sonar indicator is viewed on display (superimposed on the camera image) in combination with the cam-
era assistance sonar system to warn of the approach of an obstacle. L
• In front view and rear view, the vehicle width, distance lines and predictive course lines are superimposed
and displayed. In front-side view, the vehicle distance guiding line and vehicle width guiding line are dis-
played. M
• The Birds-Eye view converts the images from 4 cameras into the overhead view and displays the status of
the vehicle. The vehicle icon and sonar indicator on the Birds-Eye view display are rendered by around view
monitor control unit.
AV
Around View Monitor Screen
• Around view monitor combines and displays the travel direction view and Birds-Eye view, Front-Side view
and then displays the sonar indicator on the Birds-Eye view, Front-Side view, Rear wide view.
• AV control unit renders the Change View switch, view icon, warning message on display. O
Operation Description
NOTE:
The first, second, and third camera image displayed when switched to the camera image display depends on P
the settings of Camera View Priority.
• Around view monitor operates by pressing the CAMERA switch on the A/C and AV switch assembly and
shifting the selector lever to the R position.
• When the selector lever is in any position other than R, the screen is switched to the around view monitor by
pressing the CAMERA switch.
• The screen is switched to the around view monitor by shifting the selector lever to the R position.

SYSTEM
• The around view monitor’s, Birds-Eye view, Front-side view or rear wide view (rear only) can be switched by
• The around view monitor is cancelled 3 minutes after pressing the CAMERA switch, and the display returns
to the previous screen.
• ON/OFF setting of sonar indicator display on the Front-Side view screen can be performed.
• In Birds-Eye view, the invisible area is displayed on the image to specify the boundary of the 4 cameras. The
invisible area is displayed in yellow in the Birds-Eye view after turning the ignition switch ON.
• The sonar operates only when the camera screen is displayed.
SONAR SYSTEM
System Operation Description
• Around view monitor control unit transmits the sonar operation signal via CAN communication to sonar con-
trol unit to control the operation of sonar indicator and sonar buzzer.
• Sonar control unit transmits the detection signal and detection distance signal via CAN communication to
around view monitor control unit. Around view monitor control unit operates the applicable sonar indicator.
• When receiving a sonar operation signal from the around view monitor control unit, the sonar control unit
converts the signal into a detection distance signal and transmits it to the AV control unit via CAN communi-
cation. When receiving the detection signal, the AV control unit activates the speakers via the BOSE speaker
amp.
• The sonar control unit is capable of self diagnosis. It can detect sensor malfunction or sensor harness open
circuits. It transmits the diagnosis results to around view monitor control unit and always displays the sonar
indicator in red to inform the vehicle operator.
Obstacle Detection Distance
• Sonar control unit changes the outputs of the sonar indicator and warning buzzer in 3 stages according to
the obstacle detection distance from the corner sensor.
• The sonar control unit can change the setting of obstacle detection distance in 4 stages.
Obstacle detection image
AWNIA2591ZZ
A. Approx. 50 cm (19.6 in) B. Approx. 15 cm (5.9 in)

SYSTEM
Detection distance
Sensitivity level 1 Sensitivity level 2 Sensitivity level 3 Sensitivity level 4 A
Warning item
(Fastest warning) (Faster warning) (Default value) (Slower warning)
First stage
70 – 80 cm (27.5 – 31.4 in) 60 – 70 cm (23.6 – 27.5 in) 50 – 60 cm (19.6 – 23.6 in) 40 – 50 cm (15.7 – 19.6 in)
warning
B
Second stage
warning
Third stage C
Less than 50 cm (19.6 in) Less than 40 cm (15.7 in) Less than 30 cm (11.8 in) Less than 30 cm (11.8 in)
warning
Sonar Indicator Display

• Around view monitor control unit that receives the detection signal and detection distance signal from sonar D
control unit displays the sonar indicator on display.
• Around view monitor control unit changes the color or blinking cycle of the indicator according to the detec-
tion distance.
E
Color and blinking cycle of sonar indicator
JSNIA3149GB
Sonar Buzzer Operation K

• Each sonar sensor transmits a sensor signal to the sonar control unit when detecting an obstacle.
• The sonar control unit converts a signal received from each sonar sensor into distance and transmits detec-
tion distance signal to the AV control unit via AV communication. L
• The AV control unit transmits a buzzer signal to the BOSE amp. corresponding to each sonar sensor based
on the received signal.
• When receiving a buzzer signal, the BOSE amp. transmits the buzzer signal to the each speaker. When
each speaker receives a buzzer signal, a buzzer sounds. M
• When the front corner sensor detects an obstacle, a buzzer is heard from the speakers on the front side.
• When the rear corner sensor detects an obstacle, a buzzer is heard from the speakers on the rear side.
• It changes the buzzer cycle in 3 stages according to the detection distance. AV

SYSTEM
Sonar buzzer cycle
JSNIA3150GB
VEHICLE INFORMATION FUNCTION

• Status of audio, climate control system, fuel economy, maintenance and navigation are displayed.
• AV control unit displays the fuel consumption status while receiving data signal through CAN communication
from ECM and combination meter.
• AV control unit is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the vehicle settings
function.
INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCKING FUNCTION
The AV control unit recognizes a door-unlocked state of Intelligent Key according to an Intelligent Key recogni-
tion signal transmitted from BCM and saves two different types of audio settings and navigation settings.
Settings saved in the AV control unit
• Map display
• Route guidance
• Locator
• Route search
• Sound quality
• Radio preset
• Language

A
The AV control unit on board diagnosis includes the following functions: B

NOTE:
The hazard switch and disk eject switch are not included in this operation check. C
Mode Description D
Self Diagnosis • Diagnoses the connections across system components, between AV
control unit and GPS antenna.
E
The following check functions are available: color tone check by color
Display Diagnosis bar display and white display, light and shade check by gray scale dis-
play and touch panel calibration response check.
F
Vehicle Signals
lights, ignition, reverse, side view switch and room lamp.
Speaker Test The connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
G
Steering Angle Ad- When there is a difference between the actual turning angle and the ve-
justment hicle mark turning angle, it can be adjusted.
Navigation
When there is a difference between the current location mark and the ac- H
Speed Calibration
tual location, it can be adjusted.
The system malfunction and the frequency when occurring in the past
Error History are displayed. When the malfunctioning item is selected, the time and
place that the selected malfunction last occurred are displayed. I
Synchronizer FES Clock –
Confirmation/
Adjustment Vehicle CAN Diagnosis The transmitting/receiving of CAN communication can be monitored.
J
The communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be
AV COMM Diagnosis
monitored.
• The received volume adjustment of hands-free phone, microphone
K
Handsfree Phone/Infiniti Connection speaker check, and erase memory can be performed.
• Diagnosis of the Infiniti Connection system can be performed.
XM NaviTrffic Change Channel
• Any necessary channels required to receive traffic information from L
XM NavWeather
the satellite radio system can be set.
XM
XM CGS Change Application ID
• Any application ID'-s required to receive traffic information from the
Diag M
satellite radio system can be set.
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase the connection history of unit and error history.
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory. AV
Version Information Version information of the AV control unit is displayed.
play anything, or the A/C and AV switch assembly self diagnosis does not function. O
P
METHOD OF STARTING

or more.
turned OFF.
JSNIA3034ZZ

clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. When self-
BACK button.
AWNIA2573ZZ

SKIB3961E
SELF DIAGNOSIS MODE

2. Self diagnosis screen is displayed. The bar graph visible in center of screen indicates progress of self
diagnosis.

3. Diagnosis results are displayed after the self-diagnosis is com-
pleted. The unit names and the connection lines are color-coded A
according to the diagnostic results.
G
JSNIA4613ZZ
Diagnosis results Unit Connection line

Normal Green Green H

I
• Replace AV control unit if Self Diagnosis did not run because control unit malfunction is indicated. The symptom is AV control
J
sis result screen. K
JPNIA1787ZZ
AV


Control Unit • If no malfunction is detected in AV control
power supply and ground circuits.
detected:
ing.

Serial communication circuits between AV
Control unit ⇔ Front Display control unit and front display unit are mal-
control unit and front display unit.
functioning.
GPS antenna connection malfunctions de- Check the connection of the GPS antenna
Control unit ⇔ GPS Antenna
tected. connector.
Satellite radio antenna connection malfunc-
Control unit ⇔ XM Antenna Satellite radio antenna disconnection
tion is detected.
detected:
circuits.
sis Procedure".
are malfunctioning.
detected:
• Around view monitor control unit power
• around view monitor control unit power
supply and ground circuits.
Control unit ⇔ Around view supply and ground circuits are malfunc-
Around view ⇔ Parking Sensor tioning.
control unit and around view monitor
control unit.
control unit are malfunctioning.
detected:
• Sonar control unit power supply and
• sonar control unit power supply and
Control unit ⇔ Parking Sensor ground circuits.
ground circuits are malfunctioning.
Around view ⇔ Parking Sensor • AV communication circuits between AV
control unit and sonar control unit.
control unit and sonar control unit are
malfunctioning.

A
detected:
• Video distributor power supply and B
• video distributor power supply and
ground circuits.
• Headrest display unit LH power supply
• headrest display unit LH power supply
and ground circuits.
Control unit ⇔ Video Dist.(Rear) and ground circuits are malfunctioning.
Video Dist.(Rear) ⇔ Rear display 2 • AV communication circuits between AV
• AV communication circuits between AV C
control unit and headrest display unit LH.
control unit and headrest display unit LH
• Location recognition signal circuit be-
are malfunctioning.
tween headrest display unit LH and
• location recognition signal circuit be- D
ground.
ground is malfunctioning.
detected: • Headrest display unit RH power supply E
• headrest display unit RH power supply and ground circuits.
and ground circuits are malfunctioning. • AV communication circuits between
• AV communication circuits between headrest display unit LH and headrest
Video Dist.(Rear) ⇔ Rear display 2 F
headrest display unit LH and headrest display unit RH.
display unit RH are malfunctioning. • Location recognition signal circuit be-
• location recognition signal circuit between headrest display unit RH and
tween headrest display unit RH and ground. G

1. Select Confirmation/Adjustment. H
switch to return to the initial Confirmation/Adjustment screen. I
K
JSNIA2990ZZ
AV

Display Diagnosis
JSNIA2176GB
Vehicle Signals
JSNIA2991ZZ
Speaker Test

Start to generate a test tone in a speaker. Press Start again to gener- A
JPNIA1828ZZ
D
Navigation
STEERING ANGLE ADJUSTMENT
The steering angle output value detected with the gyroscope is
adjusted. E
JSNIA2179ZZ
H
SPEED CALIBRATION
During normal driving, distance error caused by tire wear and tire
pressure change is automatically adjusted for by the automatic dis- I
tance correction function. This function, on the other hand, is for
immediate adjustment, in cases such as driving with tire chain fitted
on tires. J
JSNIA2180ZZ
L
Error History
The self-diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when “Self-diagnosis” is
selected until the self-diagnosis results are displayed.
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned M
ON and then no error has occurred until the self-diagnosis start. Check the “Error Record” to detect any error
that may have occurred before the self-diagnosis start because of this situation.
The error record displays the time and place of the most recent occurrence of that error. However, take note of AV
the following points.
• If there is a malfunction with the GPS antenna circuit board in the AV control unit, the correct date and time
of occurrence may not be able to be displayed.
• Place of the error occurrence is represented by the position of the current location mark at the time an error O
occurred. If current location mark has deviated from the correct position, then the place of the error occur-
rence cannot be located correctly.
• The frequency of occurrence is displayed in a count up manner. The actual count up method differs depend- P
ing on the error item.
Count up method A
Count up method B


rence frequency
JPNIA1788GB
Error item
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take

Perform diagnosis with CONSULT, and
CAN communication malfunction is detect- then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
ed. ing to the diagnosis results.
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV)
malfunction is detected.
Replace the AV control unit if the malfunc-
Connection Of Gyro tion occurs constantly.
Connection of G Sensor Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation
- AV Control Unit".
CAN Controller Memory Error AV control unit malfunction is detected.
Bluetooth® Module Connection Error
Sub CPU Connection Error
Audio connection error
DSP Connection Error • If a disc can be played, then there is a
possibility of the detection of a temporary
malfunction.
AV control unit malfunction is detected. • Replace the AV control unit if the mal-
DSP Communication Error function occurs constantly.
Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installa-
tion - AV Control Unit".

A
HDD Connection Error
• There is a possibility of the detection of a
HDD Read Error temporary malfunction.
• Replace the AV control unit if the mal-
HDD Write Error AV control unit malfunction is detected. B
function occurs constantly.
HDD Communication Error Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installa-
HDD Access Error
GPS Communication Error • An intermittent error caused by strong ra- C
dio interference may be detected unless
GPS ROM Error
any symptom (GPS reception error, etc.)
GPS RAM Error occurs.
GPS malfunction is detected. D
GPS RTC Error Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installa-
tion - AV Control Unit". E
The writing of configuration data is incom-
Unfinished configuration Write configuration data with CONSULT.
plete.
USB Controller Communication Error USB connection malfunction is detected.

Check that the connection to the USB con- F
nector is normal.
• If DVD can be played, then there is a
G
malfunction.
DVD Mechanism Communication Error AV control unit malfunction is detected. • Replace the AV control unit if the mal-
Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installa- H
Steer. Angle Sensor Calibration justment of the steering angle sensor is in- sition of the steering angle sensor.
I
complete. Refer to AV-354, "CONSULT Function".
tion". J
detected:
• Front display unit power supply and
• front display unit power supply and
ground circuits. K
Front Display Connection Error ground circuits are malfunctioning.
• Serial communication circuits between
AV control unit and front display unit.
AV control unit and front display unit are
malfunctioning. L
detected:
• Video distributor power supply and
• video distributor power supply and M
ground circuits.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT and ground circuits are malfunctioning.
• 2nd Display Connection Error • AV communication circuits between AV AV
are malfunctioning.
• location recognition signal circuit be-
ground. O
detected: • Headrest display unit RH power supply P
3rd Display Connection Error
tween headrest display unit RH and ground.

AM/FM antenna amplifier short to ground Radio antenna amp. ON signal circuit mal- Radio antenna amp. ON signal circuit be-
AM/FM antenna amplifier open function is detected. tween AV control unit and antenna amp.
Ext_Amp_ON output terminal short to

ground BOSE amp. ON signal circuit malfunction is BOSE amp. ON signal circuit between AV
detected. control unit and BOSE amp.
Ext_Amp_ON output terminal:open
GPS antenna connection malfunction is de- Check the connection of the GPS antenna
GPS Antenna Error
tected. connector.
XM Antenna Connection Error Satellite radio antenna disconnection.
tion is detected.
Check USB harness between the AV con-
USB electric current Error Detection of overcurrent in USB connector.
trol unit and USB connector.
FL-DOOR SPEAKER: short to ground detected:
FL-DOOR TWEETER OUT: open functioning. • Sound signal circuits between BOSE

FR-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short
detected:
FR-DOOR TWEETER OUT: open amp. and front door speaker RH are mal- amp. and front door speaker RH.
ground functioning.

tery

speaker.

2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
and rear door speaker LH are malfunction-
2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and rear door speaker LH.
ing.
2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to battery

A
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
and rear door speaker RH are malfunction-
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and rear door speaker RH.
ing. B
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to battery
RL-SPEAKER OUT: open
RL-SPEAKER OUT: short C
Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
RL-SPEAKER OUT: short to battery

D
RR-SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
RR-SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and rear speaker RH are malfunctioning. and rear speaker RH. E
SUBWOOFER OUT: open
F
SUBWOOFER OUT: short to battery G

detected:
• Multifunction switch power supply and
• multifunction switch power supply and H
• AV COMM CIRCUIT ground circuits.
ground circuits were malfunctioning.
• Switches Connection Error • AV communication circuits between AV
control unit and multifunction switch.
control unit and multifunction switch are
malfunctioning. I
detected:
circuits.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT Refer to AV-520, "BOSE AMP. : Diagno- J
• Amplifier Connection Error sis Procedure".
are malfunctioning. K
detected:
supply and ground circuits. L
• AV COMM CIRCUIT supply and ground circuits are malfunc-
• AVM Connection Error tioning.
control unit.
control unit and around view monitor M
detected:
• Sonar control unit power supply and AV
• Sonar Connection Error • AV communication circuits between AV
O
malfunctioning.

• AV COMM CIRCUIT
• Switches Connection Error
• Sonar Connection Error
• AVM Connection Error
• 2nd Display Connection Error AV communication circuits between AV
AV communication circuits between AV
• AV COMM CIRCUIT control unit and multifunction switch are
• Switches Connection Error malfunctioning.
• Amplifier Connection Error
• 2nd Display Connection Error

Malfunction counter
(Past)
Tx(HVAC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA2391ZZ
Rx(ECM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(HVAC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(USM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(TPMS) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(STRG) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(ACC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
RX(VDC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
NOTE:
AV COMM Diagnosis
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit (mas-
ter unit) and each unit.
Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
C Tx(ITM–PrimarySW) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39 JSNIA4591ZZ
C Rx(PrimarySW–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Amp–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Amp–Audio) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(AVM–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Disp.3–Video Dist) OK / ??? / – OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Video Dist–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Sonar–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39

Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past) A
C Rx(Sonar–AVM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(R.RemoteCont–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
B
NOTE:
“???” indicates UNKWN
Hands-Free Phone C
The hands-free phone reception volume adjustment and microphone
and speaker test functions are also available.
D
F
JSNIA2183ZZ
XM
• Change Channel G
- Any necessary channels required to receive traffic information from
• Change Application ID H
- Any application ID'-s required to receive traffic information from the
JSNIA2484ZZ J
control unit memory. (Clear the records of the unit that has been K
removed.)
JSNIA2189ZZ
AV
Initialize Settings

possible.
CAUTION:
JSNIA2190ZZ
Version Information
Version information of the AV control unit is displayed.
JSNIA2191ZZ
CAUTION:
CONSULT FUNCTIONS

Configuration
ECU IDENTIFICATION
DATA MONITOR

line.
ILLUM SIG [On/Off] Indicates condition of illumination signal for the A/C and AV switch assembly.

A
WORK SUPPORT B
Steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment can be per- C
CONFIGURATION
D
Refer to LAN-23, "CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor". E
AV

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
CAUTION:
CONSULT FUNCTIONS
CONSULT performs the following functions via communication with the around view monitor control unit.

Ecu Identification The around view monitor control unit part number is displayed.
Self Diagnostic Result The around view monitor control unit self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The around view monitor control unit input/output data is displayed in real time.
Work support The settings for around view monitor control unit functions can be changed.
Configuration
• The vehicle specification can be written when replacing around view monitor control unit.
CAN Diag Support Mntr The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed.
ECU IDENTIFICATION
The part number of around view monitor control unit is displayed.
DATA MONITOR
Monitor Item Description

ST ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of steering angle sensor signal.
REVERSE SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates selector lever position.
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL [mph/km/h] Indicates condition of vehicle speed signal.
CAMERA SWITCH SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of camera switch signal.
CAMERA OFF SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of camera OFF signal.
ST ANGLE SENSOR TYPE [Absolute] Indicates steering angle sensor type.
ST GEAR RATIO TYPE [Type O] Indicates steering gear ratio type.
STEERING POSITION [LHD/RHD] Indicates drive type.
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL [OK] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
R-CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication.
R-CAMERA COMM LINE [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication signal.
F-CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL [OK] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
F-CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication.
F-CAMERA COMM LINE [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication signal.
DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG [OK] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
DR CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication.
DR-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication signal.
PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG [OK] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
PA CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication.
PA-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication signal.
ACC [OK] indicates condition of accessory signal.

A
FOLDING MOTOR VOLT 1 [On/Off] indicates condition of mirror folding motor.
WORK SUPPORT B
Support Item Setting Description

NON-VIEWABLE AREA REMINDER — ON/OFF setting of non-viewable area can be performed. C
INITIALIZE CAMERA IMAGE
— Factory image calibration restoration can be performed.
CALIBRATION
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR D
— Steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment can be performed.
ADJUSTMENT
STATUS
E
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE AXIS X
Performs calibration of front camera.
(FRONT CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE F
STATUS

Performs calibration of passenger side camera.
(PASS-SIDE CAMERA) AXIS Y G
ROTATE
STATUS
H
Performs calibration of driver side camera.
(DR-SIDE CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE I
STATUS

Performs calibration of rear camera. J
(REAR CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE
STATUS K
SELECT
Confirmation and adjustment of difference between each camera can be per-
FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW AXIS X
formed. L
AXIS Y
ROTATE
STATUS M
REAR WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X
Performs calibration of rear wide-view guide line correction.
LINE CORRECTION AXIS Y
Pattern
AV
STATUS
TURNING RADIUS CORRECTION Performs calibration of turning radius correction.
Crrct
O
PARTS WITH DOOR MIRROR AUTO On
Performs setting of auto fold mirror function.
FOLD FUNC Off
SONAR Off POP-UP DISPLAY On P

Performs setting of sonar pop-up display.
SETTING CHANGE Off
STATUS
FRONT WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X

Performs calibration of front wide-view guide line correction.
Pattern

STATUS
ZOOM FUNCTION SELECT Adjustment of magnification setting of cameras can be performed.
Mgnfct
CONFIGURATION
Refer to AV-449, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Description".

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONI-
TOR)]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW
A
MONITOR)]
B
CAUTION:
be cycled OFF → ON (for at least 5 seconds) → OFF. If this step is not performed, the BCM may not go C
APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown as follows: D
Test mode Function

Ecu Identification Sonar control unit part number can be read.
E
Self Diagnostic Result Sonar control unit checks the conditions and displays memorized error.
Data Monitor Sonar control unit input/output data in real time.
F
Active Test Gives a drive signal to a load to check the operation.
Work support Changes setting of each function.
G
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Displays the part number of sonar control unit.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS H
For details, refer to AV-389, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
I

VEHICLE SPEED [mph/km/h] Indicates vehicle speed signal received from combination meter on CAN communication line. J
SONAR C/U POWER SUPPLY [V] Indicates condition of supply voltage signal to sonar control unit.
SENSOR VOLTAGE [V] Indicates condition of voltage signal to sonar sensors.
DETECTION MODE [Mode 1/Mode 2] Indicates condition of display detection mode. K
SW OPRT AFTR IGN ON [Yes/No] Indicates condition of switch operation after ignition ON signal.
SONAR TEMPORARY OFF [Yes/No] Indicates condition of sonar system.
L
SONAR PERMANENT OFF [Yes/No] Indicates condition of sonar system.
P N RANGE [On/Off] Indicates condition of selector lever P (park) or N (neutral) position.
LED [On/Off] Indicates condition of LED. M
TRAILER CONNECT [CON/N CON] Indicates condition of Trailer connector.
REVERSE RANGE [On/Off] Indicates condition of transmission range switch R (reverse) position.
AV

TOR)]
SHRT DST FRM RR SENS [cm/in]
SHRT DST FRM FR SENS [cm/in]
COR[RL] [cm/in]
COR[RL]->CEN[RL]/CEN[R] [cm/in]
CEN[RL]/CEN[R]->COR[RL] [cm/in]
CEN[RL]/CEN[R] [cm/in]
CEN[RL]->CEN[RR] [cm/in]
Indicates distance to obstacle.
CEN[RR]->CEN[RL] [cm/in]
CEN[RR] [cm/in]
CEN[RR]/CEN[R]->COR[RR] [cm/in]
COR[RR]-> CEN[RR]/CEN[R] [cm/in]
COR[RR] [cm/in]
COR[FL] [cm/in]
COR[FR] [cm/in]
RVRB TIME COR[RL] [ms/sec]
RVRB TIME COR[RR] [ms/sec]
RVRB TIME CEN[RL] [ms/sec] Indicates distance to obstacle.
RVRB TIME CEN[RR] [ms/sec]
RVRB TIME COR[FL] [ms/sec]
RVRB TIME COR[FR] [ms/sec]
ACTIVE TEST
Test Item Description

REAR BUZZER This test is able to check rear buzzer operation [On/Off].
WORK SUPPORT

Vol.1
Low
Vol.3
VOLUME SETTING Middle Allows you to set volume of warning tone.
Vol.5
High
Off
Qu
TRAILER HITCH DETECTION UP

Allows you to adjust rear sonar sensors for trailer towing.
RANGE ADJUSTMENT DOWN
Qd

AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]

AV CONTROL UNIT
B

C
VHCL SPD SIG
PKB SIG
E
ILLUM SIG
IGN SIG
REV SIG G
TERMINAL LAYOUT
H
ALNIA1529ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES M
Terminal
(Wire color) Reference value AV
Output switch
1 O
Ground BOSE amp. ON signal Output ACC — Battery voltage
(SB)
P
(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch

(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E
Press SOURCE switch. 0V
Press switch. 1.0 V
6 15 Press switch. 2.0 V

(G) (B)
Press switch 3.0 V
Press ENTER switch. 4.0 V

Except for above. 5.0 V
71 Ground ACC power supply Input ACC — Battery voltage

(G)
72 Ground ACC power supply Input ACC — Battery voltage

(P)
10 Pre amp sound signal
— — — — —
(BR) shield

(W) (B) RH
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) RH
SKIB3609E
Press switch. 0V
Press switch. 1.0 V

16 15
Steering switch signal B Input ON 2.0 V
(W) (B) Press switch.
Press switch. 3.0 V

19
(Y)
20
(GR)

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
B
24 39 Sound output when front C

Auxiliary sound signal LH Input ON
(W) (B) AUX mode selected
SKIB3609E D
E
When DVD or USB mode is
26 40 Headphone sound signal
Output ON selected on headrest dis-
(W) (R) LH
play unit LH or RH
F
SKIB3609E

(B) (G) RH
play unit LH or RH
H
SKIB3609E
I
37 Auxiliary sound signal
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
38 39 Sound output when front

Auxiliary sound signal RH Input ON
(R) (B) AUX mode selected K
SKIB3609E
L
42 Headphone sound signal
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
53 Parking brake is applied 0V M

(G) Parking brake is released 4.5 V
(W) ground AV
O
56 When DVD image is dis-
(B) played
P
SKIB2251J
57
— I-Key memory — — — —
(BG)
58
— AV-ACC (DCM) — — — —
(G)

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
59
— Microphone signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
60
Ground Microphone voltage Output ON — 5.0 V
(W)
61 Communication signal When adjusting display

Ground Output ON
(W) (CONT→DISP) brightness
PKIB5039J
62 Input/
— CAN L — — —
(P) Output
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
64 AV communication signal
— — — — —
(LG) (L) terminate
67
— MR output — — — —
(P)
68
(LG)
Selector lever is in R posi-
Battery voltage
69 tion
Ground Reverse signal Input ON
(R) Selector lever is in other
0V
than R position
NOTE:
tination unit).

Ground Input ON
(BG) pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
JSNIA0012GB
71
— Shield — — — —
(Shield)
72 Composite image synchro- When DVD image is dis-

Ground Output ON
(R) nizing signal played
SKIB2251J

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
B
75 59 When speaking into micro- C

Microphone signal Input ON
(B) (Shield) phone
PKIB5037J D
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
E
77 Communication signal When adjusting display F

Ground Input ON
(B) (DISP→CONT) brightness
PKIB5039J
G
78 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output
H
— — — — —
(SB) (H)
— — — — — I
(SB) (H) terminate
J
91 Video output when front
Ground Auxiliary image signal Input ON
(W) AUX mode selected
K
SKIB2251J
92 Auxiliary image signal

(B)
Ground
ground
— ON — 0V L

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
M
97 Pressing the eject switch 0V
(Y) Except for above 5.0 V
98 AV
(V)
(W) ground
O
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
P
When DVD, USB or front
107 AUX image is displayed on
(B) headrest display unit LH or
RH
SKIB2251J

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
137 V BUS signal
— Input — — —
(W) (USB connector)
138 USB ground
— — — — —
(G) (USB connector)
139 USB D+ signal
— Input — — —
(L) (USB connector)
140 USB D− signal
— Input — — —
(R) (USB connector)
141 USB shield
— — — — —
(Shield) (USB connector)
142
Ground Antenna amp. ON signal Input ON — Battery voltage
(B)
143
— AM-FM main Input — — —
(B)
144
(B)
145 USB D− signal Input/
— — — —
(B) (Telematics) Output
146 USB VBUS signal Input/
— — — —
Manufacturer specific sig-
147
— nal Input — — —
(W)
(Telematics)
151 VOICE ground
— — — — —
(L) (Telematics)
152 U-VOICE signal Input/
— — — —
(W) (Telematics) Output
153 USB D+ signal Input/
— — — —
(L/W) (Telematics) Output
154 USB ground
— — — — —
(Shield) (Telematics)
160 D-VOICE signal Input/
— — — —
161 USB shield
— — — — —
162 RGB digital image signal
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
Ground Output ON Connector disconnected 1.3 V
(B) (−)
Ground Output ON Connector disconnected 1.3 V
(B) (+)
1663 Ground
Satellite radio antenna sig-
Input ON Connector disconnected 5.0 V
(B) nal
188
Ground GPS antenna signal Input ON Connector disconnected 5.0 V
(B)
189
— GPS antenna signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
1. With telematics

AV CONTROL UNIT
2. Without telematics
3. Except Mexico A
Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000009129082
B
When the ambient temperature becomes extremely low or extremely high, AV control unit displays a message
and limits the function of the AV control unit.
C
FAIL-SAFE CONDITIONS
When the ambient temperature is −20°C (−4°F) or lower, or when it is 70°C (158°F) or higher.
Display D
The following messages are displayed during fail-safe:
Fail-safe mode Display

E
HDD system is experiencing problems due to extreme low temperature.
When HDD temperature is low
Normal operation will resume when temperature rises.
HDD system is experiencing problems due to extreme high temperature.
When HDD temperature is high
Normal operation will resume when temperature drops. F
DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS
G
Function Fail-safe mode activated
Operation A/C and AV switch assembly can be operated.
Air conditioner • LEDs of A/C and AV switch assembly illuminate. H
Display
• Temperature, mode and blower speed are displayed in a simplified mode.
Operation Only ON/OFF and volume control operations of A/C and AV switch assembly are available.
Audio I
Display “Fail-safe mode” is displayed.
Operation Image tone cannot be controlled.
Camera
Display Cannot be superimposed. (warning display, tone control display) J
Hands-free phone Operation Inoperative.
Navigation Operation Inoperative.
Self diagnosis Displays in a simplified mode. K
CONSULT diagnosis Inoperative.
Ability Operation Mode L

If HDD data can be read, “Fail-safe mode” is displayed and functions listed above can be operated.
M
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM
CONSULT Display Reference Page AV

U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT AV-459, "AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic"
U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN) AV-460, "AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic"
O
U1201: GYRO NO CONN AV-462, "DTC Logic"
U1202: G-SENSOR NO CONN AV-463, "DTC Logic" P
U1204: GPS COMM AV-464, "DTC Logic"
U1205: GPS ROM AV-465, "DTC Logic"
U1206: GPS RAM AV-466, "DTC Logic"
U1207: GPS RTC AV-467, "DTC Logic"

AV CONTROL UNIT
U1217: BLUETOOTH MODULE AV-469, "DTC Logic"
U1218: HDD CONN AV-470, "DTC Logic"
U1219: HDD READ AV-471, "DTC Logic"
U121A: HDD WRITE AV-472, "DTC Logic"
U121B: HDD COMM AV-473, "DTC Logic"
U121C: HDD ACCESS AV-474, "DTC Logic"
U121D: DSP CONN AV-475, "DTC Logic"
U121E: DSP COMM AV-476, "DTC Logic"
U1225: USB CONTROLLER AV-477, "DTC Logic"
U1227: DVD COMM AV-478, "DTC Logic"
U1228: SUB CPU CONN AV-479, "DTC Logic"
U1229: iPod CERTIFICATION AV-480, "DTC Logic"
U122A: CONFIG UNFINISH AV-481, "DTC Logic"
U122E: Built-in AUDIO CONN AV-482, "DTC Logic"
U1231: AMP TEMP AV-483, "DTC Logic"
U1244: GPS ANTENNA CONN AV-487, "DTC Logic"
U1258: XM ANTENNA CONN AV-488, "DTC Logic"
U125A: 3RD DISP CONN AV-489, "DTC Logic"
U1263: USB OVERCURRENT AV-490, "DTC Logic"
U1264: ANTENNA AMP TERMINAL (OPEN or SHORT) AV-491, "DTC Logic"
• U1300: AV COMM CIRCUIT
• U1240: SWITCH CONN
• U124E: AMP CONN
• U1246: VIDEO DIST CONN
• U125B: AROUND CAMERA CONN
• U125C: SONAR CONN
AV-493, "Description"
• U124E: AMP CONN
U1310: CONTROL UNIT (AV) AV-503, "DTC Logic"

AV CONTROL UNIT
A
(VB-SHOR) B
AV-504, "DTC Logic"
U160B: FR-DOOR WOOFER/TWEETER C
(VB-SHOR)
U1627: F-INST L-TWEETER
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-SHORT or VB-SHOR) D
AV-505, "DTC Logic"
U162A: F-INST C-SQAWK E
AV-506, "DTC Logic"
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-SHORT) F
(VB-SHOR)
AV-507, "DTC Logic"
U162C: 2R-DOOR SPEAKER/TWEETER G
(VB-SHOR) H
AV-508, "DTC Logic"
U176A: R-ROOF L-WK I
AV-509, "DTC Logic"
U1772: R-ROOF R-WK
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-SHORT or VB-SHOR) J
AV

DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
TERMINAL LAYOUT
AWNIA2572ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Output switch
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
8 When camera image is dis-

Ground Camera image signal Input ON
(B) played
SKIB2251J

Ground Output ON
PKIB5039J

Ground Input ON
PKIB5039J
11
(Y)
12
(B)

DISPLAY UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
B
18 When DVD image is dis- C

Ground Composite image signal Input ON
(B) played.
SKIB2251J D
(W) ground
E
20 Composite image synchro- F

Ground Input ON —
(R) nizing signal
SKIB0825E
G
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
H
23
(P)
— — — — — I
(Shield) shield
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
J
— Input — — —
(B) (−)
— Input — — —
(B) (+) K
AV

BOSE AMP.
BOSE AMP.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
ALNIA1354ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Output switch
41 42
Sound signal tweeter LH Output ON Sound output
(R) (G)
SKIB3609E

(W) (G) speaker RH
SKIB3609E
45 46
(G) (W)
SKIB3609E
47
(B)
50
(LG)
51
(Y)
52
(B)

BOSE AMP.
Terminal
Output switch
B
53 48 Sound signal rear side C

(W) (G) speaker LH
SKIB3609E D
E
(G) (W) speaker RH
F
SKIB3609E
57 56
(W) (B) H
SKIB3609E
I
58 59
Sound signal front door J
(G) (R)
LH
K
SKIB3609E
60
Ground BOSE amp. ON signal Input ON — Battery voltage
(W)
L
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
62 M
— — — — — —
(W)
AV
(B) (W) LH
O
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) RH
SKIB3609E

BOSE AMP.
Terminal
Output switch

(P) (R) speaker LH
SKIB3609E

(P) (R) er
SKIB3609E

71 72
(W) (P)
RH
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) RH
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
A
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
JSNIA3024ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal F
Output switch G
1
(B)
2 H
(V)
3
(B) I
4
(W)
5 Headrest display unit RH J
(BR) control ground
6 Headrest display unit RH OFF — 3.3 V

Ground Output
(L) ACC signal ACC — 0V K
7 Headrest display unit LH
(SB) control ground
OFF — 3.3 V
L
8 Headrest display unit RH
Ground Output
(BR) ACC signal ACC — 0V
M
AUX image is displayed on 0.5 V
9 Headrest display unit RH headrest display unit RH.
Ground Input ON
(SB) image switch signal When rear AUX image is
displayed on headrest dis- 4.5 V AV
play unit RH.
AUX image is displayed on 0.5 V O
10 Headrest display unit LH headrest display unit LH.
Ground Input ON
(L) image switch signal When rear AUX image is
displayed on headrest dis- 4.5 V
P
play unit LH.

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Terminal
Output switch
Headrest display unit RH Output headphone sound

14 15
headphone sound signal Output ON from headrest display unit
(R) (G)
RH RH to headphone.
SKIB3609E

16 17
(B) (W)
LH RH to headphone.
SKIB3609E

(V) AV ground
(V) AV ground
Headrest display unit LH Output headphone sound

20 21
(B) (G)
RH LH to headphone.
SKIB3609E

22 23
(W) (R)
LH LH to headphone.
SKIB3609E
Headrest display unit RH

27
Ground composite image signal — ON — 0V
(W)
ground
When DVD, USB, front

28 Headrest display unit RH AUX or rear AUX image is
Ground Output ON
(B) composite image signal displayed on headrest dis-
play unit RH.
SKIB2251J

29
— composite image signal — — — —
(Shield)
shield
Headrest display unit LH
30
(Shield)
shield

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Terminal
Output switch
Headrest display unit LH B
31
(P)
ground
C

32 Headrest display unit LH AUX or rear AUX image is
(L)
Ground
composite image signal
Output ON
displayed on headrest dis-
D
play unit LH.
SKIB2251J E
(W) ground
F

Ground Composite image signal Input ON G
RH.
SKIB2251J H
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
I
When rear AUX image is

40 39 J
Auxiliary image signal Input ON displayed on headrest dis-
(B) (W)
play unit LH or RH.
SKIB2251J K
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
L

Input ON
AUX mode is selected on M
(W) (R) LH headrest display unit LH or
RH.
SKIB3609E
AV
When DVD, USB or front O

47 48 Headphone sound signal AUX mode is selected on
Input ON
(B) (G) RH headrest display unit LH or
RH.
P
SKIB3609E

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
— — — — —
(Shield) shield

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Terminal
Output switch
When rear AUX mode is

54 56
Auxiliary sound signal LH Input ON selected on headrest dis-
(B) (W)
play unit LH or RH.
SKIB3609E

55 56
Auxiliary sound signal RH Input ON selected on headrest dis-
(R) (W)
play unit LH or RH.
SKIB3609E

HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT
A
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
ALNIA1528ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Driver Seat F
Terminal Condi-
Description
(Wire color) tion Reference value
(Approx.)
G
Input/ Ignition
Output switch

Input ON Headphone sound output
(W) (B) LH I
SKIB3609E
J

K
(G) (R) RH
L
SKIB3609E

— — — —
(LG) shield M
When DVD, USB or front AV

5
Ground Composite image signal Input ON AUX image is displayed on
(Y)
headrest display unit
O
SKIB2251J

AUX image is displayed on 0.5 V P
7 headrest display unit
Ground Image switch signal Output ON
(W) When rear AUX image is
play unit
8 OFF — 3.3 V
Ground ACC signal Input
(G) ACC — 0V

Terminal Condi-
Description
Output switch
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
— — — —
(P) (H) Output
12
(G)
13
Ground Illumination Input OFF — Battery voltage
(BR)
15
(W)
16
(W)
19
Ground AV ground — ON — 0V
(V)
— — — — —
(P) shield
(G) ground
23
Ground Control ground — ON — 0V
(Y)
24 Input/
— CON CK B — — —
(SB) Output
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
— — — —
(LG) (H) Output
29 Input/
— CON CK B — — —
(GR) Output
31
(G)
32
(G)
Passenger Seat

Terminal Condi-
Description
(Wire color) tion Reference value A
Output switch
B
1 17 Headphone sound signal C

(W) (B) LH
SKIB3609E D
E
(G) (R) RH
F
SKIB3609E

— — — — G
(LG) shield
H
5
(Y)
I
SKIB2251J

J
displayed on headrest dis- 4.5 V K
play unit
8 OFF — 3.3 V
Ground ACC signal Input L
(G) ACC — 0V
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
M
— — — —
(P) (H) Output
13
Ground Illumination Input OFF — Battery voltage AV
(BR)
15
(W)
16 O
(W)
19
(V) P
— — — — —
(P) shield
(G) ground
23
(Y)

Terminal Condi-
Description
Output switch
24 Input/
— CON CK B — — —
(SB) Output
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
— — — —
(LG) (H) Output
28
(G)
29 Input/
— CON CK B — — —
(GR) Output
31
(G)
32
(G)

AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT
A
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL B

Ignition switch in any position except ACC. NG C
ACC
Ignition switch in ACC position. OK
CAMERA switch ON. Off
CAMERA OFF SIGNAL D
CAMERA switch OFF. On
CAMERA switch OFF. Off
CAMERA SWITCH SIGNAL
CAMERA switch ON. On E
Side camera LH inoperative. NG
DR CAMERA COMM STATUS
Side camera LH operative. OK
F
DR-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE
Side camera LH inoperative. NG G
DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG
Front camera inoperative. NG
F-CAMERA COMM LINE H
Front camera operative. OK
F-CAMERA COMM STATUS
I
F-CAMERA IMAGE SIG
Door mirror LH not in fold position. Off J
FOLDING MOTOR VOLT 1
Door mirror LH in fold position. On
Door mirror RH not in fold position. Off
FOLDING MOTOR VOLT 2 K
Door mirror RH in fold position. On
Side camera RH inoperative. NG
PA CAMERA COMM STATUS
Side camera RH operative. OK L
PA-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE
Side camera RH operative. OK
M
PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG
Rear camera LH inoperative. NG AV
R-CAMERA COMM LINE
Rear camera LH operative. OK
Rear camera LH inoperative. NG
R-CAMERA COMM STATUS O
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
P
When selector lever is in any position other than R (reverse). Off
REVERSE SIGNAL
When selector lever in R (reverse). On
Around view monitor control unit is not receiving steering angle
Off
sensor signal.
ST ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL
Around view monitor control unit is receiving steering angle sen-
On
sor signal.

ST ANGLE SENSOR TYPE Steering angle sensor type. Absolute
ST GEAR RATIO TYPE Steering gear ratio type. Type O
Left hand drive vehicle. LHD
STEERING POSITION
Right hand drive vehicle. RHD
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL While driving, equivalent to speedometer reading mph, km/h
TERMINAL LAYOUT
ALNIA1356ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Output switch
1
(B)
2
(Y)
3
(LG)
4
(P)
— — — —
(B) (H) Output
— — — —
(W) (L) Output
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
25 R position Battery voltage

(LG) Other than R position 0V
27
— CAN (H) — — — —
(B)
28
— CAN (L) — — — —
(W)
29
— CAN shield — — — —
(Shield)
30
— Mirror signal 2 — — — —
(W)
32
(G)

Terminal
Output switch
B
47 C
Ground Camera image signal Output ON At camera image display
(B)
SKIB2251J D
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
E
49 Rear view camera commu- Input/ “CAMERA” switch is ON or F

Ground ON
(W) nication signal Output shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0836GB
G
50 Rear view camera power “CAMERA” switch is ON or
Ground Output ON 6.0 V
(B) supply shift position is “R”.
H
52
Ground Rear view camera ground — ON — 0V
(R)
53 Rear view camera image “CAMERA” switch is ON or

54 Input ON
(G) signal shift position is “R”. J
JSNIA0834GB
K
55 Side camera LH communi- Input/ “CAMERA” switch is ON or L

Ground ON
(B) cation signal Output shift position is “R”.
M
JSNIA0836GB
56 Side camera LH power “CAMERA” switch is ON or

(W) supply shift position is “R”.
AV
58
Ground Side camera LH ground — ON — 0V
(G)
59 Side camera LH image sig- “CAMERA” switch is ON or

60 Input ON
(R) nal shift position is “R”. P
JSNIA0834GB

Terminal
Output switch
61 Side camera RH communi- Input/ “CAMERA” switch is ON or

Ground ON
(W) cation signal Output shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0836GB
62 Side camera RH power “CAMERA” switch is ON or

64
Ground Side camera RH ground — ON — 0V
(R)
65 Side camera RH image sig- “CAMERA” switch is ON or

66 Input ON
(G) nal shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0834GB
67 Front camera communica- Input/ “CAMERA” switch is ON or

Ground ON
(B) tion signal Output shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0836GB
68 “CAMERA” switch is ON or
Ground Front camera power supply Output ON 6.0 V
(W) shift position is “R”.
70
Ground Front camera ground — ON — 0V
(G)
72 Front camera image signal Input ON
(R) shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0834GB

U1302: CAMERA SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE ABNORMALITY AV-495, "DTC Logic"
U1303: LED SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE ABNORMALITY AV-499, "DTC Logic"
U1304: NON-COMPLETION OF THE CALIBRATION AV-501, "DTC Logic"
U1305: NON-COMPLETION OF THE WRITE CONFIGURATION AV-502, "DTC Logic"

SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)
A
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL B

CEN[RL]/CEN[R] C
CEN[RL]/CEN[R]->COR[RL]
CEN[RL]->CEN[RR]
D
CEN[RR]
CEN[RR]/CEN[R]->COR[RR]
CEN[RR]->CEN[RL] E
Key ON, selector lever in R (reverse) position. cm/in
COR[FL]
COR[FR]
F
COR[RL]
COR[RR]
COR[RL]->CEN[RL]/CEN[R] G
COR[RR]->CEN[RR]/CEN[R]
Mode 1
DETECTION MODE Key ON. H
Mode 2
When LED is OFF. Off
LED
When LED is ON. On
I
When selector lever is in any position other than P (park) or N
Off
P N RANGE (neutral).
When selector lever in P (park) or N (neutral) position. On J
When transmission range switch is in any position other than R
Off
REVERSE RANGE (reverse).
When transmission range switch is in R (reverse) position. On K
RVRB TIME CEN[RL]
RVRB TIME CEN[RR]
L
RVRB TIME COR[FL]
ms/sec
RVRB TIME COR[FR]
RVRB TIME COR[RL] Key ON, selector lever in R (reverse) position. M
RVRB TIME COR[RR]
SENSOR VOLTAGE 5.0 V
SHRT DST FRM FR SENS AV
cm/in
SHRT DST FRM RR SENS
SONAR C/U POWER SUPPLY Key ON. Battery voltage
O
CAMERA switch ON. No
SONAR PERMANENT OFF
CAMERA switch OFF. Yes
Key ON, selector lever in R (reverse) position. No P
SONAR TEMPORARY OFF
When selector lever is in any position other than R (reverse). Yes
CAMERA switch OFF after Key ON. No
SW OPRT AFTR IGN ON
CAMERA switch ON after Key ON. Yes

No trailer connected to trailer hitch. N CON
TRAILER CONNECT
Trailer connected to trailer hitch. CON
VEHICLE SPEED While driving, equivalent to speedometer reading mph, km/h
TERMINAL LAYOUT
AWNIA1727ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
Output switch
CAMERA mode
3 13 Outer sensor signal front or
Input ON
(R) (B) LH Selector lever R (reverse)
position
JSNIA0837GB
CAMERA mode
Input ON
(R) (B) RH Selector lever R (reverse)
position
JSNIA0837GB
5 Input/
— V-CAN (H) — — —
(B) Output
6 Input/
— V-CAN (L) — — —
(W) Output
CAMERA mode
9 14 or
Inner sensor signal rear RH Input ON
(W) (B) Selector lever R (reverse)
position
JSNIA0837GB

Terminal No.
Output switch
B
CAMERA mode
10 14 Outer sensor signal rear or C
Input ON
(W) (B) RH Selector lever R (reverse)
position
JSNIA0837GB D
12
(LG)
15
E
(GR)
CAMERA mode
19 20 or F
Buzzer Input ON Battery voltage
(BR) (LG) Selector lever R (reverse)
position
CAMERA mode
21 14 or
Inner sensor signal rear LH Input ON H
position
JSNIA0837GB
I
CAMERA mode J
22 14 or
Outer sensor signal rear LH Input ON
position
K
JSNIA0837GB

L

M
AV-459, "SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW
U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT
MONITOR) : DTC Logic"
U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN) AV
B2720: REAR LEFT SIDE EXTERNAL SENSOR AV-510, "DTC Logic"
B2721: REAR LEFT SIDE INTERNAL SENSOR AV-511, "DTC Logic"
O
B2722: REAR RIGHT SIDE INTERNAL SENSOR AV-512, "DTC Logic"
B2723: REAR RIGHT SIDE EXTERNAL SENSOR AV-513, "DTC Logic"
B2724: ECU AV-514, "DTC Logic" P
B2725: REAR BUZZER AV-515, "DTC Logic"
B2729: FRONT LEFT SIDE EXTERNAL SENSOR AV-517, "DTC Logic"
B272C: FRONT RIGHT SIDE EXTERNAL SENSOR AV-518, "DTC Logic"

BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
WIRING DIAGRAM
ABNWA1803GB

AV
ABNWA1804GB

ABNWA1805GB

AV
ABNWA1806GB

ABNWA1851GB

AV
ABNWA1807GB

ABNWA1808GB

AV
ABNWA1809GB

ABNWA1810GB

AV
ABNIA4632GB

ABNIA4633GB

AV
ABNIA4634GB

ABNIA4635GB

AV
ABNIA4636GB

ABNIA4637GB

AV
ABNIA4638GB

ABNIA4639GB

AV
ABNIA4640GB

ABNIA4641GB

AV
ABNIA4642GB

ABNIA4643GB

AV
ABNIA4644GB

ABNIA4645GB

AV
ABNIA4646GB

ABNIA4647GB

AV
ABNIA4648GB

ABNIA4649GB

AV
ABNIA4650GB

ABNIA4651GB

AV
ABNIA4652GB

ABNIA4653GB

AV
ABNIA4654GB

ABNIA4655GB

AV
ABNIA4656GB

ABNIA4657GB

AV
ABNIA4658GB

ABNIA4659GB

AV
ABNIA4660GB

ABNIA4661GB

AV
ABNIA4662GB

ABNIA4663GB

AV
ABNIA4664GB

ABNIA4665GB

AV
ABNIA4846GB

ABNIA4847GB

AV
ABNIA4848GB

ABNIA4666GB

AV
ABNIA4667GB

ABNIA4668GB

AV
ABNIA4669GB

ABNIA4670GB

AV
ABNIA4671GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow (Multi AV System) INFOID:0000000009129093
OVERALL SEQUENCE
AWNIA2486GB

DETAILED FLOW
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check the malfunction symptoms by performing the following items.
tion occurred).
>> GO TO 2
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 3 A
NO >> GO TO 4
B
NOTE:
Start with the diagnosis for the CAN communication system if “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] or CONTROL C
>> GO TO 5 D

Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-569, "Symptom E
Table".
>> GO TO 5 F
NOTE: G
H
>> GO TO 6
6.CHECK AFTER REPAIR I
parts.
2. Check if any DTC No. is displayed in the self-diagnosis results. J
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 7 K
7.FINAL CHECK
are present. L
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Inspection End. M
AV

Work Flow (Camera Assistance Sonar) INFOID:0000000009129094
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSNIA4482GB

Reference 2: Refer to AV-389, "DTC Index".
DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW AND SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION
tion occurred).
Is the occurred symptom malfunction?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT
1. Connect CONSULT and perform a self-diagnosis for “SONAR”. Refer to AV-359, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
Skip to step 4 of the diagnosis procedure if “SONAR” is not displayed.
2. When DTC is detected, follow the instructions below:
- Record DTC and Freeze Frame Data.

Is DTC displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC
B
1. Check the DTC indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the DTC Index. Refer to AV-389, "DTC Index".
C
>> GO TO 5.
4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-569, "Symptom D
Table".
>> GO TO 5. E
5.ERROR PART REPAIR

1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts. F
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “SONAR” with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC
has been indicated in the self-diagnosis results. G
3. Check that the symptom does not occur.
Does the symptom occur?
H
YES >> GO TO 1.
AV

INFOID:0000000009129095
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing AV control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration before
replacement.
NOTE:
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
INFOID:0000000009129096

-CONSULT
specification.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 2.
Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit".
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION
CONSULT
1. Enter "Re/Programming, Configuration".
3. If “Before Replace ECU” operation was not performed, select "After Replace ECU" or "Manual Configura-
cedure".
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK
Check that the operation of the AV control unit is normal.
>> Work End.


A
unit.
Configuration has three functions as follows: B
"Before Replace ECU" C
"Select Saved Data List" Writes the vehicle configuration with saved data. D
CAUTION:
with CONSULT. E
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new AV control unit. F
G
CONSULT
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of AV control unit. H

When writing manually>>GO TO 3. I
CONSULT J
K
>> Work End.
3.PERFORM “AFTER REPLACE ECU” OR “MANUAL CONFIGURATION” L
CONSULT
2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to AV-448, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL M
CAUTION:
AV
CAUTION: O
which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized. P
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK

>> Work End.
CAUTION:
Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. Incorrect settings may result in abnormal
control of ECU.
MANUAL SETTING ITEM

Items Setting value
ENGINE TYPE NORMAL ⇔ HYBRID
SOUND SYSTEM BOSE SURROUND ⇔ BOSE ⇔ BASE
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AROUND VIEW MONITOR CON-
TROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL
UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000009129100
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing around view monitor control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT
configuration before replacement.
NOTE:
ing around view monitor control unit.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing around view monitor control unit, you must perform “After Replace ECU” with CON-
SULT.
UNIT : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000009129101

-CONSULT
specification.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT
Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-600, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
CONSULT
specification. Refer to AV-449, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Work
Procedure". A
tion" to write vehicle specification. Refer to AV-449, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR
CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure".
B
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK C
Check that the operation of the around view monitor control unit and camera images (fixed guide lines and
predictive course lines) are normal.
D
>> Work End.
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
E
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Description
INFOID:0000000009129102
Vehicle specification needs to be written with CONSULT because it is not written after replacing around view F
G
• Reads the vehicle configuration of current around view monitor control unit.
• Saves the read vehicle configuration. H
I
CAUTION:
• When replacing around view monitor control unit, you must perform “Select Saved Data List” or
"After Replace ECU" with CONSULT.
• Complete the procedure of “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" in order. J
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new around view monitor K
control unit.
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure
INFOID:0000000009129103 L

CONSULT M
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of around view monitor control unit.
When writing saved data>>GO TO 2. AV

2.PERFORM “SAVED DATA LIST” O
CONSULT
P
>> Work End.

CONSULT

2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to AV-450, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW
MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List".
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
figuration of brand new around view monitor control unit is same as the desirable configuration. If
not, configuration which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized.
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK
Confirm that each function controlled by around view monitor control unit operates normally.
>> Work End.

CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List
INFOID:0000000009129104
CAUTION:
control of ECU.
MANUAL SETTING ITEM

Items Setting value
BCI FUNCTION WITH ⇔ WITHOUT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SONAR CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SONAR CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000009129105
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing sonar control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration
before replacement.
NOTE:
ing sonar control unit.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing sonar control unit, you must perform “After Replace ECU” with CONSULT.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SONAR CONTROL UNIT : Work Proce-
dure INFOID:0000000009129106

-CONSULT
specification.
NOTE:

ing sonar control unit. A
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE SONAR CONTROL UNIT B
Replace sonar control unit. Refer to AV-608, "Removal and Installation".

C
>> GO TO 3.
D
CONSULT
be displayed. Select the applicable file from the "Saved Data List" and press “Confirm” to write vehicle E
specification. Refer to AV-451, "CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure".
tion" to write vehicle specification. Refer to AV-451, "CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : F
Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 4. G
4.OPERATION CHECK
Check that the operation of the sonar control unit is normal.
H
>> Work End.

CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) I
CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : Description INFOID:0000000009129107
Vehicle specification needs to be written with CONSULT because it is not written after replacing sonar control J
unit.
K
• Reads the vehicle configuration of current sonar control unit.
• Saves the read vehicle configuration. L
CAUTION: M
• When replacing sonar control unit, you must perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace
ECU" with CONSULT.
• Complete the procedure of “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" in order. AV
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new sonar control unit.
O
CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000009129108
1.WRITING MODE SELECTION P

CONSULT
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of sonar control unit.



CONSULT
>> Work End.

CONSULT
2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to AV-452, "CONFIGURATION (SONAR CON-
TROL UNIT) : Configuration List".
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
figuration of brand new sonar control unit is same as the desirable configuration. If not, configura-
tion which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized.
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK
Confirm that each function controlled by sonar control unit operates normally.
>> Work End.

CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List INFOID:0000000009129109
CAUTION:
control of ECU.
MANUAL SETTING ITEM

Items Setting value
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description
INFOID:0000000009129110
Adjust the center position of the predictive course line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted.
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure
INFOID:0000000009129111
1.DRIVING
Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.
>> END
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR)

CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Description
INFOID:0000000009129112 A
• Calibration must be performed after removing/replacing the cameras, removing parts (e.g. front grille, door
mirror, and others) mounted on the cameras, or replacing the Around view monitor control unit.
• The use of CONSULT is required to perform calibration or writing of calibration results to the Around view B
• Align the white lines on the road near the vehicle at the boundary of each camera image by this camera cal-
ibration. The white lines far from the vehicle may not be aligned at the boundary of each camera image. The C
farther the line, the greater the difference is.
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Work Procedure
INFOID:0000000009129113 D
CALIBRATION FLOWCHART
Following the flowchart shown in the figure, perform the calibration. E
L
JSNIA4210GB
NOTE:
View in the incomplete calibration state is indicated by “ ” on the M
AV
AWNIA2590GB P
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
1.AROUND VIEW MONITOR SCREEN CONFIRMATION

Check that there is no indication of “Incomplete calibration”.
Is the “Incomplete calibration” display visible?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
AWNIA2590GB
2.CHECK THAT AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT IS REPLACED

Check that the around view monitor control unit is replaced.
Is the around view monitor control unit replaced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CANCEL THE INDICATION OF INCOMPLETE CALIBRATION (PERFORM THIS ONLY AFTER REPLAC-
ING AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.)
CONSULT work support
1. On the CONSULT screen, touch “CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (FRONT CAMERA)”, “CALIBRATING
CAMERA IMAGE (PASS-SIDE CAMERA)”, “CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (DR-SIDE CAMERA)”, or
“CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (REAR CAMERA)” to accept the selection.
NOTE:
To cancel the indication of Incomplete calibration, select items based on the target camera.
2. On the adjustment screen of each camera, touch “APPLY” but-
ton. After this, touch “OK” button.
CAUTION:
• Never perform operations other than those mentioned
above.
• Never perform “Initialize Camera Image Calibration”.
3. Display the around view monitor screen to check that there is no
errors, such as deviations among the camera images.
Is there a malfunction?
YES >> Calibration end
NO >> GO TO 1. JSNIA4212ZZ
4.PERFORM SIMPLIFIED CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT BY “FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW”

1. Put target line 1 on the ground beside each axle using packing tape, etc.
2. Put target lines 2 equal to the vehicle total length + approximately 1.0 m (39.3 in) from the vehicle side
(right and left) at approximately 30 cm (11.8 in) away from the vehicle (make the line as parallel with the
vehicle as possible)

Preparation of simplified target line
A
E
JSNIA0927ZZ
1. Target lines 1 2. Target lines 2

F
A. Approx. 30 cm (11.8 in) B. Approx. 1.0 m (39.3 in)
3. CONSULT work support

Touch “FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW” on the CONSULT screen. G
4. On the CONSULT screen, touch “SELECT” button to select right or left camera and perform camera cali-
bration as instructed below:
- If the marker on the screen deviates from Target line 1, touch “AXIS X” button and “AXIS Y” button to H
adjust so that the marker is placed on the Target line 1.
- If Target line 2 is misaligned among the cameras, adjust each camera image to bring Target line 2 into a
straight line.
CAUTION: I
Never adjust the front camera and rear camera. Only adjust the right and left cameras.
Simplified target line adjustment method
J
AV
JSNIA0929ZZ
1. Target lines 1 2. Target lines 2 3. Marker for target line 1 O

Crosshairs cursor (mark indicated
4. Boundary between cameras 5.
the selected camera)
Adjustment method for target lines 1 Adjustment method for target lines 2 P
A. B.
(right) (right)
5. Adjust right and left cameras. Touch "APPLY" on the CONSULT screen to display adjustment results.
6. After adjusting right and left cameras, check that the marker is properly placed on the screen and there is
no deviation in Target line 1.
NOTE:
• It can be initialized to the NISSAN factory default condition with “Initialize Camera Image Calibration”.
• The adjustment value is cancelled on this mode by performing “Initialize Camera Image Calibration”.

Is the difference corrected?
YES >> On the CONSULT screen, touch “OK” button to complete writing to the around view monitor con-
trol unit.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM “CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE”
Preparation of target line
1. Hang a string with a weight as shown in the figure. Put the points FM0, RM0 (mark) on the ground at the
center of the vehicle front end and rear end with white packing tape or a pen.
2. Route the vinyl string under the vehicle, and then pull and fix it on the point approximately 1.0 m (39.9 in)
to the front and rear of the vehicle through the points FM0 and RM0 using packing tape.
Target line preparation procedure 1
AWNIA2592ZZ
1. Thread 2. Weight 3. Point FM0 (mark)

4. Point RM0 (mark) 5. Packing tape (to fix the vinyl string) 6. Vinyl string
3. Put the points FM and RM (mark) 75 cm (29.5 in) from the points FM0 and RM0 individually.
4. Route the vinyl string through the points FM and RM using a triangle scale, and then fix it at approximately
1.5 m (59 in) on both sides with packing tape.
5. Put the points FL, FR, RL, and RR (mark) to both right and left [vehicle width / 2 + 30 cm (11.8 in)] from the
points FM and RM.
JSNIA0921ZZ
1. Point FM 2. Point RM 3. Triangle scale

4. Point FL (mark) 5. Point FR (mark) 6. Point RL (mark)

7. Point RR (mark)
30 cm (11.8 in) A
A. 75 cm (29.5 in) B. Approx. 1.5 m (59 in) C. [Vehicle width/ 2 + 30 cm (11.8 in)
from the points FM and RM]
6. Draw the lines of the points FL – RL and FR – RR with vinyl string, and fix it with packing tape. B
7. Put a mark on the center of each axle, draw vertical lines to the lines of the points FL – RL and FR – RR
from the marks on the center of the axle using a triangle scale, and then fix the lines using packing tape.
Target line preparation procedure 3 C
JSNIA0922ZZ
H
1. Point FL 2. Point FR 3. Point RL
4. Point RR 5. Center position of axle 6. Triangle scale
Perform “Calibrating Camera Image” I

CAMERA IMAGE (PASS-SIDE CAMERA)”, “CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (DR-SIDE CAMERA)”, or J
NOTE:
To cancel the indication of Incomplete calibration, select items based on the target camera. K
2. On the adjustment screen of each camera, adjust the parameter
by touching the “AXIS X” button, “AXIS Y” button, and
“ROTATE” button to place the calibration marker shown on the
camera screen on the target line drawn on the ground. L
Adjustment range
Rotation direction (Center dial) : 31 patterns (16 on the center) M
Upper/lower direction (upper/lower
: −22 – 22
switch)
Left/right direction (left/right switch) : −22 – 22 AV
3. Touch “APPLY” button on the CONSULT screen. “PRCSNG” is JSNIA4212ZZ
displayed and adjustment results are shown on the camera screen.

CAUTION: O
Check that “PRCSNG” is displayed. Do never perform other operations while “PRCSNG” is dis-
played.
4. Touch “OK” button on the CONSULT screen. “PRCSNG” is displayed and adjustment results are written to
the around view monitor control unit. P
CAUTION:
played.
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM “FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW”
This mode is designed to align the boundary between each camera image that could not be aligned in the
“Calibrating Camera Image” mode.
1. Select “FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW” by touching CONSULT screen.
by touching the “AXIS X” button, “AXIS Y” button”, and
camera screen on the target line drawn on the ground.
NOTE:
Touch “SELECT” button on the CONSULT screen to select the
target camera.
3. Touch “APPLY” button on the CONSULT screen. “PRCSNG” is
displayed and adjustment results are shown on the camera
screen.
CAUTION:
JSNIA4214ZZ
Check that “PRCSNG” is displayed. Do never perform other
operations while “PRCSNG” is displayed.
the around view monitor control unit.
CAUTION:
• Check that “PRCSNG” is displayed. Never perform other operations while “PRCSNG” is dis-
played.
• After pressing the “OK” button, never press buttons other than the “BACK” button.
NOTE:
• The adjustment value is cancelled in this mode by performing “Initialize Camera Image Calibration”.
>> Calibration end

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
AV CONTROL UNIT
B
AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000009129114
DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

AV control unit is not transmitting or receiving D
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[U1000]
more.

E
F
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result for MULTI AV. G
NO >> Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident". H
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000009129116
I
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

J
Sonar control unit is not transmitting or receiving
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[U1000]
more. K
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000009129117
L
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT M

2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result for SONAR.
Is CAN COMM CIRCUIT displayed? AV
O

AV CONTROL UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Control Unit".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Replace the sonar control unit if the malfunction
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detected. occurs constantly.
[U1010]

A
B
Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
CONT UNIT stantly.
Control Unit".
AV


GYRO NO CONN stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
G-SENSOR NO CONN stantly.
Control Unit".
AV


An intermittent error caused by strong radio inter-
ference, GPS reception error, etc. may be detect-
ed.
GPS CONN
GPS malfunction is detected. Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U1204]
stantly.
Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation - AV
Control Unit".

Is DTC U1204 detected?

A
B
C
ed.
GPS ROM
[U1205]
stantly.
Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation - AV D
Control Unit".
E
2. Erase Self Diagnostic Result. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
YES >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit". G
AV


ed.
GPS RAM
[U1206]
stantly.
Control Unit".


A
B
C
ed.
GPS RTC
[U1207]
stantly.
Control Unit".
E
AV


CAN CONT stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
BLUETOOTH MODULE stantly.
Control Unit".
AV


An intermittent error causing HDD malfunction
may be detected.
HDD CONN Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U1218] stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
may be detected.
C
HDD READ Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U1219] stantly.
Control Unit". D
AV

U121A AV CONTROL UNIT

may be detected.
HDD WRITE Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121A] stantly.
Control Unit".

U121B AV CONTROL UNIT
A
B
may be detected.
C
HDD COMM Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121B] stantly.
Control Unit". D
AV

U121C AV CONTROL UNIT

may be detected.
HDD ACCESS Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121C] stantly.
Control Unit".

U121D AV CONTROL UNIT
A
B
An intermittent error causing disc player malfunc-
tion may be detected.
C
DSP CONN Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121D] stantly.
Control Unit". D
1.CHECK CD PLAYBACK E
Check the CD playback operation of the AV control unit. Refer to Owner’s Manual for audio system operating
instructions.
F
Is the CD playback function of the AV control unit operating normally?
YES >> Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
G
AV

U121E AV CONTROL UNIT

DSP COMM Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121E] stantly.
Control Unit".
1.CHECK CD PLAYBACK
instructions.

A
B
USB CONTROLLER [U1225] Check that connection to USB connector is nor-
USB connection malfunction is detected.
[U1225] mal.
C
AV


DVD COMM Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U1227] stantly.
Control Unit".
1.CHECK DVD PLAYBACK

Check the DVD playback operation of the AV control unit. Refer to Owner’s Manual for audio system operating
instructions.
Is the DVD playback function of the AV control unit operating normally?

A
B
SUB CPU CONN stantly.
Control Unit".
AV


iPod CERTIFICATION stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
Write configuration data.
CONFIG UNFINISH
Configuration data is incomplete. Refer to AV-447, "CONFIGURATION (AV CON-
[U122A] C
TROL UNIT) : Work Procedure".
D
1.PERFORM CONFIGURATION
When U122A is detected, configuration data must be written.
E
>> Write configuration data with CONSULT. Refer to AV-447, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL
UNIT) : Work Procedure".
F
AV


Built-in AUDIO CONN stantly.
[U122E] Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation - AV
Control Unit".

U1231 BOSE AMP.
U1231 BOSE AMP.
A
B
AMP TEMP
[U1231] C
AV


ST ANGLE SEN CALIB Predictive course line center position adjustment Adjust predictive course line center position of
[U1232] of steering angle sensor is incomplete. steering angle sensor.
1.ADJUST PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

When U1232 is detected, the predictive course line center position of the steering angle sensor needs to be
adjusted.
>> Adjust the predictive course line center position of steering angle sensor. Refer to AV-452, "PRE-
DICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure".

U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
A
B
When any of the following is detected.
• display unit power supply or ground circuit • Display unit power supply and ground circuits.
FRONT DISP CONN C
malfunction. • Serial communication circuits between front
[U1243]
• serial communication circuit malfunction be- display unit and AV control unit.
tween front display unit and AV control unit.
D
E
dure".
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
H
2. Disconnect display unit connector M92 and AV control unit connector M124. I
3. Check continuity between display unit connector M92 terminals 9, 10 and AV control unit connector M124
terminals 77, 61.
J
Continuity
9 77 K
M92 M124 Yes
10 61
4. Check continuity between display unit connector M92 terminals 9, 10 and ground. L
Display unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals M
9
M92 — No
10
AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
O
1. Connect display unit connector M92 and AV control unit connector M124.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P

U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
When adjusting dis-

M92 9 —
play brightness.
PKIB5039J

YES >> GO TO 4.
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
When adjusting dis-

M92 10 —
play brightness.
PKIB5039J


U1244 GPS ANTENNA
U1244 GPS ANTENNA
A
B
GPS ANTENNA CONN GPS antenna connection malfunction is detect-
GPS antenna disconnection.
[U1244] ed.
C
D
E
1.GPS ANTENNA INSPECTION
Visually inspect the GPS antenna and antenna feeder. Refer to AV-614, "Removal and Installation".
Is inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE G

2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
AV control unit I
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M25 188 — 5.0 V
J
K
AV

U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA

XM ANTENNA CONN Satellite radio antenna connection malfunction is
Satellite radio antenna disconnection.
[U1258] detected.
1.SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA INSPECTION

Visually inspect the satellite radio antenna and antenna feeder. Refer to AV-612, "Location of Antennas".
YES >> GO TO 2.
AV control unit
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M133 166 — 5.0 V

U125A HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT
A
B
• Headrest display unit power supply and ground
• headrest display unit power supply or ground
3RD DISP CONN circuits. C
[U125A] • AV communication circuits between headrest
• AV communication circuit malfunction be-
display units.
tween headrest display units.
D
E
1.CHECK HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT F
Check headrest display unit power supply and ground circuits. Refer to AV-524, "HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT
: Diagnosis Procedure".
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK AV COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect headrest display unit connectors. I
3. Check continuity between headrest display unit (driver seat) connector B202 and headrest display unit
(passenger seat) connector B302.
J
Headrest display unit (driver seat) Headrest display unit (passenger seat)
Continuity
26 10 K
B202 B302 Yes
27 11
4. Check continuity between headrest display unit (driver seat) connector B202 and ground. L
Headrest display unit (driver seat)

Ground Continuity
26
B202 — No
27
AV
YES >> Replace headrest display unit (passenger seat). Refer to AV-605, "Removal and Installation".
O

U1263 USB
U1263 USB

USB OVERCURRENT Check USB harness between the AV control unit
Overcurrent in USB connector is detected.
[U126] and USB connector.
1.CHECK USB INTERFACE HARNESS

Visually inspect USB interface harness.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace USB interface harness. Refer to AV-598, "Removal and Installation".
Check USB interface harness continuity. Refer to AV-560, "Diagnosis Procedure".

U1264 ANTENNA AMP.
U1264 ANTENNA AMP.
A
B
ANTENNA AMP TERMINAL Antenna amp. ON signal circuit open or short cir- Antenna amp. ON signal circuit between AV con-
[U1264] cuited. trol unit and antenna amp.
C
D
E
1.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN AV CONTROL UNIT AND ANTENNA BASE
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M143 and antenna base connector M502. F
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M143 and antenna base connector M502.
AV control unit Antenna base G

Continuity
M143 143 M502 1 Yes
H
AV control unit I
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M143 143 — No
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
AV control unit Ground M

Voltage
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
AV
YES >> Replace antenna base. Refer to AV-615, "Removal and Installation". O

U1265 BOSE AMP.
U1265 BOSE AMP.


3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M122 and Bose speaker amp. connector B130.

Continuity
M122 1 B130 60 Yes
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M122 1 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.

Voltage
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal

A
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT DISPLAY ITEM C

• A/C and AV switch assembly power supply and D
• A/C and AV switch assembly power supply or
[U1300] Refer to AV-522, "A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEM-
• SWITCH CONN BLY : Diagnosis Procedure".
• AV communication circuit malfunction between AV E
[U1240] • AV communication circuits between AV control
control unit and A/C and AV switch assembly.
unit and A/C and AV switch assembly.
• BOSE speaker amp. power supply and ground cir-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cuits. F
• BOSE speaker amp. power supply or ground circuit
[U1300] Refer to AV-520, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Proce-
malfunction.
• AMP CONN dure".
• AV communication circuits between AV control unit
[U124E] • AV communication circuits between AV control
and BOSE speaker amp. are malfunctioning.
unit and BOSE speaker amp. G
• Video distributor power supply and ground cir-
cuits.
Refer to AV-523, "VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diag- H
• video distributor power supply or ground circuit mal-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT nosis Procedure".
function.
[U1300] • Headrest display unit (driver seat) power supply
• headrest display unit (driver seat) power supply or
• VIDEO DIST CONN and ground circuits.
[U1246]
• AV communication circuit malfunction between AV
Refer to AV-524, "HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT : I
control unit and headrest display unit (driver seat).
unit and headrest display unit (driver seat).
J
• Around view monitor control unit power supply
• AV COMM CIRCUIT When any of the following is detected:
[U1300] • around view monitor control unit power supply or
Refer to AV-524, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR
• AROUND CAMERA ground circuit malfunction.
CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure". K
CONN • AV communication circuit malfunction between AV
[U125B] control unit and around view monitor control unit.
unit and around view monitor control unit.
• Sonar control unit power supply and ground cir-
L
When any of the following is detected: cuits.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
• sonar control unit power supply or ground circuit Refer to AV-525, "SONAR CONTROL UNIT
[U1300]
malfunction. (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis
• SONAR CONN
• AV communication circuit malfunction between AV Procedure". M
[U125C]
control unit and sonar control unit. • AV communication circuits between AV control
unit and sonar control unit.
AV

• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300]
• SWITCH CONN
[U1240]
• SONAR CONN
[U125C]
• AROUND CAMERA
CONN
[U125B]
• VIDEO DIST CONN
[U1246]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT AV communication circuit malfunction between AV AV communication circuits between AV control unit
• SWITCH CONN
[U1240]
• AMP CONN
[U124E]
• SONAR CONN
[U125C]
• AROUND CAMERA
CONN
[U125B]
• VIDEO DIST CONN
[U1246]

U1302 CAMERA POWER VOLT
A

C
CAMERA SUPPLY POWER
• Harness or connectors.
SUPPLY VOLTAGE ABNOR-
Short in camera power circuit. • Camera.
MALITY
• Around view monitor control unit.
[U1302] D
E
F
1.CHECK CAMERA DATA MONITOR
Check CAMERA IMAGE SIG, CAMERA COMM STATUS and CAMERA COMM LINE for each camera in
“DATA MONITOR” of “AVM”. G
Is “OK” displayed for all cameras?
NO-1 (Front camera)>>GO TO 2. H
NO-2 (Rear camera)>>GO TO 4.
NO-3 (LH side camera)>>GO TO 6.
NO-4 (RH side camera)>>GO TO 8. I
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
J
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and camera connectors.
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and front camera connector
E226.
K
Around view monitor control unit Front camera
Continuity
L
68 1
M97 E226 Yes
70 2
4. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and ground. M
Around view monitor control unit

Ground Continuity AV
Connector Terminal
M97 68 — No
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE P
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and front camera connector E226.
3. Check voltage between around view monitor control unit connector M97 terminals.

Around view monitor control unit M97

Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
CAMERA switch is ON or shift
68 70 6.0 V
position is R.
YES >> Replace front camera. Refer to AV-601, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-600, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and rear camera connector D511.
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and rear camera connector
D511.
Around view monitor control unit Rear camera

Continuity
50 8
M97 D511 Yes
52 7
4. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 50 — No
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and rear camera connector D511.

Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
50 52 6.0 V
position is R.
YES >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-602, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK LH SIDE CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and LH side camera connector D20.
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and LH side camera connector
D20.
Around view monitor control unit LH side camera

Continuity

56 6
M97 D20 Yes A
58 18
B
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 56 — No C
YES >> GO TO 7.
D
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and LH side camera connector D20. E
F
Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal G
56 58 6.0 V
position is R.
H
YES >> Replace LH side camera. Refer to AV-603, "Removal and Installation".
I
8.CHECK RH SIDE CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and RH side camera connector D113. J
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and RH side camera connector
D113.
K
Around view monitor control unit RH side camera
Continuity
62 6 L
M97 D113 Yes
64 18
M

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal AV
M97 62 — No
YES >> GO TO 9. O
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and RH side camera connector D113.


Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
62 64 6.0 V
position is R.
YES >> Replace RH side camera. Refer to AV-603, "Removal and Installation".

U1303 LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT
A

C
LED SUPPLY POWER SUP-
PLY VOLTAGE ABNORMAL-
ITY
[U1303] D
E
F
NO-1 (LH side camera)>>GO TO 2. H
NO-2 (RH side camera)>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK LH SIDE CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY I
J
D20.

Continuity K
56 6
M97 D20 Yes
58 18 L
M
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 56 — No AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. O
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and LH side camera connector D20.
P


Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
56 58 6.0 V
position is R.
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and RH side camera connector D113.
D113.

Continuity
62 6
M97 D113 Yes
64 18

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 62 — No
YES >> GO TO 5.

Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
62 64 6.0 V
position is R.

U1304 CAMERA IMAGE CALIBRATION
A

C
NON-COMPLETION OF Cameras are not calibrated. Refer to AV-453, "CAL-
THE CALIBRATION Camera calibration malfunction. IBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW
[U1304] MONITOR) : Work Procedure".
D
AV

U1305 CONFIG UNFINISH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NON-COMPLETION OF Around view monitor control unit not configured.
THE WRITE CONFIGURA- Around view monitor control unit configuration Refer to AV-449, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND
TION malfunction. VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Proce-
[U1305] dure".

A
B
CONTROL UNIT (AV) An initial diagnosis error is detected in AV com- stantly.
C
[U1310] munication circuit. Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation - AV
Control Unit".
AV

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FL-DOOR WOOFER
[U1603]
FR-DOOR WOOFER
[U160B]

Is DTC U1601, U1603, U1609 or U160B detected?

A

F-INST L-TWEETER C
[U1627]
D
F-INST R-TWEETER
[U162F] E
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT F

2. Erase Self Diagnostic Result. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
YES >> Refer to AV-529, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
AV

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

F-INST C-SQUAWK
[U162A]


A

2L-DOOR SPEAKER C
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-
[U1684] and rear door speaker LH.
speaker amp. and rear door speaker LH. D
2L-DOOR SPEAKER (VB- Refer to AV-538, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SHOR)
[U1687]
2R-DOOR SPEAKER E
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-
[U168C] and rear door speaker RH.
speaker amp. and rear door speaker RH. F
2R-DOOR SPEAKER (VB- Refer to AV-538, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SHOR)
[U168F]

G

H
Is DTC U1684, U1687, U168C or U168F detected? I
J
AV

U175D WOOFER
U175D WOOFER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

R-LUGGAGE L-WOOFER
amp. and subwoofer.
[U175D]


A

R-ROOF L-SQAWK C
[U176A]
D
R-ROOF R-SQAWK
[U1772] E

AV

B2720 CORNER SENSOR [RL]
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

REAR LEFT SIDE EXTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
NAL SENSOR • Sensor is open or short circuited. • Harness or connectors.
[B2720] • Sensor element malfunction. • Rear sonar sensor LH outer.
1.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR LH OUTER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and rear sonar sensor LH outer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and rear sonar sensor LH outer connector
B455.
Sonar control unit Rear sonar sensor LH outer

Continuity
22 2
M70 B455 Yes
14 1
4. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and ground.
Sonar control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 22 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR LH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
2. Check voltage between sonar control unit connector M70 and ground.
Sonar control unit Voltage

Ground
M70 22 — 0V
YES >> Replace rear sonar sensor LH outer. Refer to AV-609, "Removal and Installation".

B2721 CENTER SENSOR [RL]
A

C
REAR LEFT SIDE INTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2721] • Sensor element malfunction. • Rear sonar sensor LH inner.
D
E
1.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR LH INNER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and rear sonar sensor LH inner connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and rear sonar sensor LH inner connector G
B457.
Sonar control unit Rear sonar sensor LH inner

H
Continuity
21 2
M70 B457 Yes I
14 1
J
Sonar control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
M70 21 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR LH INNER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
M
AV
Ground
M70 21 — 0V O
YES >> Replace rear sonar sensor LH inner. Refer to AV-609, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. P

B2722 CENTER SENSOR [RR]
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

REAR RIGHT SIDE INTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2722] • Sensor element malfunction. • Rear sonar sensor RH inner.
1.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR RH INNER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and rear sonar sensor RH inner connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and rear sonar sensor RH inner connector
B458.
Sonar control unit Rear sonar sensor RH inner

Continuity
9 2
M70 B458 Yes
14 1
Sonar control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 9 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR RH INNER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY

Ground
M70 9 — 0V
YES >> Replace rear sonar sensor RH inner. Refer to AV-609, "Removal and Installation".

B2723 CORNER SENSOR [RR]
A

C
REAR RIGHT SIDE EXTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2723] • Sensor element malfunction. • Rear sonar sensor RH outer.
D
E
1.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR RH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and rear sonar sensor RH outer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and rear sonar sensor RH outer connector G
B456.
Sonar control unit Rear sonar sensor RH outer

H
Continuity
10 2
M70 B456 Yes I
14 1
J
Sonar control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
M70 10 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR RH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
M
AV
Ground
M70 10 — 0V O
YES >> Replace rear sonar sensor RH outer. Refer to AV-609, "Removal and Installation".

B2724 SONAR CONTROL UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECU
Sonar control module malfunction. Replace sonar control module.
[B2724]

B2725 REAR BUZZER
B2725 REAR BUZZER
A

C
REAR BUZZER • Buzzer is open or short circuited. • Harness or connectors.
[B2725] • Buzzer malfunction. • Buzzer.

D
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-51, "Wiring Diagram". E
1.CHECK SONAR BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and sonar buzzer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and sonar buzzer connector B35.
G
Sonar control unit Sonar buzzer

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
M70 20 B35 3 Yes
I
Sonar control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
M70 20 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK SONAR BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
L
M
Ground
M70 20 — 0V AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SONAR BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BUZZER POWER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 terminals.
Sonar control unit connector M70

Continuity
Terminal Terminal
19 20 No

B2725 REAR BUZZER
YES >> Replace sonar buzzer. Refer to AV-611, "Removal and Installation".

B2729 CORNER SENSOR [FL]
A

C
FRONT LEFT SIDE EXTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2729] • Sensor element malfunction. • Front sonar sensor LH outer.
D
E
1.CHECK FRONT SONAR SENSOR LH OUTER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and front sonar sensor LH outer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and front sonar sensor LH outer connector G
E307.
Sonar control unit Front sonar sensor LH outer

H
Continuity
3 2
M70 E307 Yes I
13 1
J
Sonar control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
M70 3 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK FRONT SONAR SENSOR LH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
M
AV
Ground
M70 3 — 0V O
YES >> Replace front sonar sensor LH outer. Refer to AV-609, "Removal and Installation".

B272C CORNER SENSOR [FR]
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FRONT RIGHT SIDE EX- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
TERNAL SENSOR • Sensor is open or short circuited. • Harness or connectors.
[B272C] • Sensor element malfunction. • Front sonar sensor RH outer.
1.CHECK FRONT SONAR SENSOR RH OUTER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and front sonar sensor RH outer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and front sonar sensor RH outer connector
E308.
Sonar control unit Front sonar sensor RH outer

Continuity
4 2
M70 E308 Yes
13 1
Sonar control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 4 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT SONAR SENSOR RH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY

Ground
M70 4 — 0V
YES >> Replace front sonar sensor RH outer. Refer to AV-609, "Removal and Installation".

A
AV CONTROL UNIT
B

C
1.CHECK FUSE

E

Are the fuses blown? F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
3. Check voltage between AV control unit connectors and ground. H
AV control unit Voltage

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) I
M122 J
YES >> GO TO 3. K
L
AV control unit M
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M122 20 — Yes
AV
DISPLAY UNIT
P
1.CHECK FUSE


NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect display unit connector.
3. Check voltage between display connector M92 and ground.

Ground Condition

M92 — Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between display unit connector M92 terminal 12 and ground.
Display unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M92 12 — Yes
BOSE AMP.
1.CHECK FUSE

50 11 (15A)
51 12 (15A)
NO >> GO TO 2.

BOSE speaker amp. Voltage A

Ground
50
B129 — Battery voltage B
51
YES >> GO TO 3. C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
BOSE speaker amp. E

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
47
B129 — Yes F
52
YES >> Inspection End. G
SUBWOOFER
H
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-390, "Wiring Diagram". I
1.CHECK FUSE J
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse No. K

Are the fuses blown? L
NO >> GO TO 2.
AV
Subwoofer Voltage
Ground
B73 6 — Battery voltage O

YES >> GO TO 3. P

Subwoofer
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B73 5 — Yes
1.CHECK FUSE

Is the fuse blown?
NO >> GO TO 2.

Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
M98 9 M125 98 Yes
YES >> GO TO 4.

A/C and AV switch assembly A

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M98 1 — Yes
B
C
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129212

E
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown. F

4 ACC power supply 65 (10A) G
Are the fuses blown? H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
2. Disconnect video distributor connector B24.
3. Check voltage between video distributor connector B24 and ground. J
Video distributor Voltage

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) K
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
M
2. Check continuity between video distributor connector B24 and ground. AV
Video distributor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal O
1
B24 — Yes
3
P

HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129213
1.CHECK FUSE

15, 16 Battery power supply 15 (15A)
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect headrest display unit connector.
2. Check voltage between headrest display unit connector and ground.
Headrest display unit Voltage

Ground
B202 (driver seat)

15, 16 — Battery voltage
B302 (passenger seat)
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between headrest display unit connector and ground.
Headrest display unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B202 (driver seat) 12, 31, 32
— Yes
B302 (passenger seat) 28, 31, 32
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129214
1.CHECK FUSE


A
Are the fuses blown? B
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT C
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M96.
3. Check voltage between around view monitor control unit connector M96 and ground. D
Around view monitor control unit Voltage

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) E
F
YES >> GO TO 3. G
H
Around view monitor control unit I

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M96 1 — Yes
J
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. K
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure L
INFOID:0000000009129215
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-390, "Wiring Diagram". M
1.CHECK FUSE AV
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse No. O

P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector M70.


Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 3.
Sonar control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 15 — Yes

CENTER SPEAKER
CENTER SPEAKER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CENTER SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and center speaker connector.
G
Continuity
H
69 1
B130 M110 Yes
70 2
3. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B130 and ground. I
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity J
Connector Terminal
69
B130 — No
70 K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L
M
AV
O
Terminal Terminal
SKIB3609E

CENTER SPEAKER
NO >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
2 75
3 76
M122 B130 Yes
11 73
12 74
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
3
M122 — No
11
12
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
2 3
Audio signal output

11 12
SKIB3609E


A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL TWEETER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
connector. G

Continuity H
41 1
M62 (LH)
42 2
B129 Yes I
45 1
M73 (RH)
46 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity K
Connector Terminal
41
42 L
B129 — No
45
46
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
AV
P
BOSE speaker amp.
Terminal Terminal

41 42
Audio signal output

45 46
SKIB3609E

NO >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
2 75
3 76
M122 B130 Yes
11 73
12 74
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
3
M122 — No
11
12
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
2 3
Audio signal output

11 12
SKIB3609E

A
AV

FRONT TWEETER
FRONT TWEETER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT TWEETER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
tor.

Continuity
58 1
M109 (LH)
59 2
B130 Yes
71 1
M111 (RH)
72 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
58
59
B130 — No
71
72
YES >> GO TO 3.

Terminal Terminal

FRONT TWEETER
58 59
A
Audio signal output

71 72 B
SKIB3609E
C
NO >> GO TO 4.
D

Continuity
2 75
3 76
M122 B130 Yes G
11 73
12 74
AV control unit
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
2
3 J
M122 — No
11
12
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
AV
Terminal Terminal O
2 3
P
Audio signal output
11 12
SKIB3609E

FRONT TWEETER

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
tor. G

Continuity H
58 1
D12 (LH)
59 2
B130 Yes I
71 1
D112 (RH)
72 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity K
Connector Terminal
58
59 L
B130 — No
71
72
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
AV
P
Terminal Terminal

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
58 59
Audio signal output

71 72
SKIB3609E

NO >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
2 75
3 76
M122 B130 Yes
11 73
12 74
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
3
M122 — No
11
12
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
2 3
Audio signal output

11 12
SKIB3609E

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
A
AV

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connectors and suspect rear door speaker connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connectors and suspect rear door speaker connector.

Continuity
68 1
B130 D207 (LH)
55 2
Yes
54 1
B129 D307 (RH)
49 2
3. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connectors and ground.
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
68
B130
55
— No
54
B129
49
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connectors and suspect rear door speaker connector.
4. Check signal between terminals of BOSE speaker amp. connectors.
BOSE speaker amp. Condition Reference value
Connector (+) (−)

Terminal Terminal

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
B130 68 55
A
Audio signal output

B129 54 49 B
SKIB3609E
C
NO >> GO TO 3.
D

Continuity
4 64
5 63
M122 B130 Yes G
13 66
14 65
AV control unit
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
4
5 J
M122 — No
13
14
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
AV
Terminal Terminal O
4 5
P
Audio signal output
13 14
SKIB3609E

REAR DOOR SPEAKER

REAR SPEAKER
REAR SPEAKER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR SIDE SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
G
Continuity
H
53 1
B1 (LH)
48 2
B129 Yes
44 1 I
B153 (RH)
43 2
J
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
53
48
B129 — No L
44
43
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR SIDE SPEAKER SIGNAL AV
BOSE speaker amp. connector B129 Condition Reference value P

(+) (−)
Terminal Terminal

REAR SPEAKER
53 48
Audio signal output

44 43
SKIB3609E

YES >> Replace rear side speaker. Refer to AV-596, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
4 64
5 63
M122 B130 Yes
13 66
14 65
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
4
5
M122 — No
13
14
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
4 5
Audio signal output

13 14
SKIB3609E

REAR SPEAKER
A
AV

SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.VERIFY SUBWOOFER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SUBWOOFER AMP ON CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
3. Check continuity between Bose speaker amp. connector B130 and subwoofer connector B73.

Continuity
B130 62 B73 4 Yes
Bose speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B130 62 — No
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SUBWOOFER AMP ON CIRCUIT VOLTAGE

Voltage
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.

SUBWOOFER
5.CHECK SUBWOOFER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY A

B
Continuity
56 2 C
B130 B73 Yes
57 1
D
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal E
56
B130 — No
57
F
YES >> GO TO 6.
G
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC. H
I
Terminal Terminal J
K
L
SKIB3609E

M
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK PRE-AMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY AV
O
Continuity
P
4 64
5 63
M122 B130 Yes
13 66
14 65

SUBWOOFER
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
4
5
M143 — No
13
14
YES >> GO TO 8.

Terminal Terminal
4 5
Audio signal output

13 14
SKIB3609E


A
B
C
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M123 and front auxiliary input jacks connector.
AV control unit Front auxiliary input jacks E

Continuity
24 3
M123 M205 Yes F
38 1
G
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
24 H
M123 — No
38
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUX SOUND SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY J
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M123 and front auxiliary input jacks connector.
AV control unit Front auxiliary input jacks K

Continuity
M123 39 M205 2 Yes
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. M
2. Turn ignition switch to ACC. AV
3. Select AUX mode.
4. Check signals between AV control unit connector M123 and ground.
O
(+) (−)
P
Terminal Terminal

24 39
AUX mode selected

38 39
SKIB3609E


RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M140 and display unit connector M141. D
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M140 and display unit connector M141.
AV control unit Display unit E

Continuity
165 28
M140 M141 Yes F
164 27
G
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
M140 165 — No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL

1. Connect AV control unit connector M140. J
3. Check signal between terminals of display unit connector M141.
K
Display unit connector M141
Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal L
28 27 Audio system is ON. 1.3 V
AV

COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DIS-
PLAY UNIT)
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT
DISPLAY UNIT)

2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M124 and display unit connector M92.

Continuity
56 18
M124 M92 Yes
55 19
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M124 56 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector M124 and display unit connector M92.

Terminal Terminal
56 55 DVD image is displayed.
SKIB2251J


COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO VIDEO DISTRIB-
UTOR)
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO VIDEO
A
DISTRIBUTOR)
B

C

D
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M125 and video distributor connector B25.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M125 and video distributor connector B25.
E
AV control unit Video distributor
Continuity
F
107 34
M125 B25 Yes
105 33
4. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M125 and ground. G
AV control unit
Ground Continuity H
Connector Terminal
M125 107 — No
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL J
1. Connect AV control unit connector M125 and video distributor connector B25.
3. Check signal between terminals of video distributor connector B25. K
Video distributor connector B25

L
Terminal Terminal
DVD, USB or front auxiliary in-

34 33 put jacks image is displayed on A V
headrest display.
SKIB2251J
O
YES >> Replace video distributor. Refer to AV-604, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit". P

COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO HEADREST
DISPLAY UNIT)
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO HEAD-
REST DISPLAY UNIT)

2. Disconnect video distributor connector B24 and headrest display unit connectors.
3. Check continuity between video distributor connector B24 and headrest display unit connectors.
Video distributor Headrest display unit

Continuity
32 5
B202 (driver seat) Yes
31 21
B24
28 5
B302 (passenger seat) Yes
27 21
4. Check continuity between video distributor connector B24 and ground.
Video distributor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
32
B24 — No
28
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect video distributor connector B24 and headrest display unit connectors.
3. Check signal between terminals of headrest display unit connectors.
Headrest display unit

Connector
Terminal Terminal
B202 (driver seat)
DVD, USB or front

auxiliary input jacks
B302 (passenger 5 21
image is displayed on
seat) headrest display.
SKIB2251J

YES >> Replace headrest display unit. Refer to AV-605, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace video distributor. Refer to AV-604, "Removal and Installation".

AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS TO AV CON-
TROL UNIT)
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS TO AV
A
CONTROL UNIT)
B

C

D
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M125 and front auxiliary input jacks connector M205.
E
Continuity
F
91 7
M125 M205 Yes
92 8
AV control unit
Ground Continuity H
Connector Terminal
M125 91 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUX IMAGE SIGNAL J
1. Connect AV control unit connector M125 and front auxiliary input jacks connector M205.
3. Check signal between terminals of front auxiliary input jacks connector M205. K
Front auxiliary input jacks connector M205

L
Terminal Terminal
Front auxiliary input jacks im-

7 8
age is displayed. A V
SKIB2251J
O

IMAGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK CONTINUITY IMAGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT


Continuity
10 7
B202 (driver seat)
7 23
B24 Yes
9 7
5 23
Video distributor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
B24 — No
9
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR VOLTAGE
3. Check voltage between terminals of video distributor connector B24.

Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
put jacks image is displayed on 0.5 V
headrest display.
10 7
DVD, USB or rear auxiliary in-
headrest display.
headrest display.
9 5
headrest display.

A
B
C
E
Continuity
M125 97 M98 14 Yes F
G
AV control unit
Continuity
M125 97 No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
M125 97 —
Except above 5.0 V
M
Switch Assembly".


2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M124 and microphone connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M124 and microphone connector R109.
AV control unit Microphone

Continuity
59 3
M124 60 R109 1 Yes
75 4
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
59
M124 60 — No
75
YES >> GO TO 2.

Voltage
(+) (−)
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
60 59 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.


Terminal Terminal
B
C
D
PKIB5037J

YES >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-586, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit". E
AV

STEERING SWITCH
STEERING SWITCH


Condition
Depress switch. 121
14 Depress switch. 321
Depress switch. 723
Depress ENTER switch. 2023

17
Depress switch. 1
Depress switch. 121

15 321
Depress switch.
Depress switch. 723

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND COMBINATION METER

Continuity
3 24
M24 24 M30 33 Yes
4 31
Combination meter
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
M24 24 — No
4

STEERING SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. A
B
Combination switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
24 14
M30 31 M149 15 Yes
33 17
D

YES >> GO TO 4. E
1. Disconnect AV control unit connector M122. F
Combination meter AV control unit G

Continuity
14 6
H
M24 15 M122 16 Yes
16 15
3. Check continuity between combination meter connector M24 and ground. I
Combination meter
Ground Continuity J
Connector Terminal
14
M24 15 — No K
16
YES >> GO TO 5. L
5.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE M
AV
AV control unit M122

Voltage
(+) (−) O
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
6
15 5.0 V
16 P


USB CONNECTOR
USB CONNECTOR

2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M55 and USB interface connector M209.
AV control unit USB interface

Continuity
138 1
137 2
M55 140 M209 3 Yes
139 4
141 5
AV control unit
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
137
M55 Ground No
139

FRONT CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
1.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and front camera connector E226. D
E226.
E
Continuity
M97 67 E226 6 Yes F
G
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 67 — No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and front camera connector E226. J
3. Check signal between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and ground.
K
Around view monitor control unit Ground
(−)
M
CAMERA switch is ON
M97 67 —
or shift position is R.
AV
JSNIA0836GB

O
YES >> Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-600, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace front camera. Refer to AV-601, "Removal and Installation".

FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and front camera connector E226.
E226.

Continuity
71 3
M97 E226 Yes
72 4

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
M97 71 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
3. Check signal between around view monitor control unit connector M97 terminals.

Terminal Terminal

71 72
position is R.
JSNIA0834GB


REAR CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and rear camera connector D511. D
D511.
E
Continuity
M97 49 D511 4 Yes F
G
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 49 — No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and rear camera connector D511. J
K
(−)
M
CAMERA switch is ON
M97 49 —
AV
JSNIA0836GB

O
NO >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-602, "Removal and Installation".

REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

D511.

Continuity
53 5
M97 D511 Yes
54 1

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
M97 53 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL

Terminal Terminal

53 54
position is R.
JSNIA0834GB


SIDE CAMERA LH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and LH side camera connector D20. D
D20.
E
Continuity
M97 55 D20 16 Yes F
G
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 55 — No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and LH side camera connector D20. J
K
(−)
M
CAMERA switch is ON
M97 55 —
AV
JSNIA0836GB

O
NO >> Replace LH side camera. Refer to AV-603, "Removal and Installation".

SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK LH SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

D20.

Continuity
59 5
M97 D20 Yes
60 17

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
M97 59 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LH SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL

Terminal Terminal

59 60
position is R.
JSNIA0834GB


SIDE CAMERA RH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
B
C
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and RH side camera connector D113. D
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and fRH side camera connec-
tor D113.
E
Continuity
M97 61 D113 16 Yes F
G
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 61 — No H
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and RH side camera connector D113. J
K
(−)
M
CAMERA switch is ON
M97 61 —
AV
JSNIA0836GB

O
NO >> Replace RH side camera. Refer to AV-603, "Removal and Installation".

SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK RH SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

tor D113.

Continuity
65 5
M97 D113 Yes
66 17

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
M97 65 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RH SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL

Terminal Terminal

65 66
position is R.
JSNIA0834GB


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
MULTI AV SYSTEM
B
RELATED TO AUDIO
C
The disk cannot be removed. AV control unit
Refer to AV-341, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
D
AV

MULTI AV SYSTEM
• Bose speaker amp. power supply and ground cir-
cuits malfunction.
Refer to AV-520, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
• Sound signal circuit malfunction between AV con-
trol unit and Bose speaker amp.
Refer to:
- AV-535, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front door speak-
er).
- AV-532, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front tweeter).
- AV-529, "Diagnosis Procedure" (instrument panel
tweeter).
- AV-527, "Diagnosis Procedure" (center speaker).
- AV-538, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear door speak-
er).
- AV-541, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear side speaker).
- AV-544, "Diagnosis Procedure" (subwoofer).
• Sound signal circuit malfunction between Bose
speaker amp. and speaker.
Refer to:
No sound comes out or the level of er).
the sound is low. Only a certain speaker (front door - AV-532, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front tweeter).
speaker LH, front door speaker RH, front - AV-529, "Diagnosis Procedure" (instrument panel
tweeter LH, front tweeter RH, instrument tweeter).
panel tweeter LH, instrument panel - AV-527, "Diagnosis Procedure" (center speaker).
tweeter RH, center speaker, rear door - AV-538, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear door speak-
speaker LH, rear door speaker RH, rear er).
side speaker LH, rear side speaker RH, - AV-541, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear side speaker).
subwoofer) does not output sound. - AV-544, "Diagnosis Procedure" (subwoofer).
Refer to:
- AV-591, "Removal and Installation" (front door
speaker).
- AV-592, "Removal and Installation" (front tweeter).
- AV-593, "Removal and Installation" (instrument
panel tweeter).
- AV-594, "Removal and Installation" (center speak-
er).
- AV-595, "Removal and Installation" (rear door
speaker).
- AV-596, "Removal and Installation" (rear side
speaker).
- AV-597, "Removal and Installation" (subwoofer).
Replace Bose speaker amp. Refer to AV-590, "Re-
moval and Installation".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
A
Noise comes out from all speakers. • Malfunction in Bose speaker amp.
Replace Bose speaker amp. Refer to AV-590, "Re- B
C
Refer to:
er). D
tweeter).
- AV-527, "Diagnosis Procedure" (center speaker). E
er).
- AV-544, "Diagnosis Procedure" (subwoofer). F
Refer to:
- AV-535, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front door speak- G
er).
Noise comes out only from a certain - AV-529, "Diagnosis Procedure" (instrument panel
H
speaker (front door speaker LH, front tweeter).
door speaker RH, front tweeter LH, front - AV-527, "Diagnosis Procedure" (center speaker).
Noise is mixed with audio.
tweeter RH, instrument panel tweeter - AV-538, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear door speak-
LH, instrument panel tweeter RH, center er). I
speaker, rear door speaker LH, rear door - AV-541, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear side speaker).
speaker RH, rear side speaker LH, rear - AV-544, "Diagnosis Procedure" (subwoofer).
side speaker RH, subwoofer). • Malfunction in speaker.
• Poor Installation of speaker (e.g. backlash and J
looseness).
Refer to:
speaker). K
panel tweeter).
- AV-594, "Removal and Installation" (center speak- L
er).
speaker).
M
speaker).
• Malfunction in AV control unit. AV
moval and Installation". O
Noise is mixed with radio only (when the Poor connector connection of antenna or antenna
vehicle hits a bump or while driving over feeder.
bad roads) Refer to AV-612, "Location of Antennas". P
• Other audio sounds are normal.
• Any radio station cannot be received • Antenna amp. ON signal circuit malfunction.
or poor reception is caused even after Refer to AV-491, "Diagnosis Procedure".
No radio reception or poor recep-
moving to a service area with good re- • Poor connector connection of antenna or antenna
tion.
ception (e.g. a place with clear view feeder.
and no obstacles generating external Refer to AV-612, "Location of Antennas".
noises).

MULTI AV SYSTEM
• Malfunction in antenna, antenna feeder or AV con-
trol unit. Perform DTC diagnosis.
There is malfunction in the CONSULT Refer to AV-354, "CONSULT Function".
self diagnosis result. • Poor continuity in antenna feeder.
Refer to AV-354, "CONSULT Function". • Poor connector connection of antenna or antenna
feeder.
• Poor continuity in antenna feeder.
There is no malfunction in the CONSULT • Poor connector connection of antenna or antenna
self diagnosis result. feeder.
Refer to AV-354, "CONSULT Function". • Loose satellite radio antenna mounting nut.
The majority of buzz/rattle sounds are
not indicative of an issue with the speak- Refer to "SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAG-
Buzz/rattle sound from speaker
er, usually something nearby the speak- NOSIS" in the appropriate interior trim section.
er is causing the buzz/rattle.

Does not recognize cellular phone
connection (no connection is dis- Repeat the registration of cellular phone.
played on the display at the guide).
made, but the communication cannot
be established.
Hands-free phone cannot be estab- Malfunction in AV control unit.
lished. Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-586, "Removal
performed, however, voice between
each other cannot be heard during the and Installation - AV Control Unit".
conversation.
Check the “microphone speaker” in In-
The other party’s voice cannot be
spection & Adjustment Mode if sound is
heard by hands-free phone.
heard.
Originating sound is not heard by Sound operation function is normal.

the other party with hands-free Microphone signal circuit malfunction.
phone communication. Sound operation function does not work.
• The voice recognition can be con-
trolled. Steering switch malfunction.
• Steering switch’s , , and Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-588, "Removal
switch works, but does not and Installation".
work.
The system cannot be operated.
Steering switch’s , , , and Steering switch signal circuit malfunction.
switches do not work. Refer to AV-558, "Diagnosis Procedure".

RELATED TO NAVIGATION

MULTI AV SYSTEM
Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location A

• Malfunction in hard disk drive (HDD).
Navigation malfunction. • Malfunction in AV control unit.
B
Steering switch signal circuit malfunction.
Steering switches malfunction.
Navigation system is inoperative. Refer to AV-558, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Microphone signal circuit malfunction. C
Voice activated control malfunction.
D
RELATED TO AROUND VIEW MONITOR

E
Around view monitor control unit power supply and
Around view monitor control unit mal- ground circuits malfunction.
function. Refer to AV-524, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CON-
TROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure". F
Display does not switch to camera
AV communication circuits malfunction between
image when “CAMERA” switch is
AV communication circuits malfunction. around view monitor control unit and AV control unit.
pressed or selector lever is in R (re-
Refer to AV-383, "Reference Value". G
verse).
Camera image signal circuit (output) malfunction be-
Camera image signal circuit (output) tween around view monitor control unit and display
malfunction. unit.
H
Refer to AV-383, "Reference Value".
Camera image signal circuit (input) malfunction be-
tween camera and around view monitor control unit.
Refer to: I
Camera image signal circuit (input) mal-
• AV-562, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front camera).
function.
• AV-564, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear camera).
Display switches to camera image • AV-566, "Diagnosis Procedure" (side camera LH).
• AV-568, "Diagnosis Procedure" (side camera RH). J
when “CAMERA” switch is pressed
or selector lever is in R (reverse), Camera communication circuits malfunction between
but all views are not displayed. camera and around view monitor control unit.
Refer to: K
Camera communication signal circuits
malfunction.
• AV-565, "Diagnosis Procedure" (side camera LH).
• AV-567, "Diagnosis Procedure" (side camera RH). L
Camera image is rolling.
malfunction. unit. M
Display does not switch to rear view Reverse signal circuit between BCM and around view
monitor even when selector lever is Reverse signal circuit malfunction. monitor control unit. AV
in R (reverse). Refer to AV-383, "Reference Value".
Predicted course line center position is malfunction-
Predicted course line display in front
ing.
view and rear view is malfunction- Steering angle sensor malfunction. O
Refer to AV-452, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE CEN-
ing.
TER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
Front camera power supply and ground circuits mal-
Front camera malfunction. function.
Front camera image signal circuit malfunction be-
Front camera image signal circuit mal- tween front camera and around view monitor control
Front view and front of birds-eye
function. unit.
view is not displayed.
Front camera communication signal circuit malfunc-
Front camera communication signal cir- tion between front camera and around view monitor
cuit malfunction. control unit.
Rear camera power supply and ground circuits mal-
Rear camera malfunction. function.
Rear camera image signal circuit malfunction be-
Rear camera image signal circuit mal- tween rear camera and around view monitor control
Rear view and rear of birds-eye
function. unit.
Rear camera communication signal circuit malfunc-
Rear camera communication signal cir- tion between rear camera and around view monitor
Side camera LH power supply and ground circuits
Side camera LH malfunction. malfunction.
Side camera LH image signal circuit malfunction be-
Side camera LH image signal circuit tween side camera LH and around view monitor con-
Front-side and driver side of birds-
malfunction. trol unit.
eye view is not displayed.
Side camera LH communication signal circuit mal-
Side camera LH communication signal function between side camera LH and around view
circuit malfunction. monitor control unit.
Side camera RH power supply and ground circuits
Side camera RH malfunction. malfunction.
Side camera RH image signal circuit malfunction be-
Side camera RH image signal circuit tween side camera RH and around view monitor con-
Front-side and passenger side of
birds-eye view is not displayed.
Side camera RH communication signal circuit mal-
Side camera RH communication signal function between side camera RH and around view
Selector lever is in a position other
Vehicle speed signal malfunction between ABS actu-
than R (reverse) and front, rear,
ator and electric unit (control unit) and around view
front-side and Birds-Eye views are Vehicle speed signal malfunction.
displayed even as vehicle speed in-
Refer to LAN-26, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
creases.
RELATED TO CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR

MULTI AV SYSTEM
Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location A

Sonar sensor circuit malfunction between sonar sen-
sor and sonar control unit.
Refer to:
B
• AV-517, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front LH outer).
Sonar sensor circuit malfunction. • AV-518, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front RH outer).
Malfunction is detected in only 1 in- • AV-511, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear LH inner).
dicator (Always displayed in red). • AV-512, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear RH inner). C
• AV-510, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear LH outer).
• AV-513, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear RH outer).
Malfunction in sonar sensor.
Sonar sensor malfunction.
D
Sonar control unit power supply and ground circuits
malfunction.
Sonar control unit malfunction. E
Refer to AV-525, "SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH
Malfunction is detected in all 5 indi- AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure".
cators (Always displayed in red).
CAN communication malfunction between sonar con-
CAN communication malfunction. trol unit and combination meter. F
RELATED TO REAR DISPLAY (HEADREST-MOUNTED)

Perform diagnosis of the power supply and ground circuits of the following items before starting diagnosis by G
symptom:
• Video distributor. Refer to AV-523, "VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diagnosis Procedure".
• Headrest display unit. Refer to AV-524, "HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure". H
Symptom Check item Possible malfunction location/Action to take
Use the touch button in Operate with the remote to see if videos can be
Video is not shown on the Video is shown. I
front display to switch vid- switched.
eo images on the head- Replace headrest display unit.
screen. Video is not shown.
rest display unit. Refer to AV-605, "Removal and Installation".
J
• Check with a remote from the same vehicle fam-
• Check battery polarity. ily.
All keys inoperative.
• Replace battery. • Check infrared* of the luminescent part (LED) of
the remote. K
Headrest display unit in-
operative with the re- • Check with a remote
mote. from the same vehicle
family. The function corresponding to the remote operation L
Some keys inoperative.
• Check infrared* of the is not included (this is not a malfunction).
luminescent part (LED)
of the remote.
Switch from AUX mode to DVD mode and check M
Video is not shown.
video.
Headrest display unit Adjust screen for image quality (this is not a mal-
Play a DVD. Screen is dark.
screen is black. function). AV
Replace headrest display unit.
Screen is black.
Video shown on headrest O
If the symptom does not change, replace headrest
display unit screen be- Adjust the color settings using the display screen
display unit.
comes distorted or rolls menu items.
up/down
P
Headrest display unit Replace headrest display unit.
—
screen is blue. Refer to AV-605, "Removal and Installation".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
*: To check infrared, check light of the luminescent part (LED)
through the lens of digital camera when operating the remote.
JSNIA4954ZZ
RELATED TO HEADPHONES (HEADREST-MOUNTED)

• Turn ON the headrest
display unit.
Audio cannot be heard
• Switch the slide switch Audio cannot be heard. Check power supply of headphones.
from headphones.
on the left side of the
headphones.
Power is ON (power indi-
This is not a malfunction.
• Battery polarity. cator lamp: ON).
Headphones cannot be
• Battery poor contact. Power cannot be turned
turned ON.
• Battery replacement. ON (power indicator Replace headphones.
lamp: OFF).

A
RELATED TO NOISE B
etc.).
The following noise results from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or C
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from the waves sent directly from the broadcast station arriving at the D
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and opera- E
NOTE:
components, one by one. F

G
H
electrical components are oper- I
ing. • Motor
• Rear defogger coil malfunction J
A cracking or snapping sound occurs while the vehicle is being driven, especially when K

L
Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized M

AV
lowing conditions:
O
NOTE: P

call.
Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or
Basic Operation
Symptom Cause Remedy

No image is shown. Display brightness adjustment is set fully to DARK Adjust the display brightness.
side.
No guide sound is heard. Volume control is set to OFF, MIN or MAX. Adjust the audio guide volume.
Audio guide volume is too low or
Audio guidance is not available while the vehicle is System is not malfunctioning.
too high.
driving on a dark pink route.
Screen is too dark. Temperature inside the vehicle is low. Wait until the temperature inside the vehicle
Motion of the image is too slow. reaches the proper temperature.
Small black or bright spots appear Symptom peculiar to a liquid crystal display (dis- System is not malfunction.
on the screen. play unit).
Vehicle Mark

Map screen and BIRDVIEW™ Some thinning of the character data is done to pre- System is not malfunctioning.
Name of the place vary with the vent the display becoming to complex. In some
screen. cases and in some locations, the display contents
may differ.
The same place name, street name, etc. may not
be displayed every time on account of the data
processing.
Vehicle mark is not positioned cor- Vehicle is transferred by ferry or by towing after its Drive the vehicle for a while in the GPS sat-
rectly. ignition switch is turned to OFF. ellite signal receiving condition.
Screen will not switch to nighttime The daytime screen is selected by the “SWITCH Perform screen dimming and select the
mode after the lighting switch is SCREENS” when the last time the screen dim- nighttime screen by “SWITCH SCREENS”.
turned ON. ming setting is done.
Switching between daytime/nighttime screen may
be inhibited by the automatic illumination adjust-
ment function.
Map screen will not scroll in accor- Current location is not displayed. Press “MAP” button to display the current lo-
dance with the vehicle travel. cation.
Vehicle mark will not be shown. Current location is not displayed. Press “MAP” button to display the current lo-
cation.
Accuracy indicator (GPS satellite GPS satellite signal is intercepted because the ve- Move the vehicle out to an open space.
mark) on the map screen stays hicle is in or behind a building.
gray.
GPS satellite signal cannot be received because Do not place anything on top of the meter dis-
an obstacle is placed on top of the instrument pan- play (instrument panel).
el.
GPS satellites are not visible from current location. Wait until GPS satellites are visible by mov-
ing the vehicle.

A
Vehicle location accuracy is low. Accuracy indicator (GPS satellite mark) on the Current location is not determined.
map screen stays gray.
Vehicle speed setting by the vehicle speed pulse Drive the vehicle for a while [for approx. 30
has been deviated (advanced or retarded) from minutes at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH)] and B
the actual vehicle speed because tire chain is fit- the deviation will be automatically adjusted. If
ted or the system has been used on another vehi- advancement or retard still occur, perform
cle. the distance adjustment by CONFIRMA-
TION/ADJUSTMENT mode of diagnosis
C
function.
Map data has error or omission. (Vehicle mark is As a rule, an updated map DVD–ROM will be
always deviated to the same position.) released once a year. D
Destination, Passing Points and Menu Items Cannot be Selected/Set
E
Destination cannot be set. Destination to be set is on an expressway. Set the destination on an ordinary road.
Passing point is not searched The vehicle has already passed the passing point, To include the passing points that have been F
when re-searching the route. or the system judged so. passed into the route again, set the route
again.
Route information will not be dis- Route searching has not been done. Set the destination and perform route
played. searching. G
Vehicle mark is not on the recommended route. Drive on the recommended route.
Route guide is turned OFF. Turn route guide ON.
H
Route information is not available on the dark pink System is not malfunctioning.
route.
After the route searching, no guide Vehicle mark is not on the recommended route. Drive on the recommended route. I
sign will appear as the vehicle (On the display, only guide signs related to the rec-
goes near the entrance/exit to the ommended route will be shown.)
toll road.
Automatic route searching is not Vehicle is driving on a highway (gray route), or no Drive on a road to be searched. Or re–search J
possible. recommended route is available. the route manually. In this case, however, the
whole route will be searched.
Performed automatic detour Performed search with every conditions consid- System is not malfunctioning. K
search (or detour search). Howev- ered. However, the result is the same as that of the
er, the result is the same as that of previous search.
the previous search.
L
Passing points cannot be set. More than five passing points were set. Passing points can be set up to five. To stop
at more than five points, perform sharing in
several steps.
When setting the route, the starting The current vehicle location is always set as the System is not malfunctioning.
M
point cannot be selected. starting point of a route.
Some menu items cannot be se- The vehicle is being driven. Stop the vehicle at a safe place and then op-
lected. erate the system. AV
Voice Guide


Voice guide will not operate. Note: Voice guide is only available at intersections System is not malfunctioning.
that satisfy certain conditions (indicated by z on
the map). Therefore, guidance may not be given
even when the route on the map changes direction.
The vehicle is not on the recommended route. Return to the recommended route or re-
search the route.
Voice guide is turned OFF. Turn voice guide ON.
Voice guide does not match the ac- Voice guide may vary with the direction to which Drive in conformity to the actual traffic rules.
tual road pattern. the vehicle is turn and the connection of the road to
other roads.
Route Search

No route is shown. No road to be searched is found around the des- Find wider road (orange road or wider) near-
tination. by and reset the destination and passing
points onto it. Take care of the traveling direc-
tion when there are separate up and down
roads.
Starting point and the destination are too close. Set the destination at more distant point.
Conditional traffic regulation (day of the week/ Turn the time-regulating search conditions
time of the day) is set at the area around the cur- OFF. Turn “Avoid regulation time” in the
rent location or the destination. search conditions OFF.
Indicated route is intermittent. In some areas, highways (gray routes) are not System is not malfunctioning.
used for the search(Note)Therefore, the route to
the current location or the passing points may be
intermittent.
When the vehicle has passed the A recommended route is controlled by each sec- System is not malfunctioning.
recommended route, it is deleted tion. When the vehicle has passed the passing
from the screen. point 1, then the map data from the starting point
up to the passing point 1 will be deleted. (The data
may remain undeleted in some area.)
Detouring route is recommended. In some areas, highways (gray routes) are not Set the route closer to the basic route (gray
used for the search. (Note). Therefore, detour route).
route may be recommended.
A detour route may be shown when some traffic Slightly move the starting point or the destina-
regulation (one-way traffic, etc.) is set at the area tion, or set the passing point on the route of
around the starting point or the destination. your choice.
In the area where highways (gray routes) are System is not malfunctioning.
used for the search, left turn has priority around
the current location and the destination (passing
points). For this reason, the recommended route
may be detouring.
Landmarks on the map do not This can be happen due to omission or error in As a rule, an updated map DVD-ROM will be
match the actual ones. the map data. released once a year. Wait until the latest
map has become available.
Recommended route is far from Starting point, passing points, and destination of Reset the destination onto the road nearby. If
the starting point, passing points, the route guide were set far from the desired this road is one of the highways (gray routes),
and destination. points because route searching data around an ordinary road nearby may be displayed as
these area were not stored. the recommended route.
NOTE:
Except for the ordinance-designated cities. (Malfunctioning areas may be changed in the updated map disc.)
Examples of Current-Location Mark Displacement

Vehicle's travel amount is calculated by reading its travel distance and turning angle. Therefore, if the vehicle
is driven in the following manner, an error will occur in the vehicle's current location display. If correct location A
has not been restored after driving the vehicle for a while, perform location correction.
SEL698V
AV

Cause (condition) –: While driving ooo: Display Driving condition Remarks (correction, etc.)
Y–intersections
At a Y intersection or similar gradual divi-

sion of roads, an error in the direction of
travel deduced by the sensor may result in
the current-location mark appearing on the
wrong road.
ELK0192D
Spiral roads
When driving on a large, continuous spiral

road (such as loop bridge), turning angle
error is accumulated and the vehicle mark
may deviate from the correct location.
ELK0193D
Straight roads
When driving on a long, straight road and
slow curve without stopping, map-matching
does not work effectively enough and dis-
tance errors may accumulate. As a result,
the vehicle mark may deviate from the cor-
rect location when the vehicle is turned at a
If after travelling about 10 km (6
corner.
miles) the correct location has
Road config- ELK0194D
not been restored, perform lo-
uration Zigzag roads cation correction and, if neces-
sary, direction correction.
When driving on a zigzag road, the map
may be matched to other roads in the simi-
lar direction nearby at every turn, and the
vehicle mark may deviate from the correct
location.
ELK0195D
Roads laid out in a grid pattern

When driving where roads are laid out in a
grid pattern, or where many roads are run-
ning in the similar direction nearby, the map
may be matched to them by mistake and
rect location.
ELK0196D
Parallel roads
When two roads are running in parallel

(such as highway and sideway), the map
may be matched to the other road by mis-
take and the vehicle mark may deviate from
the correct location.
ELK0197D

A
In a parking lot When driving in a parking lot, or other loca-
tion where there are no roads on the map,
matching may place the vehicle mark on a
nearby road. When the vehicle returns to B
the road, the vehicle mark may have devi-
ated from the correct location.
When driving in circle or turning the steer-
ing wheel repeatedly, direction errors accu- C
SEL709V
mulate, and the vehicle mark may deviate
from the correct location.
Turntable D
When the ignition switch is OFF, the navi-
gation system cannot get the signal from
the gyroscope (angular speed sensor).
Place Therefore, the displayed direction may be E
wrong and the correct road may not be eas-
ily returned to after rotating the vehicle on a
turntable with the ignition OFF.
SEL710V
F
Slippery roads On snow, wet roads, gravel, or other roads
where tires may slip easily, accumulated
mileage errors may cause the vehicle mark If after travelling about 10 km (6
to deviate from the correct road. miles) the correct location has G
Slopes When parking in sloped garages, when
cation correction and, if neces-
travelling on banked roads, or in other cas-
sary, direction correction. H
es where the vehicle turns when tilted, an
error in the turning angle will occur, and the
vehicle mark may deviate from the road.
Road not displayed on the map screen I
When driving on new roads or other roads
not displayed on the map screen, map
matching does not function correctly and
matches the location to a nearby road. J
When the vehicle returns to a road which is
on the map, the vehicle mark may deviate
from the correct road.
SEL699V
K
Map data Different road pattern
(Changed due to repair)
If the road pattern stored in the map data
and the actual road pattern are different, L
map matching does not function correctly
and matches the location to a nearby road.
The vehicle mark may deviate from the cor-
rect road.
M
ELK0201D
Drive the vehicle for a while. If AV

the distance still deviates, ad-
When tire chains are used, the mileage is
just it by using the distance ad-
Vehicle Use of tire chains not correctly detected, and the vehicle mark
justment function. (If the tire
may deviate from the correct road.
chain is removed, recover the O
original value.)

If the vehicle is driven just after the engine
is started when the gyroscope (angular
Wait for a short while before
Just after the engine is started speed sensor) correction is not completed,
driving after starting the engine.
the vehicle can lose its direction and may
have deviated from the correct location.
Continuous driving without stopping When driving long distances without stop-
Precautions ping, direction errors may accumulate, and
Stop and adjust the orientation.
for driving the current-location mark may deviate from
the correct road.
Abusive driving Spinning the wheels or engaging in other If after travelling about 10 km (6
kinds of abusive driving may result in the miles) the correct location has
system being unable perform correct detec- not been restored, perform lo-
tion, and may cause the vehicle mark to de- cation correction and, if neces-
viate from the correct road. sary, direction correction.
Position correction accuracy
Enter in the road displayed on
If the accuracy of location settings is poor, the screen with an accuracy of
accuracy may be reduced when the correct approx. 1mm.
road cannot be found, particularly in places Caution: Whenever possible,
where there are many roads. use detailed map for the correc-
tion.
How to cor- SEL701V
rect location Direction when location is corrected
If the accuracy of location settings during

correction is poor, accuracy may be re- Perform direction correction.
duced afterwards.
SEL702V
Location Correction by Map-Matching is Slow

• The map-matching function needs to refer to the data of the surrounding area. It is necessary to drive some
distance for the function to work.
• Because map-matching operates on this principle, when there are many roads running in similar directions
in the surrounding area, no matching determination may be made. The location may not be corrected until
some special feature is found.
Name of Road is Not Displayed
The current road name may not be displayed if there are no road names displayed on the map screen.
Contents of Display Differ for Birdview™ and the (Flat) Map Screen
Difference of the BIRDVIEW™ screen from the flat map screen are as follows.
• The current place name displays names which are primarily in the direction of vehicle travel.
• The amount of time before the vehicle travel or turn angle is updated on the screen is longer than for the
(flat) map display.
• The conditions for display of place names, roads, and other data are different for nearby areas and for more
distant areas.
• Some thinning of the character data is done to prevent the display becoming too complex. In some cases
and in some locations, the display contents may differ.
• The same place name, street name, etc. may be displayed multiple times.
Vehicle Mark Shows a Position Which is Completely Wrong
In the following cases, the vehicle mark may appear on completely different position in the map depending on
the GPS satellite signal receiving conditions. In this case, perform location correction and direction correction.
• When location correction has not been done
- If the receiving conditions of the GPS satellite signal is poor, if the vehicle mark becomes out of place, it may
move to a completely different location and not come back if location correction is not done. The position will
be corrected if the GPS signal can be received.
• When the vehicle has traveled by ferry, or when the vehicle has been being towed

- Because calculation of the current location cannot be done when traveling with the ignition off, for example
when traveling by ferry or when being towed, the location before travel is displayed. If the precise location A
can be detected with GPS, the location will be corrected.
Vehicle Mark Jumps
In the following cases, the vehicle mark may appear to jump as a result of automatic correction of the current B
location.
• When map matching has been done
- If the current location and the vehicle mark are different when map matching is done, the vehicle mark may C
seem to jump. At this time, the location may be “corrected” to the wrong road or to a location which is not on
a road.
• When GPS location correction has been done
- If the current location and the vehicle mark are different when the location is corrected using GPS measure- D
ments, the vehicle mark may seem to jump. At this time, the location may be “corrected” to a location which
is not on a road.
Vehicle Mark is in a River or Sea E
The navigation system moves the vehicle mark with no distinction between land and rivers or sea. If the vehi-
cle mark is somehow out of place, it may appear that the vehicle is driving in a river or the sea.
Vehicle Mark Automatically Rotates F
The system wrongly memorizes the rotating status as stopping when the ignition switch is turned ON with the
turntable rotating. That causes the vehicle mark to rotate when the vehicle is stopped.
When Driving on Same Road, Sometimes Vehicle Mark is in Right Place and Sometimes it is in Wrong Place G
The conditions of the GPS antenna (GPS data) and gyroscope (angular speed sensor) change gradually.
Depending on the road traveled and the operation of the steering wheel, the location detection results will be
different. Therefore, even on a road on which the location has never been wrong, conditions may cause the H
vehicle mark to deviate.
RELATED TO SONAR
I
Symptom Possible cause
• The vehicle is on a rough surface, such as stone or gravel.
• When used in poor weather conditions, such as heavy snow/rain strong wind. J
• When subjected to an ultrasonic noise generated from exhaust muffler or brakes.
• When left standing in the hot sun or in a cold climate.
Unstable object detection • When the surface of the sensor is frozen or covered with snow/dirt/moisture.
• When a retrofitted xenon lamp, lighted license plate, or harness is close to the sensor body or sen- K
sor harness.
• When subjected to loop coil noises generated from a vehicle detector placed at an intersection or
coin parking area. L
• Air-containing objects, such as cloth, cotton, glass wool, dust, and snow.
• Thin objects, such as rope, chain and wire.
• Smooth-faced objects placed in a slanting direction.
Object undetectable • Fast-moving small animals. M
• A corner of an angular object.
NOTE:
If the sensor detection part is scratched, obstacles cannot be detected.
AV

AV CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/O SURROUND]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

AV CONTROL UNIT
AWNIA3152ZZ

4. AV control unit bracket (RH)
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
ignition switch OFF.
tion".
NOTE:
INSTALLATION

AV CONTROL UNIT
CAUTION:
• When replacing AV control unit, perform "WRITE CONFIGURATION". Refer to AV-80, "CONFIGURA- A
B
REMOVAL
C
INSTALLATION D
AV

STEERING SWITCH
STEERING SWITCH
ALOIA0025ZZ
REMOVAL
NOTE:
1. Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-46, "Removal and Installation".
steering wheel (2).
ALOIA0026ZZ
3. Remove steering switch screws.

ALOIA0027ZZ
INSTALLATION

DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
A
AWNIZ2552ZZ
1. Display unit bracket 2. Display unit A. Display unit bracket screws G

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000009763658 H
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation". I
J
necessary).
INSTALLATION K
AV

BOSE SPEAKER AMP
BOSE SPEAKER AMP
REMOVAL
3. Remove Bose speaker amp screws (A).
ALNIA0918ZZ
INSTALLATION

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
A
ALNIA1329ZZ
G
4. Speaker bracket

H
REMOVAL
I
3. Disconnect harness connector from front door speaker, then remove front door speaker from speaker J
bracket.
5. Remove speaker bracket from front door (if necessary). K
INSTALLATION
L
AV

FRONT TWEETER
FRONT TWEETER
REMOVAL
3. Remove front tweeter (2) from front pillar finisher (1).
JSNIA3786ZZ
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
tweeter (1). C
D
AWNIA2220ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

CENTER SPEAKER
CENTER SPEAKER
REMOVAL
ALNIA0344ZZ
INSTALLATION

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
A
G
ALNIA1330ZZ

4. Speaker bracket
H
I
REMOVAL
2. Remove rear door speaker bolts. J
bracket.
4. Remove speaker bracket bolts (if necessary). K
INSTALLATION L
AV

REAR SPEAKERS
REAR SPEAKERS
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Do not reuse back pillar finisher.
ALNIA1331ZZ
INSTALLATION

SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER
A
ALNIA1328ZZ
G

H
REMOVAL
I
3. Lift subwoofer to disconnect harness connector, then remove subwoofer. J
INSTALLATION
K
AV

USB INTERFACE
USB INTERFACE
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
C
INSTALLATION
AV

ALNIA1332ZZ
1. Bracket 2. Around view monitor control unit 3. Screw
REMOVAL
1. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-18, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the around view monitor control unit screws.
3. Disconnect harness connector from around view monitor control unit and remove.
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Perform camera image calibration. Refer to AV-453, "CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW
MONITOR) : Work Procedure".

FRONT CAMERA
FRONT CAMERA
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove front grille. Refer to EXT-23, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove front camera screws and front camera (2) from front
emblem (1). C
AWNIA2585ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
G
AV

REAR VIEW CAMERA
REAR VIEW CAMERA
REMOVAL
camera (1) from the back door outer upper finisher (2).
ALNIA1427ZZ
INSTALLATION

SIDE CAMERA
SIDE CAMERA
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove the door mirror assembly. Refer to MIR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the door mirror rear finisher. Refer to MIR-31, "Removal and Installation".
3. Release the side camera finisher pawls using a suitable tool, C
disconnect the harness connector from the side camera, then
remove the side camera finisher.
: Pawl D
F
ALLIA1121ZZ
4. Remove the screws (1) and the side camera (2).

G
AWNIA2558ZZ
J
INSTALLATION
K
AV

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
REMOVAL
1. Remove luggage side lower finisher. Refer to INT-31, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER : Removal
and Installation".
2. Disconnect video distributor harness connectors (A).
3. Remove video distributor nuts (2) and bolts (4).
4. Remove video distributor (3) and brackets (1) (5) from the vehi-
cle as a single unit.
5. Remove screws (B) (C), then remove video distributor (3).
ALNIA1333ZZ
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
CAUTION:
• Do not press panel surface of display (glass area).
• Do not press or pull out the movable part of display. C
1. Remove the headrest trim retainer (A).
F
JMJIA4069ZZ
2. Remove the headrest display harness and upper tube screws

G
(A), then remove headrest display unit bolts (B).
JMJIA4070ZZ
J
3. Remove the headrest display escutcheon and headrest display.

a. Insert a suitable tool (A) between lower side of headrest display K
escutcheon (1) and headrest trim (2) and pull out lower side of
escutcheon.
L
JMJIA4071ZZ AV
b. Pull out headrest display escutcheon (1) to the position that pawl
is visible and disengage pawl.
O
: Pawl
AWNIA2554ZZ
c. Pull out lower side of headrest display escutcheon from headrest.

CAUTION:
Be careful not damage pawls on upper side headrest display escutcheon.
d. Pull downward and remove headrest display escutcheon (1) and
headrest display unit (2) by pulling them out and removing pins
on upper side of display.
JMJIA4233ZZ
e. Disconnect inner harness connector.

f. Press headrest display escutcheon to the headrest display unit side. Disconnect pawls on upper side and
remove headrest display escutcheon.
4. Remove the headrest display harness upper tube from headrest trim.
INSTALLATION

REAR AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove rear center ventilator duct. Refer to VTL-12, "REAR CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal
and Installation".
2. Remove rear auxiliary input jack screws and rear auxiliary input jack. C
INSTALLATION
D
AV

SONAR CONTROL UNIT
SONAR CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sonar control unit bolt (2).
3. Disconnect harness connector from the sonar control unit, then
remove sonar control unit (1).
ALNIA1338ZZ
INSTALLATION

SONAR SENSOR
SONAR SENSOR
A
REAR SONAR SENSORS B

Removal
1. Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-20, "Removal and Installation".
C
2. Press sonar sensor spring ( ).
3. Remove the sonar sensor (1) from rear bumper (2) as shown
( ). D
4. Disconnect the harness connector from sonar sensor (1) and
remove.
E
F
SKIB9007E
Installation
CAUTION:
The connector direction is within ±10° from the horizontal posi-
tion when assembling the bumper.
H
(A) : Horizontal position
(a) : 10°
I
JSNIA0325ZZ
FRONT SONAR SENSORS K
Removal
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-17, "Removal and Installation". L
3. Remove the sonar sensor (1) from front bumper (2) as shown
( ). M
4. Disconnect harness connector from sonar sensor (1) and
remove.
AV
O
SKIB9007E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. P
CAUTION:

SONAR SENSOR

(a) : 10°
JSNIA0325ZZ

BUZZER
BUZZER
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove luggage side lower finisher (RH). Refer to INT-31, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER :
2. Disconnect harness connector (1) from the buzzer. C
3. Remove buzzer screws (A), then remove buzzer (2).
ALNIA1334ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

AUDIO ANTENNA
AUDIO ANTENNA
AWNIA2589ZZ
1. Antenna base (satellite antenna and antenna 2. M502 3. M501

amp)
7. M95, M138, M500, M509 8. AV control unit M133, M143
ELEMENT CHECK
each side.
SEL250I

AUDIO ANTENNA
probe. Then, press the foil against the wire with your finger. A
SEL122R
D
SEL252I
K
L
AV
SEL253I

GPS ANTENNA
GPS ANTENNA
REMOVAL
1. Remove combination meter. Refer to MWI-95, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector from AV control unit.
3. Remove harness feeder clips.
4. Remove GPS antenna screw and GPS antenna (1).
AWNIA2586ZZ
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
C
: Front
F
AWNIA2587ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
the roof panel. H
I
DISASSEMBLY
J
antenna (2).
ALNIA1335ZZ
ASSEMBLY M
AV

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
WARNING:
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Unit) INFOID:0000000009129280
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000009129281
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).] A
PKIA0306E
D
twisted line will be lost.) E
G
PKIA0307E

H
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component I
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip. J
• Follow the steps below to clean components: K
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth. L
- Oily dirt:
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off. M
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner. AV

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
(J-46534)
Trim Tool Set
AWJIA0483ZZ

PIIB1407E

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
B
AV
AWNIA2569ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
AWNIA2570ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
E
AWNIA2571ZZ

F
4. A/C and AV switch assembly 5. Front tweeter RH 6. Instrument panel tweeter RH
removed)
G
16. Rear door tweeter LH 17. Rear door tweeter RH 18. Rear door speaker RH
H
19. Rear side speaker LH 20. Rear side speaker RH 21. Subwoofer
22. Bose apeaker amp. 23. Around view monitor control unit 24. Front camera
25. Rear camera 26. Door mirror LH (side camera) 27. Door mirror RH (side camera)
I
28. Sonar control unit 29. Front sonar sensors outer 30. Rear sonar sensors outer
31. Rear sonar sensors inner 32. Video distributor 33. Sonar buzzer
34. Headrest display unit (driver seat) 35. Rear auxiliary input jacks 36. Headrest display unit (passenger seat) J
AV

COMPONENT PARTS
• AV control unit includes audio, hands-free phone, navigation, USB connection,
DVD play and vehicle status functions.
• Integrates hard disk drive (HDD) allowing map data and music data to be stored.
sary information for vehicle function.
• Receives steering angle signal via CAN communication from steering angle sen-
sor and controls an expected course line during around view monitor operation.
AV control unit • Inputs signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and parking
brake).
• RGB digital image signal and composite image signal are output to front display
unit.
• Transmits image and sound output to video distributor and inputs image switch sig-
nal from headrest display units via AV communication.
• Receives an intelligent key identification signal necessary for intelligent key inter-
locking function via hard wire from BCM.
• Transmits Amp. ON signal to BOSE amp.
• Update of map data is performed using DVD-ROM.
• Receives power from AV control unit.
• RGB and RGB digital image signals are input from AV control unit.
• Composite image signals are input from AV control unit.
Display unit
• Synchronizing signals are output to AV control unit.
• Camera image signals are input from around view monitor control unit via video
output signal.
• Touch panel functions can be operated by touching display directly.
BOSE speaker amp.
speaker.
Front tweeter Outputs high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
Rear door tweeter Outputs high range sound signals from BOSE speaker amp.
tions.
A/C and AV switch assembly • Operation signal is transmitted via AV communication to AV control unit and
Steering switch
sensor signal.
• Receives image and sound signals from AV control unit and transmits them to
headrest display units.
• Receives image and sound signals from rear auxiliary input jacks and transmits
Video distributor
them to headrest display units.
• Transmits image and sound signals to headrest display unit and receives image
switch signal from headrest display units.

COMPONENT PARTS
A
• Composite image signals are input from video distributor.
• Receives DVD/AUX/USB sound signals from video distributor and transmits them
to headphones.
Headrest display units • Transmits image switch signal to video distributor according to remote control op- B
eration.
• Transmits image switch signal to AV control unit via AV communication according
to remote control operation.
C
Rear auxiliary input jacks Transmits image and sound signals to video distributor and headrest display units.
• Supplies power to front, rear and side cameras. D
• Superimposes images from each camera and outputs them to display unit.
• Superimposes guiding line, predicted course line and sonar indicator to camera
image that outputs to display unit.
Around view monitor control unit • Performs reception/transmission of communication signals with cameras. E
• Transmits sonar operation signal from sonar control unit via CAN communication.
• Receives sonar information from sonar control unit via CAN communication.
• Transmits data received/transmitted from sonar control unit to AV control unit via
CAN communication. F
• Outputs image of vehicle front to around view monitor control unit.
Front camera
• Performs reception/transmission of communication signal with around view moni- G
tor control unit.
• Outputs image of vehicle rear to around view monitor control unit.
Rear camera
H
tor control unit.
• Outputs image of vehicle LH side to around view monitor control unit. I
Side camera LH
tor control unit.
• Inputs power supply from around view monitor control unit. J
• Outputs image of vehicle RH side to around view monitor control unit.
Side camera RH
tor control unit.
• Connected to around view monitor control unit via CAN communication.
K
• Receives sonar operation signal from around view monitor control unit via CAN
communication.
Sonar control unit
• Transmits sonar detection status to around view monitor control unit via CAN com- L
munication.
• Judges warning level according to signals from front and rear sensors.
Front sensors Detects front obstacle distance and transmits signal to sonar control unit.
M
Rear sensors Detects rear obstacle distance and transmits signal to sonar control unit.
• Used for hands-free phone, voice recognition and INFINITI CONNECTIONS oper-
ations.
Microphone AV
• Microphone signal is transmitted to telematics control unit (TCU).
• Power (Microphone VCC) is supplied from TCU.
• Connected to the AV control unit via a USB harness for sound signal input/output
and USB communication. O
Telematics control unit (TCU) • Data is sent to and received from the INFNITI CONNECTIONS data center via the
TEL antenna.
• Inputs TEL voice signal from TEL antenna and outputs it to AV control unit.
P
• Receives TEL voice signals and outputs them to TCU.
TEL antenna
• Transmits TEL voice signals from TCU.
GPS antenna GPS signal is received and transmitted to AV control unit.

COMPONENT PARTS
Satellite radio antenna Satellite radio signal is received and transmitted to AV control unit.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
MULTI AV SYSTEM
B
AV
AWNIA2566GB
AUDIO SYSTEM
SYSTEM
• AV control unit
• Display unit
• Center speaker
• Front tweeters
• Subwoofer
• Window antenna
sends audio signals to the BOSE speaker amp. The BOSE speaker amp. amplifies the audio signals before
sending them to the speakers, tweeters and subwoofer.
• AV control unit
When the satellite radio system is on, radio signals are supplied to the AV control unit from the satellite
antenna. The AV control unit then sends audio signals to the BOSE speaker amp.
System Operation
NOTE:
system.
connection between their cellular telephone and the AV control unit. Hands-free cellular telephone calls can be
sent and received. Some Bluetooth® cellular telephones may not be recognized by the AV control unit. When
a cellular telephone or the AV control unit is replaced, the telephone must be paired with the AV control unit.
Different cellular telephones may have different pairing procedures, refer to the cellular telephone operating
manual.
AV Control Unit
When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON, the AV control unit will power up. During power up, the AV
control unit is initialized and performs various self-checks. Initialization may take up to 20 seconds. If a phone
is present in the vehicle and paired with the AV control unit, Infiniti Voice Recognition will then become active.
Bluetooth® telephone functions can be turned off using the Infiniti Voice Recognition system.
control switch circuit changes, depending on which button is pushed. The AV control unit uses this signal to
perform various functions while navigating through the voice recognition system.
• Record memos
Microphone
The microphone is located in the roof console assembly. The microphone sends a signal to the Telematics
Control Unit (TCU), which transmits the signal to the AV control unit via the USB communication circuits. The
microphone can be actively tested during self-diagnosis.

SYSTEM
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
A
System Operation
NOTE: B
Refer to NAVI System Owner's Manual for system operation.
The navigation system periodically calculates the vehicle's current position according to the following three
C
signals: Travel distance of the vehicle as determined by the vehicle speed sensor, turning angle of the vehicle
as determined by the gyroscope (angular velocity sensor), and the direction of vehicle travel as determined by
the GPS antenna (GPS information).
The current position of the vehicle is then identified by comparing the calculated vehicle position with map data D
read from the map data, which is stored in the hard disk drive (HDD) (map-matching), and indicated on the
screen with a current-location mark.
E
By comparing the vehicle position detection results found by the
GPS and by map-matching, more accurate vehicle position data can
be used.
F
The current vehicle position will be calculated by detecting the dis-
tance the vehicle moved from the previous calculation point and its
direction.
G
H
SEL684V
Travel Distance
Travel distance calculations are based on the vehicle speed input signal. Therefore, the calculation may I
become incorrect as the tires wear down. To prevent this, an automatic distance fine adjustment function has
been adopted.
Travel Direction J
Change in the travel direction of the vehicle is calculated by a gyroscope (angular velocity sensor) and a GPS
antenna (GPS information). As the gyroscope and GPS antenna have both merit and demerit, input signals
from them are prioritized in each situation. However, this order of priority may change in accordance with more K
detailed travel conditions so that the travel direction is detected more accurately.
Type Advantage Disadvantage L

• Direction errors may accumulate when the ve-
• Can detect the vehicle's turning angle quite
Gyroscope (angular velocity sensor) hicle is driven for long distances without stop-
accurately.
ping.
M
• Can detect the vehicle's travel direction • Correct direction cannot be detected when the
GPS antenna (GPS information)
(North/South/East/West). vehicle speed is low.
Map–Matching AV
Map–matching is a function that repositions the vehicle on the road
map when a new location is judged to be the most accurate. This is
done by comparing the current vehicle position, calculated by the O
method described in the position detection principle, with the road
map data around the vehicle, read from the map data stored on the
HDD.
Therefore, the vehicle position may not be corrected after the vehicle P
is driven over a certain distance or time in which GPS information is
hard to receive. In this case, the current-location mark on the display
must be corrected manually.
CAUTION:
SEL685V
The road map data is based on data stored on the HDD.

SYSTEM
• In map-matching, alternative routes to reach the destination will be
shown and prioritized, after the road on which the vehicle is cur-
rently driven has been judged and the current-location mark has
been repositioned.
If there is an error in distance and/or direction, the alternative
routes will be shown in different order of priority, and the wrong
road can be avoided.
If two roads are running in parallel, they are of the same priority.
Therefore, the current-location mark may appear on either of them
alternately, depending on maneuvering of the steering wheel and
configuration of the road.
SEL686V
• Map-matching does not function correctly when the road on which

the vehicle is driving is new and not recorded on the HDD, or when
the road pattern stored in the map data and the actual road pattern
are different due to repair.
When driving on a road not present in the map, the map-matching
function may find another road and position the current-location
mark on it. Then, when the correct road is detected, the current-
location mark may leap to it.
• Effective range for comparing the vehicle position and travel direc-
tion calculated by the distance and direction with the road data
read from the HDD is limited. Therefore, when there is an exces-
sive gap between the current vehicle position and the position on
ALNIA0671GB
the map, correction by map-matching is not possible.

GPS (Global Positioning System)
GPS (Global Positioning System) has been developed and con-
trolled by the US Department of Defense. The system utilizes GPS
satellite (NAVSTAR), sending out radio waves while flying on an orbit
around the earth at the height of approx. 21,000 km (13,000 mi).
The GPS receiver calculates the vehicle's position in three dimen-
sions (latitude/longitude/altitude) according to the time lag of the
radio waves received from four or more GPS satellites (three-dimen-
sional positioning). If radio waves were received only from three
GPS satellites, the GPS receiver calculates the vehicle's position in
two dimensions (latitude/longitude), utilizing the altitude data calcu-
lated previously by using radio waves from four or more GPS satel-
SEL526V
lites (two-dimensional positioning).
Accuracy of the GPS will deteriorate under the following conditions.
• In two-dimensional positioning, the GPS accuracy will deteriorate when the altitude of the vehicle position
changes.
• There may be an error of approximately 10 m (30 ft.) in position detected by three-dimensional positioning,
which is more accurate than two-dimensional positioning. The accuracy can be even lower depending on the
arrangement of the GPS satellites utilized for the positioning.
• Position detection is not possible when the vehicle is in an area where radio waves from the GPS satellite do
not reach, such as in a tunnel, parking lot in a building, and under an elevated highway. Radio waves from
the GPS satellites may not be received when some object is located over the GPS antenna.
• Position correction by GPS is not available while the vehicle is stopped.
• Image and sound can be output from an external device connected to the front auxiliary input jacks.
- To the headrest display units via AV control unit and video distributor.

SYSTEM
- To video distributor via AV control unit.
• Headphone sound signals are transmitted via infrared communication between headrest display units and A
headphones.
REAR ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM
• Image and sound (DVD, USB memory-stored video data and front auxiliary input) played by AV control unit B
can be enjoyed in rear seat using headrest display units and headphones.
• Image and sound of an external device connected to rear auxiliary input jacks for rear seat can be enjoyed in
rear seat using headrest display units and headphones. Also, image and sound from rear auxiliary input C
jacks can be selected and played individually on each side as well as on both sides.
NOTE:
Image signal and sound signal from rear auxiliary input jacks are not transmitted to front display unit and each
speaker. D
Operation Signal
• The rear entertainment system can be controlled by the rear seat remote control.
• The rear seat remote control transmits the operation signal to the remote control receiver built into headrest E
display units, which then transmits it to the AV control unit and video distributor.
Headphone Sound
• Sound signals output from AV control unit or rear auxiliary input jacks are transmitted to headrest display F
units via video distributor.
• Headphone sound signals are transmitted via infrared communication between headrest display units and
headphones. G
Headrest Display Units
• Composite image signals from AV control unit are transmitted to headrest display unit via video distributor.
• Image switch signals from headrest display units are transmitted to AV control unit and video distributor, H
according to rear seat remote control operation.
• When image switch signal is transmitted from headrest display unit to AV control unit via AV communication,
image played by AV control unit (DVD, USB memory-stored video data, and front auxiliary input) switches. I
• When image switch signal is transmitted from headrest display unit to video distributor, image output from
AV control unit and image output from rear auxiliary input jacks switch.
AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM J
• This system is equipped with wide-angle high-resolution cameras on the front and rear of the vehicle and on
both right and left door mirrors. The images from front view, rear view, front-side view (RH side), and birds-
eye view that shows the view from the top of the vehicle are displayed to monitor the vehicle surroundings.
K
• Around view monitor control unit cuts out and expands the image received from each camera to create each
view.
• The sonar indicator is viewed on display (superimposed on the camera image) in combination with the cam-
era assistance sonar system to warn of the approach of an obstacle. L
• In front view and rear view, the vehicle width, distance lines and predictive course lines are superimposed
and displayed. In front-side view, the vehicle distance guiding line and vehicle width guiding line are dis-
played. M
• The Birds-Eye view converts the images from 4 cameras into the overhead view and displays the status of
the vehicle. The vehicle icon and sonar indicator on the Birds-Eye view display are rendered by around view
AV
Around View Monitor Screen
• Around view monitor combines and displays the travel direction view and Birds-Eye view, Front-Side view
and then displays the sonar indicator on the Birds-Eye view, Front-Side view, Rear wide view.
• AV control unit renders the Change View switch, view icon, warning message on display. O
Operation Description
NOTE:
The first, second, and third camera image displayed when switched to the camera image display depends on P
the settings of Camera View Priority.
• Around view monitor operates by pressing the CAMERA switch on the A/C and AV switch assembly and
shifting the selector lever to the R position.
• When the selector lever is in any position other than R, the screen is switched to the around view monitor by
• The screen is switched to the around view monitor by shifting the selector lever to the R position.

SYSTEM
• The around view monitor’s, Birds-Eye view, Front-side view or rear wide view (rear only) can be switched by
• The around view monitor is cancelled 3 minutes after pressing the CAMERA switch, and the display returns
to the previous screen.
• ON/OFF setting of sonar indicator display on the Front-Side view screen can be performed.
• In Birds-Eye view, the invisible area is displayed on the image to specify the boundary of the 4 cameras. The
invisible area is displayed in yellow in the Birds-Eye view after turning the ignition switch ON.
• The sonar operates only when the camera screen is displayed.
SONAR SYSTEM
System Operation Description
• Around view monitor control unit transmits the sonar operation signal via CAN communication to sonar con-
trol unit to control the operation of sonar indicator and sonar buzzer.
• Sonar control unit transmits the detection signal and detection distance signal via CAN communication to
around view monitor control unit. Around view monitor control unit operates the applicable sonar indicator.
• When receiving a sonar operation signal from the around view monitor control unit, the sonar control unit
converts the signal into a detection distance signal and transmits it to the AV control unit via CAN communi-
cation. When receiving the detection signal, the AV control unit activates the speakers via the BOSE speaker
amp.
• The sonar control unit is capable of self diagnosis. It can detect sensor malfunction or sensor harness open
circuits. It transmits the diagnosis results to around view monitor control unit and always displays the sonar
indicator in red to inform the vehicle operator.
Obstacle Detection Distance
• Sonar control unit changes the outputs of the sonar indicator and warning buzzer in 3 stages according to
the obstacle detection distance from the corner sensor.
• The sonar control unit can change the setting of obstacle detection distance in 4 stages.
Obstacle detection image
AWNIA2591ZZ
A. Approx. 50 cm (19.6 in) B. Approx. 15 cm (5.9 in)

SYSTEM
Detection distance
Sensitivity level 1 Sensitivity level 2 Sensitivity level 3 Sensitivity level 4 A
Warning item
(Fastest warning) (Faster warning) (Default value) (Slower warning)
First stage
warning
B
Second stage
warning
Third stage C
Less than 50 cm (19.6 in) Less than 40 cm (15.7 in) Less than 30 cm (11.8 in) Less than 30 cm (11.8 in)
warning
Sonar Indicator Display

• Around view monitor control unit that receives the detection signal and detection distance signal from sonar D
control unit displays the sonar indicator on display.
• Around view monitor control unit changes the color or blinking cycle of the indicator according to the detec-
tion distance.
E
Color and blinking cycle of sonar indicator
JSNIA3149GB
Sonar Buzzer Operation K

• Each sonar sensor transmits a sensor signal to the sonar control unit when detecting an obstacle.
• The sonar control unit converts a signal received from each sonar sensor into distance and transmits detec-
tion distance signal to the AV control unit via AV communication. L
• The AV control unit transmits a buzzer signal to the BOSE amp. corresponding to each sonar sensor based
on the received signal.
• When receiving a buzzer signal, the BOSE amp. transmits the buzzer signal to the each speaker. When
each speaker receives a buzzer signal, a buzzer sounds. M
• When the front corner sensor detects an obstacle, a buzzer is heard from the speakers on the front side.
• When the rear corner sensor detects an obstacle, a buzzer is heard from the speakers on the rear side.
• It changes the buzzer cycle in 3 stages according to the detection distance. AV

SYSTEM
Sonar buzzer cycle
JSNIA3150GB
VEHICLE INFORMATION FUNCTION

• Status of audio, climate control system, fuel economy, maintenance and navigation are displayed.
• AV control unit displays the fuel consumption status while receiving data signal through CAN communication
from ECM and combination meter.
• AV control unit is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the vehicle settings
function.
INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCKING FUNCTION
The AV control unit recognizes a door-unlocked state of Intelligent Key according to an Intelligent Key recogni-
tion signal transmitted from BCM and saves two different types of audio settings and navigation settings.
Settings saved in the AV control unit
• Map display
• Route guidance
• Locator
• Route search
• Sound quality
• Radio preset
• Language

A
The AV control unit on board diagnosis includes the following functions: B

NOTE:
The hazard switch and disk eject switch are not included in this operation check. C
Mode Description D
Self Diagnosis • Diagnoses the connections across system components, between AV
control unit and GPS antenna.
E
The following check functions are available: color tone check by color
Display Diagnosis bar display and white display, light and shade check by gray scale dis-
play and touch panel calibration response check.
F
Vehicle Signals
lights, ignition, reverse, side view switch and room lamp.
Speaker Test The connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
G
Steering Angle Ad- When there is a difference between the actual turning angle and the ve-
justment hicle mark turning angle, it can be adjusted.
Navigation
When there is a difference between the current location mark and the ac- H
Speed Calibration
tual location, it can be adjusted.
The system malfunction and the frequency when occurring in the past
Error History are displayed. When the malfunctioning item is selected, the time and
place that the selected malfunction last occurred are displayed. I
Synchronizer FES Clock –
Confirmation/
Adjustment Vehicle CAN Diagnosis The transmitting/receiving of CAN communication can be monitored.
J
The communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be
AV COMM Diagnosis
monitored.
• The received volume adjustment of hands-free phone, microphone
K
Handsfree Phone/Infiniti Connection speaker check, and erase memory can be performed.
• Diagnosis of the Infiniti Connection system can be performed.
XM NaviTrffic Change Channel
• Any necessary channels required to receive traffic information from L
XM NavWeather
XM
XM CGS Change Application ID
• Any application ID'-s required to receive traffic information from the
Diag M
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase the connection history of unit and error history.
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory. AV
Version Information Version information of the AV control unit is displayed.
play anything, or the A/C and AV switch assembly self diagnosis does not function. O
P
METHOD OF STARTING

or more.
turned OFF.
JSNIA3034ZZ

clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. When self-
BACK button.
AWNIA2573ZZ

SKIB3961E
SELF DIAGNOSIS MODE

2. Self diagnosis screen is displayed. The bar graph visible in center of screen indicates progress of self
diagnosis.

3. Diagnosis results are displayed after the self-diagnosis is com-
pleted. The unit names and the connection lines are color-coded A
according to the diagnostic results.
G
JSNIA4613ZZ
Diagnosis results Unit Connection line

Normal Green Green H

I
• Replace AV control unit if Self Diagnosis did not run because control unit malfunction is indicated. The symptom is AV control
J
sis result screen. K
JPNIA1787ZZ
AV


circuits. Refer to AV-815, "AV CONTROL
UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Malfunction is detected in AV control unit • If no malfunction is detected in AV control
Control Unit
power supply and ground circuits. unit power supply and ground circuits, re-
place AV control unit. Refer to AV-883,
"Removal and Installation - AV Control
Unit".
detected:
ing.

Control unit ⇔ Front Display control unit and front display unit are mal-
control unit and front display unit.
functioning.
GPS antenna connection malfunctions de- Check the connection of the GPS antenna
Control unit ⇔ GPS Antenna
tected. connector.
Control unit ⇔ XM Antenna Satellite radio antenna disconnection
tion is detected.
detected:
circuits.
sis Procedure".
are malfunctioning.
detected:
Control unit ⇔ Around view supply and ground circuits are malfunc-
Around view ⇔ Parking Sensor tioning.
control unit.
detected:
Control unit ⇔ Parking Sensor ground circuits.
Around view ⇔ Parking Sensor • AV communication circuits between AV
malfunctioning.

A
detected:
• Video distributor power supply and B
• video distributor power supply and
ground circuits.
Control unit ⇔ Video Dist.(Rear) and ground circuits are malfunctioning.
Video Dist.(Rear) ⇔ Rear display 2 • AV communication circuits between AV
• AV communication circuits between AV C
are malfunctioning.
• location recognition signal circuit be- D
ground.
detected: • Headrest display unit RH power supply E
Video Dist.(Rear) ⇔ Rear display 2 F
tween headrest display unit RH and ground. G

1. Select Confirmation/Adjustment. H
switch to return to the initial Confirmation/Adjustment screen. I
K
JSNIA2990ZZ
AV

Display Diagnosis
JSNIA2176GB
Vehicle Signals
JSNIA2991ZZ
Speaker Test

Start to generate a test tone in a speaker. Press Start again to gener- A
JPNIA1828ZZ
D
Navigation
STEERING ANGLE ADJUSTMENT
The steering angle output value detected with the gyroscope is
adjusted. E
JSNIA2179ZZ
H
SPEED CALIBRATION
During normal driving, distance error caused by tire wear and tire
pressure change is automatically adjusted for by the automatic dis- I
tance correction function. This function, on the other hand, is for
immediate adjustment, in cases such as driving with tire chain fitted
on tires. J
JSNIA2180ZZ
L
Error History
The self-diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when “Self-diagnosis” is
selected until the self-diagnosis results are displayed.
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned M
ON and then no error has occurred until the self-diagnosis start. Check the “Error Record” to detect any error
that may have occurred before the self-diagnosis start because of this situation.
The error record displays the time and place of the most recent occurrence of that error. However, take note of AV
the following points.
• If there is a malfunction with the GPS antenna circuit board in the AV control unit, the correct date and time
of occurrence may not be able to be displayed.
• Place of the error occurrence is represented by the position of the current location mark at the time an error O
occurred. If current location mark has deviated from the correct position, then the place of the error occur-
rence cannot be located correctly.
• The frequency of occurrence is displayed in a count up manner. The actual count up method differs depend- P
ing on the error item.
Count up method A
Count up method B


rence frequency
JPNIA1788GB
Error item

Perform diagnosis with CONSULT, and
CAN communication malfunction is detect- then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
ed. ing to the diagnosis results.
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV)
malfunction is detected.
Replace the AV control unit if the malfunc-
Connection Of Gyro tion occurs constantly.
Connection of G Sensor Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installation
- AV Control Unit".
CAN Controller Memory Error AV control unit malfunction is detected.
Bluetooth® Module Connection Error
Sub CPU Connection Error
Audio connection error
DSP Connection Error • If a disc can be played, then there is a
malfunction.
AV control unit malfunction is detected. • Replace the AV control unit if the mal-
DSP Communication Error function occurs constantly.
Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installa-

A
HDD Connection Error
• There is a possibility of the detection of a
HDD Read Error temporary malfunction.
HDD Write Error AV control unit malfunction is detected. B
HDD Communication Error Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installa-
HDD Access Error
GPS Communication Error • An intermittent error caused by strong ra- C
dio interference may be detected unless
GPS ROM Error
any symptom (GPS reception error, etc.)
GPS RAM Error occurs.
GPS malfunction is detected. D
GPS RTC Error Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installa-
tion - AV Control Unit". E
The writing of configuration data is incom-
Unfinished configuration Write configuration data with CONSULT.
plete.
USB Controller Communication Error USB connection malfunction is detected.

Check that the connection to the USB con- F
nector is normal.
• If DVD can be played, then there is a
G
malfunction.
DVD Mechanism Communication Error AV control unit malfunction is detected. • Replace the AV control unit if the mal-
Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installa- H
Steer. Angle Sensor Calibration justment of the steering angle sensor is in- sition of the steering angle sensor.
I
complete. Refer to AV-646, "CONSULT Function".
tion". J
detected:
• Front display unit power supply and
• front display unit power supply and
ground circuits. K
Front Display Connection Error ground circuits are malfunctioning.
AV control unit and front display unit.
AV control unit and front display unit are
malfunctioning. L
detected:
• Video distributor power supply and
• video distributor power supply and M
ground circuits.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT and ground circuits are malfunctioning.
• 2nd Display Connection Error • AV communication circuits between AV AV
are malfunctioning.
• location recognition signal circuit be-
ground. O
detected: • Headrest display unit RH power supply P
3rd Display Connection Error
tween headrest display unit RH and ground.

AM/FM antenna amplifier short to ground Radio antenna amp. ON signal circuit mal- Radio antenna amp. ON signal circuit be-
AM/FM antenna amplifier open function is detected. tween AV control unit and antenna amp.
Ext_Amp_ON output terminal short to

ground BOSE amp. ON signal circuit malfunction is BOSE amp. ON signal circuit between AV
detected. control unit and BOSE amp.
Ext_Amp_ON output terminal :open
GPS antenna connection malfunction is de- Check the connection of the GPS antenna
GPS Antenna Error
tected. connector.
XM Antenna Connection Error Satellite radio antenna disconnection.
tion is detected.
Check USB harness between the AV con-
USB electric current Error Detection of overcurrent in USB connector.
trol unit and USB connector.
FL-DOOR SPEAKER: short to ground detected:
FL-DOOR TWEETER OUT: open functioning. • Sound signal circuits between BOSE

FR-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short
detected:
FR-DOOR TWEETER OUT: open amp. and front door speaker RH are mal- amp. and front door speaker RH.
ground functioning.

tery

speaker.

A
2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short When either one of the following items are
2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to ground detected:
• Sound signal circuits between BOSE • Sound signal circuits between BOSE
B
2L-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to battery amp. and rear door speaker LH are mal- amp. and rear door speaker LH.
2L-DOOR TWEETER OUT: open functioning. • Sound signal circuits between BOSE
• sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. and rear door tweeter LH. C
2L-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short amp. and rear door tweeter LH are mal-
2L-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short to ground functioning.
2L-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short to battery

D
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to ground When either one of the following items are E
detected:
2R-DOOR SPEAKER OUT: short to battery • Sound signal circuits between BOSE • Sound signal circuits between BOSE
2R-DOOR TWEETER OUT: open amp. and rear door speaker RH are mal- amp. and rear door speaker RH.
functioning. • Sound signal circuits between BOSE F
2R-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short • Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. and rear door tweeter RH.
2R-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short to amp. and rear door tweeter RH are mal-
ground functioning.
G
2R-DOOR TWEETER OUT: short to bat-
tery
RL-SPEAKER OUT: open H
RL-SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp.
RL-SPEAKER OUT: short to battery I

RR-SPEAKER OUT: short Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. Sound signal circuits between BOSE amp. J
RR-SPEAKER OUT: short to ground and rear speaker RH are malfunctioning. and rear speaker RH.

SUBWOOFER OUT: open K
L
SUBWOOFER OUT: short to battery
detected:
• multifunction switch power supply and
• Multifunction switch power supply and M
ground circuits were malfunctioning.
• Switches Connection Error • AV communication circuits between AV
control unit and multifunction switch are AV
malfunctioning.
detected:
circuits. O
• AV COMM CIRCUIT Refer to AV-816, "BOSE AMP. : Diagno-
• Amplifier Connection Error sis Procedure".
headrest display unit LH and BOSE amp. P
are malfunctioning.

detected:
• AV COMM CIRCUIT supply and ground circuits are malfunc-
• AVM Connection Error tioning.
control unit.
detected:
• Sonar Connection Error • AV communication circuits between AV
malfunctioning.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
• Switches Connection Error
• 2nd Display Connection Error AV communication circuits between AV
AV communication circuits between AV
• AV COMM CIRCUIT control unit and multifunction switch are
• Switches Connection Error malfunctioning.
• Amplifier Connection Error
• 2nd Display Connection Error

Malfunction counter
(Past)
Tx(HVAC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA2391ZZ
Rx(ECM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(HVAC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(USM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(TPMS) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(STRG) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
Rx(ACC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
RX(VDC) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
NOTE:
AV COMM Diagnosis

• Displays the communication status between AV control unit (mas-
ter unit) and each unit. A
B
C
Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
C Tx(ITM–PrimarySW) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39 JSNIA4591ZZ
D
C Rx(PrimarySW–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Amp–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Amp–Audio) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39 E
C Rx(AVM–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Disp.3–Video Dist) OK / ??? / – OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Video Dist–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
F
C Rx(Sonar–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Sonar–AVM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39 G
C Rx(R.RemoteCont–ITM) OK / ??? OK / 0 – 39
NOTE:
“???” indicates UNKWN H
Hands-Free Phone
The hands-free phone reception volume adjustment and microphone
and speaker test functions are also available. I
JSNIA2183ZZ
L
XM
• Change Channel
- Any necessary channels required to receive traffic information from
the satellite radio system can be set. M
• Change Application ID
- Any application ID'-s required to receive traffic information from the
satellite radio system can be set. AV
JSNIA2484ZZ
Delete Unit Connection Log P

control unit memory. (Clear the records of the unit that has been
removed.)
JSNIA2189ZZ
Initialize Settings
possible.
CAUTION:
JSNIA2190ZZ
Version Information
Version information of the AV control unit is displayed.
JSNIA2191ZZ
CAUTION:
CONSULT FUNCTIONS

Direct Diagnostic Mode Description A

B
• The vehicle specification can be read and saved. C
Configuration
D
ECU IDENTIFICATION
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT E
DATA MONITOR F
VHCL SPD SIG [On/Off] G
line.
ILLUM SIG [On/Off] Indicates condition of illumination signal for the A/C and AV switch assembly. H
I
WORK SUPPORT
J
CONFIGURATION K
Refer to LAN-23, "CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor". L
AV

CAUTION:
CONSULT FUNCTIONS
CONSULT performs the following functions via communication with the around view monitor control unit.

Ecu Identification The around view monitor control unit part number is displayed.
Self Diagnostic Result The around view monitor control unit self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The around view monitor control unit input/output data is displayed in real time.
Work support The settings for around view monitor control unit functions can be changed.
Configuration
• The vehicle specification can be written when replacing around view monitor control unit.
CAN Diag Support Mntr The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed.
ECU IDENTIFICATION
The part number of around view monitor control unit is displayed.
DATA MONITOR

ST ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of steering angle sensor signal.
REVERSE SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates selector lever position.
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL [mph/km/h] Indicates condition of vehicle speed signal.
CAMERA SWITCH SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of camera switch signal.
CAMERA OFF SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of camera OFF signal.
ST ANGLE SENSOR TYPE [Absolute] Indicates steering angle sensor type.
ST GEAR RATIO TYPE [Type O] Indicates steering gear ratio type.
STEERING POSITION [LHD/RHD] Indicates drive type.
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL [OK] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
R-CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication.
R-CAMERA COMM LINE [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication signal.
F-CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL [OK] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
F-CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication.
F-CAMERA COMM LINE [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication signal.
DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG [OK] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
DR CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication.
DR-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication signal.
PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG [OK] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
PA CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication.
PA-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE [OK] Indicates condition of camera communication signal.
ACC [OK] indicates condition of accessory signal.

A
WORK SUPPORT B

NON-VIEWABLE AREA REMINDER — ON/OFF setting of non-viewable area can be performed. C
INITIALIZE CAMERA IMAGE
— Factory image calibration restoration can be performed.
CALIBRATION
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR D
— Steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment can be performed.
ADJUSTMENT
STATUS
E
Performs calibration of front camera.
(FRONT CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE F
STATUS

Performs calibration of passenger side camera.
(PASS-SIDE CAMERA) AXIS Y G
ROTATE
STATUS
H
Performs calibration of driver side camera.
(DR-SIDE CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE I
STATUS

Performs calibration of rear camera. J
(REAR CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE
STATUS K
SELECT
Confirmation and adjustment of difference between each camera can be per-
FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW AXIS X
formed. L
AXIS Y
ROTATE
STATUS M
REAR WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X
Performs calibration of rear wide-view guide line correction.
Pattern
AV
STATUS
TURNING RADIUS CORRECTION Performs calibration of turning radius correction.
Crrct
O
PARTS WITH DOOR MIRROR AUTO On
Performs setting of auto fold mirror function.
FOLD FUNC Off
SONAR Off POP-UP DISPLAY On P

Performs setting of sonar pop-up display.
SETTING CHANGE Off
STATUS
FRONT WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X

Performs calibration of front wide-view guide line correction.
Pattern

STATUS
ZOOM FUNCTION SELECT Adjustment of magnification setting of cameras can be performed.
Mgnfct
CONFIGURATION
Refer to AV-745, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Description".

TOR)]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW
A
MONITOR)]
B
CAUTION:
be cycled OFF → ON (for at least 5 seconds) → OFF. If this step is not performed, the BCM may not go C
APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown as follows: D
Test mode Function

Ecu Identification Sonar control unit part number can be read.
E
Self Diagnostic Result Sonar control unit checks the conditions and displays memorized error.
Data Monitor Sonar control unit input/output data in real time.
F
Active Test Gives a drive signal to a load to check the operation.
Work support Changes setting of each function.
G
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Displays the part number of sonar control unit.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS H
For details, refer to AV-682, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
I

VEHICLE SPEED [mph/km/h] Indicates vehicle speed signal received from combination meter on CAN communication line. J
SONAR C/U POWER SUPPLY [V] Indicates condition of supply voltage signal to sonar control unit.
SENSOR VOLTAGE [V] Indicates condition of voltage signal to sonar sensors.
DETECTION MODE [Mode 1/Mode 2] Indicates condition of display detection mode. K
SW OPRT AFTR IGN ON [Yes/No] Indicates condition of switch operation after ignition ON signal.
SONAR TEMPORARY OFF [Yes/No] Indicates condition of sonar system.
L
SONAR PERMANENT OFF [Yes/No] Indicates condition of sonar system.
P N RANGE [On/Off] Indicates condition of selector lever P (park) or N (neutral) position.
LED [On/Off] Indicates condition of LED. M
TRAILER CONNECT [CON/N CON] Indicates condition of Trailer connector.
REVERSE RANGE [On/Off] Indicates condition of transmission range switch R (reverse) position.
AV

TOR)]
SHRT DST FRM RR SENS [cm/in]
SHRT DST FRM FR SENS [cm/in]
COR[RL] [cm/in]
COR[RL]->CEN[RL]/CEN[R] [cm/in]
CEN[RL]/CEN[R]->COR[RL] [cm/in]
CEN[RL]/CEN[R] [cm/in]
CEN[RL]->CEN[RR] [cm/in]
Indicates distance to obstacle.
CEN[RR]->CEN[RL] [cm/in]
CEN[RR] [cm/in]
CEN[RR]/CEN[R]->COR[RR] [cm/in]
COR[RR]-> CEN[RR]/CEN[R] [cm/in]
COR[RR] [cm/in]
COR[FL] [cm/in]
COR[FR] [cm/in]
RVRB TIME COR[RL] [ms/sec]
RVRB TIME COR[RR] [ms/sec]
RVRB TIME CEN[RL] [ms/sec] Indicates distance to obstacle.
RVRB TIME CEN[RR] [ms/sec]
RVRB TIME COR[FL] [ms/sec]
RVRB TIME COR[FR] [ms/sec]
ACTIVE TEST
Test Item Description

REAR BUZZER This test is able to check rear buzzer operation [On/Off].
WORK SUPPORT

Vol.1
Low
Vol.3
VOLUME SETTING Middle Allows you to set volume of warning tone.
Vol.5
High
Off
Qu
TRAILER HITCH DETECTION UP

Allows you to adjust rear sonar sensors for trailer towing.
RANGE ADJUSTMENT DOWN
Qd

AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]

AV CONTROL UNIT
B

C
VHCL SPD SIG
PKB SIG
E
ILLUM SIG
IGN SIG
REV SIG G
TERMINAL LAYOUT
H
AV
O
ALNIA1353ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
P

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch

(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E
Press SOURCE switch. 0V
Press switch. 1.0 V
6 15 Press switch. 2.0 V

(G) (B)
Press switch 3.0 V
Press ENTER switch. 4.0 V

7
(G)
— — — — —
(BR) shield

(W) (B) RH
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) RH
SKIB3609E
Press switch. 0V
Press switch. 1.0 V

16 15
Steering switch signal B Input ON 2.0 V
(W) (B) Press switch.
Press switch. 3.0 V

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
19 B
(Y)
20
(GR) C
D
24 39 Sound output when front
Auxiliary sound signal LH Input ON
(W) (B) AUX mode selected
E
SKIB3609E
F
(W) (R) LH
play unit LH or RH. G
SKIB3609E
H

27 41 Headphone sound signal I
(B) (G) RH
play unit LH or RH.
J
SKIB3609E

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
K
38 39 When front AUX mode is L

Auxiliary sound signal RH Input ON
(R) (B) selected.
M
SKIB3609E

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
AV
53 Parking brake is applied. 0V
(G) Parking brake is released. 4.5 V
55 Composite image signal O
(W) ground
56 When DVD image is dis-

(B) played.
SKIB2251J

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
57
— I-Key memory — — — —
(BG)
58
— AV-ACC (DCM) — — — —
(G)
59
— Microphone signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
60
Ground Microphone voltage Output ON — 5.0 V
(W)

Ground Output ON
(W) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
PKIB5039J
62 Input/
— CAN–L — — —
(P) Output
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
— — — — —
(LG) (L) terminate
67
— MR output — — — —
(P)
68
(LG)
Selector lever is in R posi-
Battery voltage
69 tion.
(R) Selector lever is in other
0V
than R position.
NOTE:
tination unit).

Ground Input ON
(BG) pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
JSNIA0012GB

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
72 Composite image synchro-

Ground Output ON At DVD image is displayed.
(R) nizing signal
SKIB2251J

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
B
75 59 C
Microphone signal Input ON Give a voice.
(B) (Shield)
PKIB5037J D
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
E
77 Communication signal When adjusting display F

Ground Input ON
(B) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
PKIB5039J
G
78 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output
H
— — — — —
(SB) (H)
— — — — — I
(SB) (H) terminate
J
91 At front AUX image is dis-
Ground Auxiliary image signal Input ON
(W) played.
K
SKIB2251J

(B)
Ground
ground
— ON — 0V L

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
M
97 Pressing the eject switch. 0V
(Y) Except for above. 5.0 V
98 AV
(V)
(W) ground
O
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
P
RH.
SKIB2251J

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
122 123
Sound signal guide Output ON Sound output
(B) (W)
SKIB3609E
124 132 Pre amp sound signal sub-

(B) (W) woofer
SKIB3609E
125 133 Pre amp sound signal cen-

(W) (B) ter
SKIB3609E

— — — — —
(Y) shield
131
— Sound signal guide shield — — — —
(Shield)
137 VBUS signal
— — — — —
(W) (USB interface)
138 USB ground
— — — — —
(G) (USB interface)
139 USB D+ signal
— — — — —
(L) (USB interface)
140 USB D− signal
— — — — —
(R) (USB interface)
141 USB shield
— — — — —
(Shield) (USB interface)
142
Ground Antenna amp. ON signal Input ON — Battery voltage
(B)
143
— AM-FM main Input — — —
(B)
144
(B)
145 USB D- signal
— Input — — —
(B) (Telematics)
146 USB VBUS signal
— Input — — —
(B) (Telematics)
Manufacturer specific sig-
147
— nal Input — — —
(W)
(Telematics)

AV CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
151 VOICE ground B
— Input — — —
(L) (Telematics)
152 U-VOICE signal
— Input — — —
(W) (Telematics) C
153 USB D+ signal
— Input — — —
(L/W) (Telematics)
154 D
(Shield)
160 D-VOICE signal
— — — — —
(B) (Telematics) E
161 USB shield
— — — — —
162
—
RGB digital image signal
— — — — F
(Shield) shield
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
G
Ground Output ON Connector disconnected. 1.3 V
(B) (−)
165 RGB digital image signal H
Ground Output ON Connector disconnected. 1.3 V
(B) (+)
166 Satellite radio antenna sig-
Ground Input ON Connector disconnected. 5.0 V
(B) nal
I
188
Ground GPS antenna signal Input ON Connector disconnected. 5.0 V
(B)
189 J
— GPS antenna signal shield — — — —
(Shield)
Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000009129298
K
When the ambient temperature becomes extremely low or extremely high, AV control unit displays a message
and limits the function of the AV control unit.
FAIL-SAFE CONDITIONS L
When the ambient temperature is −20°C (−4°F) or lower, or when it is 70°C (158°F) or higher.
Display
The following messages are displayed during fail-safe: M
Fail-safe mode Display

HDD system is experiencing problems due to extreme low temperature. AV
When HDD temperature is low
Normal operation will resume when temperature rises.
HDD system is experiencing problems due to extreme high temperature.
When HDD temperature is high
Normal operation will resume when temperature drops. O
DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS
P
Operation A/C and AV switch assembly can be operated.
Air conditioner • LEDs of A/C and AV switch assembly illuminate.
Display
• Temperature, mode and blower speed are displayed in a simplified mode.
Operation Only ON/OFF and volume control operations of A/C and AV switch assembly are available.
Audio
Display “Fail-safe mode” is displayed.

AV CONTROL UNIT
Operation Image tone cannot be controlled.
Camera
Display Cannot be superimposed. (warning display, tone control display)
Hands-free phone Operation Inoperative.
Navigation Operation Inoperative.
Self diagnosis Displays in a simplified mode.
CONSULT diagnosis Inoperative.
Ability Operation Mode

If HDD data can be read, “Fail-safe mode” is displayed and functions listed above can be operated.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM

U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT AV-755, "AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic"
U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN) AV-756, "AV CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic"
U1201: GYRO NO CONN AV-758, "DTC Logic"
U1202: G-SENSOR NO CONN AV-759, "DTC Logic"
U1204: GPS COMM AV-760, "DTC Logic"
U1205: GPS ROM AV-761, "DTC Logic"
U1206: GPS RAM AV-762, "DTC Logic"
U1207: GPS RTC AV-763, "DTC Logic"
U1217: BLUETOOTH MODULE AV-765, "DTC Logic"
U1218: HDD CONN AV-766, "DTC Logic"
U1219: HDD READ AV-767, "DTC Logic"
U121A: HDD WRITE AV-768, "DTC Logic"
U121B: HDD COMM AV-769, "DTC Logic"
U121C: HDD ACCESS AV-770, "DTC Logic"
U121D: DSP CONN AV-771, "DTC Logic"
U121E: DSP COMM AV-772, "DTC Logic"
U1225: USB CONTROLLER AV-773, "DTC Logic"
U1227: DVD COMM AV-774, "DTC Logic"
U1228: SUB CPU CONN AV-775, "DTC Logic"
U1229: iPod CERTIFICATION AV-776, "DTC Logic"
U122A: CONFIG UNFINISH AV-777, "DTC Logic"
U122E: Built-in AUDIO CONN AV-778, "DTC Logic"
U1231: AMP TEMP AV-779, "DTC Logic"
U1244: GPS ANTENNA CONN AV-783, "DTC Logic"
U1258: XM ANTENNA CONN AV-784, "DTC Logic"
U125A: 3RD DISP CONN AV-785, "DTC Logic"
U1263: USB OVERCURRENT AV-786, "DTC Logic"
U1264: ANTENNA AMP TERMINAL (OPEN or SHORT) AV-787, "DTC Logic"

AV CONTROL UNIT
A
B
• U124E: AMP CONN
• U1246: VIDEO DIST CONN C
D
AV-789, "Description"
• U1240: SWITCH CONN E
F
• U124E: AMP CONN
• U125C: SONAR CONN G
U1310: CONTROL UNIT (AV) AV-799, "DTC Logic" H
U1603: FL-DOOR WOOFER/TWEETER I
(VB-SHOR)
AV-800, "DTC Logic"
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-SHORT) J
U160B: FR-DOOR WOOFER/TWEETER
(VB-SHOR)
U1627: F-INST L-TWEETER K
AV-801, "DTC Logic"
(OPEN, SHORT, GND-SHORT or VB-SHOR) L
U162A: F-INST C-SQAWK
AV-802, "DTC Logic"
U1684: 2L-DOOR SPEAKER/TWEETER M
(VB-SHOR)
AV-803, "DTC Logic" AV
U162C: 2R-DOOR SPEAKER/TWEETER
O
(VB-SHOR)
AV-804, "DTC Logic"
P
U176A: R-ROOF L-WK
AV-805, "DTC Logic"
U1772: R-ROOF R-WK

DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
TERMINAL LAYOUT
AWNIA2572ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Output switch
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
8 When camera image is dis-

Ground Camera image signal Input ON
(B) played
SKIB2251J

Ground Output ON
PKIB5039J

Ground Input ON
PKIB5039J
11
(Y)
12
(B)

DISPLAY UNIT
Terminal
Output switch
B
18 When DVD image is dis- C

(B) played.
SKIB2251J D
(W) ground
E
20 Composite image synchro- F

Ground Input ON —
(R) nizing signal
SKIB0825E
G
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
H
23
(P)
— — — — — I
(Shield) shield
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
J
— Input — — —
(B) (−)
— Input — — —
(B) (+) K
AV

BOSE AMP.
BOSE AMP.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
ALNIA1355ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Output switch
— — — — —
(B) (H) terminate
— — — — —
(B) (H)
16
(W)
24 4
Sound signal guide Input ON Sound output
(B) (W)
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E

(B) (W) RH
SKIB3609E

BOSE AMP.
Terminal
Output switch
B
27 7 Pre amp sound signal rear C

(B) (W) LH
SKIB3609E D
E
(B) (W) RH
F
SKIB3609E
29 9 Pre amp sound signal cen-

(B) (W) ter H
SKIB3609E
I
30 10 Pre amp sound signal cen- J

(B) (W) ter
K
SKIB3609E
— — — — —
(W) (L) terminate
L
— — — — —
(W) (L)
39 AV communication signal M
— — — — —
(B) shield
AV
Sound signal rear door
41 42
speaker and rear door Output ON Sound output
(G) (W)
tweeter RH
O
SKIB3609E
43 44 Sound signal front door

(W) (P) speaker RH
SKIB3609E

BOSE AMP.
Terminal
Output switch
Sound signal rear door

45 46
speaker and rear door Output ON Sound output
(P) (R)
tweeter LH
SKIB3609E
47
(B)
50
(LG)
51
(Y)
52
(B)
53 48 Sound signal front door

(G) (R) speaker LH
SKIB3609E
54 49
(B) (W)
SKIB3609E
55
Ground Subwoofer amp. ON signal Output ACC — Battery voltage
(W)
56 69 Sound signal instrument

(R) (G) panel tweeter LH
SKIB3609E

(P) (R) er
SKIB3609E

BOSE AMP.
Terminal
Output switch
B
59 72 Sound signal front tweeter C

(G) (W) RH
SKIB3609E D
E
(W) (G) speaker LH
F
SKIB3609E

(W) (G) speaker RH H
SKIB3609E
I
64 75 Sound signal front tweeter J

(G) (W) LH
K
SKIB3609E

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
L
M
71 70
(G) (W)
AV
SKIB3609E

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSNIA3024ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Output switch
1
(B)
2
(V)
3
(B)
4
(W)
(BR) control ground

Ground Output
(L) ACC signal ACC — 0V
(SB) control ground

Ground Output
(BR) ACC signal ACC — 0V
9 Headrest display unit RH headrest display unit RH.
Ground Input ON
(SB) image switch signal When rear AUX image is
play unit RH.
10 Headrest display unit LH headrest display unit LH.
Ground Input ON
(L) image switch signal When rear AUX image is
play unit LH.

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Terminal
Output switch
B

14 15 C
(R) (G)
RH RH to headphone.
SKIB3609E D
E
16 17
(B) (W)
LH RH to headphone.
F
SKIB3609E

Ground — ON — 0V G
(V) AV ground
(V) AV ground
H

20 21 I
(B) (G)
RH LH to headphone.
J
SKIB3609E
K
22 23
(W) (R)
LH LH to headphone.
L
SKIB3609E
Headrest display unit RH M

27
(W)
ground
AV
28 Headrest display unit RH AUX or rear AUX image is
Ground Output ON
(B) composite image signal displayed on headrest dis- O
play unit RH.
SKIB2251J
P
29
(Shield)
shield
30
(Shield)
shield

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Terminal
Output switch
31
(P)
ground

32 Headrest display unit LH AUX or rear AUX image is
Ground Output ON
(L) composite image signal displayed on headrest dis-
play unit LH.
SKIB2251J

(W) ground

RH.
SKIB2251J

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
When rear AUX image is

40 39
Auxiliary image signal Input ON displayed on headrest dis-
(B) (W)
play unit LH or RH.
SKIB2251J

— — — — —
(Shield) shield

Input ON
(W) (R) LH headrest display unit LH or
RH.
SKIB3609E

Input ON
(B) (G) RH headrest display unit LH or
RH.
SKIB3609E

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
— — — — —
(Shield) shield

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Terminal
Output switch
B

54 56 C
Auxiliary sound signal LH Input ON selected on headrest dis-
(B) (W)
play unit LH or RH.
SKIB3609E D
E
55 56
Auxiliary sound signal RH Input ON selected on headrest dis-
(R) (W)
play unit LH or RH.
F
SKIB3609E
AV

TERMINAL LAYOUT
ALNIA1528ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Driver Seat
Terminal Condi-
Description
Output switch

(W) (B) LH
SKIB3609E

(G) (R) RH
SKIB3609E

— — — —
(LG) shield

5
(Y)
SKIB2251J

play unit
8 OFF — 3.3 V
(G) ACC — 0V

Terminal Condi-
Description
Output switch
10 AV communication signal Input/ B
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
— — — —
(P) (H) Output C
12
(G)
13 D
(BR)
15
(W) E
16
(W)
19
Ground AV ground — ON — 0V F
(V)
— — — — —
(P) shield
G
(G) ground
23 H
(Y)
24 Input/
— CON CK B — — —
(SB) Output
I
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
27 AV communication signal Input/ J
— — — —
(LG) (H) Output
29 Input/
— CON CK B — — —
(GR) Output
K
31
(G)
32
Ground Ground — ON — 0V L
(G)
Passenger Seat
M
AV

Terminal Condi-
Description
Output switch

(W) (B) LH
SKIB3609E

(G) (R) RH
SKIB3609E

— — — —
(LG) shield

5
(Y)
SKIB2251J

play unit
8 OFF — 3.3 V
(G) ACC — 0V
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
— — — —
(P) (H) Output
13
(BR)
15
(W)
16
(W)
19
(V)
— — — — —
(P) shield
(G) ground
23
(Y)

Terminal Condi-
Description
Output switch
24 Input/ B
— CON CK B — — —
(SB) Output
— — — —
(R) (L) Output C
— — — —
(LG) (H) Output
28 D
(G)
29 Input/
— CON CK B — — —
(GR) Output E
31
(G)
32
Ground Ground — ON — 0V F
(G)
AV


Ignition switch in any position except ACC. NG
ACC
Ignition switch in ACC position. OK
CAMERA switch ON. Off
CAMERA OFF SIGNAL
CAMERA switch OFF. On
CAMERA switch OFF. Off
CAMERA SWITCH SIGNAL
CAMERA switch ON. On
DR CAMERA COMM STATUS
DR-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE
DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG
F-CAMERA COMM LINE
F-CAMERA COMM STATUS
F-CAMERA IMAGE SIG
Door mirror LH not in fold position. Off
Door mirror LH in fold position. On
Door mirror RH not in fold position. Off
Door mirror RH in fold position. On
PA CAMERA COMM STATUS
PA-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE
PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG
R-CAMERA COMM LINE
R-CAMERA COMM STATUS
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
When selector lever is in any position other than R (reverse). Off
REVERSE SIGNAL
When selector lever in R (reverse). On
Around view monitor control unit is not receiving steering angle
Off
sensor signal.
ST ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL
Around view monitor control unit is receiving steering angle sen-
On
sor signal.

A
ST ANGLE SENSOR TYPE Steering angle sensor type. Absolute
ST GEAR RATIO TYPE Steering gear ratio type. Type O
Left hand drive vehicle. LHD B
STEERING POSITION
Right hand drive vehicle. RHD
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL While driving, equivalent to speedometer reading mph, km/h
C
TERMINAL LAYOUT
F
ALNIA1356ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
G
Terminal
+ – Signal name Operation H
Output switch
1
(B)
I
2
(Y)
3 J
(LG)
4
(P)
K
— — — —
(B) (H) Output
— — — — L
(W) (L) Output
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
M
25 R position Battery voltage
(LG) Other than R position 0V
27 AV
— CAN (H) — — — —
(B)
28
— CAN (L) — — — —
(W)
O
29
— CAN shield — — — —
(Shield)
30 P
(W)
32
(G)

Terminal
Output switch
47
Ground Camera image signal Output ON At camera image display
(B)
SKIB2251J

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
49 Rear view camera commu- Input/ “CAMERA” switch is ON or

Ground ON
(W) nication signal Output shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0836GB
50 Rear view camera power “CAMERA” switch is ON or

52
Ground Rear view camera ground — ON — 0V
(R)
53 Rear view camera image “CAMERA” switch is ON or

54 Input ON
(G) signal shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0834GB
55 Side camera LH communi- Input/ “CAMERA” switch is ON or

Ground ON
(B) cation signal Output shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0836GB
56 Side camera LH power “CAMERA” switch is ON or

(W) supply shift position is “R”.
58
Ground Side camera LH ground — ON — 0V
(G)
59 Side camera LH image sig- “CAMERA” switch is ON or

60 Input ON
(R) nal shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0834GB

Terminal
Output switch
B
61 Side camera RH communi- Input/ “CAMERA” switch is ON or C

Ground ON
(W) cation signal Output shift position is “R”.
JSNIA0836GB D
62 Side camera RH power “CAMERA” switch is ON or
64
E
Ground Side camera RH ground — ON — 0V
(R)
65 Side camera RH image sig- “CAMERA” switch is ON or

66 Input ON
(G) nal shift position is “R”.
G
JSNIA0834GB
H
67 Front camera communica- Input/ “CAMERA” switch is ON or I

Ground ON
(B) tion signal Output shift position is “R”.
J
JSNIA0836GB
Ground Front camera power supply Output ON 6.0 V
(W) shift position is “R”.
K
70
Ground Front camera ground — ON — 0V
(G)
72 Front camera image signal Input ON
(R) shift position is “R”. M
JSNIA0834GB
AV
O
U1302: CAMERA SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE ABNORMALITY AV-791, "DTC Logic"
U1303: LED SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE ABNORMALITY AV-795, "DTC Logic" P
U1304: NON-COMPLETION OF THE CALIBRATION AV-797, "DTC Logic"
U1305: NON-COMPLETION OF THE WRITE CONFIGURATION AV-798, "DTC Logic"


CEN[RL]/CEN[R]
CEN[RL]/CEN[R]->COR[RL]
CEN[RL]->CEN[RR]
CEN[RR]
CEN[RR]/CEN[R]->COR[RR]
CEN[RR]->CEN[RL]
Key ON, selector lever in R (reverse) position. cm/in
COR[FL]
COR[FR]
COR[RL]
COR[RR]
COR[RL]->CEN[RL]/CEN[R]
COR[RR]->CEN[RR]/CEN[R]
Mode 1
DETECTION MODE Key ON.
Mode 2
When LED is OFF. Off
LED
When LED is ON. On
When selector lever is in any position other than P (park) or N
Off
P N RANGE (neutral).
When selector lever in P (park) or N (neutral) position. On
When transmission range switch is in any position other than R
Off
REVERSE RANGE (reverse).
When transmission range switch is in R (reverse) position. On
RVRB TIME CEN[RL]
RVRB TIME CEN[RR]
RVRB TIME COR[FL]
ms/sec
RVRB TIME COR[FR]
RVRB TIME COR[RL] Key ON, selector lever in R (reverse) position.
RVRB TIME COR[RR]
SENSOR VOLTAGE 5.0 V
SHRT DST FRM FR SENS
cm/in
SHRT DST FRM RR SENS
SONAR C/U POWER SUPPLY Key ON. Battery voltage
CAMERA switch ON. No
SONAR PERMANENT OFF
CAMERA switch OFF. Yes
Key ON, selector lever in R (reverse) position. No
SONAR TEMPORARY OFF
When selector lever is in any position other than R (reverse). Yes
CAMERA switch OFF after Key ON. No
SW OPRT AFTR IGN ON
CAMERA switch ON after Key ON. Yes

A
No trailer connected to trailer hitch. N CON
TRAILER CONNECT
Trailer connected to trailer hitch. CON
VEHICLE SPEED While driving, equivalent to speedometer reading mph, km/h B
TERMINAL LAYOUT
E
AWNIA1727ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
(Approx.) G
Input/ Ignition
Output switch
H
CAMERA mode
Input ON
(R) (B) LH Selector lever R (reverse) I
position
JSNIA0837GB
J
CAMERA mode
4 13 Outer sensor signal front or K
Input ON
(R) (B) RH Selector lever R (reverse)
position
L
JSNIA0837GB
5 Input/
— V-CAN (H) — — —
(B) Output
M
6 Input/
— V-CAN (L) — — —
(W) Output
AV
CAMERA mode
9 14 or
Inner sensor signal rear RH Input ON
(W) (B) Selector lever R (reverse) O
position
JSNIA0837GB
P

Terminal No.
(Wire color) Value
Output switch
CAMERA mode
10 14 Outer sensor signal rear or
Input ON
(W) (B) RH Selector lever R (reverse)
position
JSNIA0837GB
12
(LG)
15
(GR)
CAMERA mode
19 20 or
Buzzer Input ON Battery voltage
(BR) (LG) Selector lever R (reverse)
position
CAMERA mode
21 14 or
Inner sensor signal rear LH Input ON
position
JSNIA0837GB
CAMERA mode
22 14 or
Outer sensor signal rear LH Input ON
position
JSNIA0837GB

U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
B2720: REAR LEFT SIDE EXTERNAL SENSOR AV-806, "DTC Logic"
B2721: REAR LEFT SIDE INTERNAL SENSOR AV-807, "DTC Logic"
B2722: REAR RIGHT SIDE INTERNAL SENSOR AV-808, "DTC Logic"
B2723: REAR RIGHT SIDE EXTERNAL SENSOR AV-809, "DTC Logic"
B2724: ECU AV-810, "DTC Logic"
B2725: REAR BUZZER AV-811, "DTC Logic"
B2729: FRONT LEFT SIDE EXTERNAL SENSOR AV-813, "DTC Logic"
B272C: FRONT RIGHT SIDE EXTERNAL SENSOR AV-814, "DTC Logic"

BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
B
AV
ABNWA1811GB

ABNWA1812GB

AV
ABNWA1813GB

ABNWA1814GB

AV
ABNWA1852GB

ABNWA1815GB

AV
ABNWA1826GB

ABNWA1816GB

AV
ABNWA1817GB

ABNIA4673GB

AV
ABNIA4674GB

ABNIA4675GB

AV
ABNIA4676GB

ABNIA4677GB

AV
ABNIA4678GB

ABNIA4679GB

AV
ABNIA4680GB

ABNIA4681GB

AV
ABNIA4682GB

ABNIA4683GB

AV
ABNIA4684GB

ABNIA4685GB

AV
ABNIA4686GB

ABNIA4687GB

AV
ABNIA4688GB

ABNIA4689GB

AV
ABNIA4690GB

ABNIA4691GB

AV
ABNIA4692GB

ABNIA4693GB

AV
ABNIA4694GB

ABNIA4695GB

AV
ABNIA4696GB

ABNIA4697GB

AV
ABNIA4698GB

ABNIA4699GB

AV
ABNIA4700GB

ABNIA4701GB

AV
ABNIA4702GB

ABNIA4703GB

AV
ABNIA4704GB

ABNIA4705GB

AV
ABNIA4706GB

ABNIA4707GB

AV
ABNIA4849GB

ABNIA4850GB

AV
ABNIA4708GB

ABNIA4709GB

AV
ABNIA4710GB

ABNIA4711GB

AV
ABNIA4712GB

ABNIA4741GB

AV
ABNIA4758GB

ABNIA4759GB

AV
AANIA2025GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow (Multi AV System) INFOID:0000000009129309
OVERALL SEQUENCE
AWNIA2486GB

DETAILED FLOW
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
tion occurred).
>> GO TO 2
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 3 A
NO >> GO TO 4
B
NOTE:
Start with the diagnosis for the CAN communication system if “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] or CONTROL C
>> GO TO 5 D

Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-866, "Symptom E
Table".
>> GO TO 5 F
NOTE: G
H
>> GO TO 6
6.CHECK AFTER REPAIR I
parts.
2. Check if any DTC No. is displayed in the self-diagnosis results. J
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 7 K
7.FINAL CHECK
are present. L
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Inspection End. M
AV

Work Flow (Camera Assistance Sonar) INFOID:0000000009129310
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSNIA4482GB

Reference 2: Refer to AV-682, "DTC Index".
DETAILED FLOW
tion occurred).
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
1. Connect CONSULT and perform a self-diagnosis for “SONAR”. Refer to AV-651, "CONSULT Function".
NOTE:
Skip to step 4 of the diagnosis procedure if “SONAR” is not displayed.

Is DTC displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> GO TO 4.
B
C
>> GO TO 5.
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-866, "Symptom D
Table".
>> GO TO 5. E
5.ERROR PART REPAIR

1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts. F
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “SONAR” with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC
has been indicated in the self-diagnosis results. G
H
YES >> GO TO 1.
AV

INFOID:0000000009129311
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing AV control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration before
replacement.
NOTE:
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
INFOID:0000000009129312

-CONSULT
specification.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 2.
Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit".
>> GO TO 3.
CONSULT
cedure".
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK
Check that the operation of the AV control unit is normal.
>> Work End.


A
unit.
Configuration has three functions as follows: B
"Before Replace ECU" C
"Select Saved Data List" Writes the vehicle configuration with saved data. D
CAUTION:
with CONSULT. E
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new AV control unit. F
G
CONSULT
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of AV control unit. H

When writing manually>>GO TO 3. I
CONSULT J
K
>> Work End.
3.PERFORM “AFTER REPLACE ECU” OR “MANUAL CONFIGURATION” L
CONSULT
2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to AV-744, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL M
CAUTION:
AV
CAUTION: O
which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized. P
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK

>> Work End.
CAUTION:
control of ECU.
MANUAL SETTING ITEM

Items Setting value
ENGINE TYPE NORMAL ⇔ HYBRID
SOUND SYSTEM BOSE SURROUND ⇔ BOSE ⇔ BASE
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AROUND VIEW MONITOR CON-
TROL UNIT
UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000009129316
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing around view monitor control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT
configuration before replacement.
NOTE:
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing around view monitor control unit, you must perform “After Replace ECU” with CON-
SULT.
UNIT : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000009129317

-CONSULT
specification.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT
Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-898, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
CONSULT
specification. Refer to AV-745, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Work
Procedure". A
tion" to write vehicle specification. Refer to AV-745, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR
CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure".
B
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK C
Check that the operation of the around view monitor control unit and camera images (fixed guide lines and
predictive course lines) are normal.
D
>> Work End.
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
E
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Description
INFOID:0000000009129318
Vehicle specification needs to be written with CONSULT because it is not written after replacing around view F
G
• Reads the vehicle configuration of current around view monitor control unit.
• Saves the read vehicle configuration. H
I
CAUTION:
• When replacing around view monitor control unit, you must perform “Select Saved Data List” or
"After Replace ECU" with CONSULT.
• Complete the procedure of “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" in order. J
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new around view monitor K
control unit.
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure
INFOID:0000000009129319 L

CONSULT M
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of around view monitor control unit.
When writing saved data>>GO TO 2. AV

2.PERFORM “SAVED DATA LIST” O
CONSULT
P
>> Work End.

CONSULT

2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to AV-746, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW
MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List".
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
figuration of brand new around view monitor control unit is same as the desirable configuration. If
not, configuration which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized.
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK
Confirm that each function controlled by around view monitor control unit operates normally.
>> Work End.

CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List
INFOID:0000000009129320
CAUTION:
control of ECU.
MANUAL SETTING ITEM

Items Setting value
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SONAR CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SONAR CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000009129321
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing sonar control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration
before replacement.
NOTE:
ing sonar control unit.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing sonar control unit, you must perform “After Replace ECU” with CONSULT.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SONAR CONTROL UNIT : Work Proce-
dure INFOID:0000000009129322

-CONSULT
specification.
NOTE:

ing sonar control unit. A
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE SONAR CONTROL UNIT B
Replace sonar control unit. Refer to AV-906, "Removal and Installation".

C
>> GO TO 3.
D
CONSULT
be displayed. Select the applicable file from the "Saved Data List" and press “Confirm” to write vehicle E
specification. Refer to AV-747, "CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure".
tion" to write vehicle specification. Refer to AV-747, "CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : F
Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 4. G
4.OPERATION CHECK
Check that the operation of the sonar control unit is normal.
H
>> Work End.

CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) I
CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : Description INFOID:0000000009129323
Vehicle specification needs to be written with CONSULT because it is not written after replacing sonar control J
unit.
K
• Reads the vehicle configuration of current sonar control unit.
• Saves the read vehicle configuration. L
CAUTION: M
• When replacing sonar control unit, you must perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace
ECU" with CONSULT.
• Complete the procedure of “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" in order. AV
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new sonar control unit.
O
CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000009129324
1.WRITING MODE SELECTION P

CONSULT
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of sonar control unit.



CONSULT
>> Work End.

CONSULT
2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to AV-748, "CONFIGURATION (SONAR CON-
TROL UNIT) : Configuration List".
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
figuration of brand new sonar control unit is same as the desirable configuration. If not, configura-
tion which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized.
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK
Confirm that each function controlled by sonar control unit operates normally.
>> Work End.

CONFIGURATION (SONAR CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List INFOID:0000000009129325
CAUTION:
control of ECU.
MANUAL SETTING ITEM

Items Setting value
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description
INFOID:0000000009129326
Adjust the center position of the predictive course line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted.
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure
INFOID:0000000009129327
1.DRIVING
Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.
>> END
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR)

CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Description
INFOID:0000000009129328 A
• Calibration must be performed after removing/replacing the cameras, removing parts (e.g. front grille, door
mirror, and others) mounted on the cameras, or replacing the Around view monitor control unit.
• The use of CONSULT is required to perform calibration or writing of calibration results to the Around view B
• Align the white lines on the road near the vehicle at the boundary of each camera image by this camera cal-
ibration. The white lines far from the vehicle may not be aligned at the boundary of each camera image. The C
farther the line, the greater the difference is.
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Work Procedure
INFOID:0000000009129329 D
CALIBRATION FLOWCHART
Following the flowchart shown in the figure, perform the calibration. E
L
JSNIA4210GB
NOTE:
View in the incomplete calibration state is indicated by “ ” on the M
AV
AWNIA2590GB P
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
1.AROUND VIEW MONITOR SCREEN CONFIRMATION

Check that there is no indication of “Incomplete calibration”.
Is the “Incomplete calibration” display visible?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
AWNIA2590GB
2.CHECK THAT AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT IS REPLACED

Check that the around view monitor control unit is replaced.
Is the around view monitor control unit replaced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CANCEL THE INDICATION OF INCOMPLETE CALIBRATION (PERFORM THIS ONLY AFTER REPLAC-
ING AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.)
CAMERA IMAGE (PASS-SIDE CAMERA)”, “CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (DR-SIDE CAMERA)”, or
NOTE:
To cancel the indication of Incomplete calibration, select items based on the target camera.
2. On the adjustment screen of each camera, touch “APPLY” but-
ton. After this, touch “OK” button.
CAUTION:
• Never perform operations other than those mentioned
above.
• Never perform “Initialize Camera Image Calibration”.
3. Display the around view monitor screen to check that there is no
errors, such as deviations among the camera images.
Is there a malfunction?
YES >> Calibration end
NO >> GO TO 1. JSNIA4212ZZ
4.PERFORM SIMPLIFIED CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT BY “FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW”

1. Put target line 1 on the ground beside each axle using packing tape, etc.
2. Put target lines 2 equal to the vehicle total length + approximately 1.0 m (39.3 in) from the vehicle side
(right and left) at approximately 30 cm (11.8 in) away from the vehicle (make the line as parallel with the
vehicle as possible)

Preparation of simplified target line
A
E
JSNIA0927ZZ
1. Target lines 1 2. Target lines 2

F
A. Approx. 30 cm (11.8 in) B. Approx. 1.0 m (39.3 in)
3. CONSULT work support

Touch “FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW” on the CONSULT screen. G
4. On the CONSULT screen, touch “SELECT” button to select right or left camera and perform camera cali-
bration as instructed below:
- If the marker on the screen deviates from Target line 1, touch “AXIS X” button and “AXIS Y” button to H
adjust so that the marker is placed on the Target line 1.
- If Target line 2 is misaligned among the cameras, adjust each camera image to bring Target line 2 into a
straight line.
CAUTION: I
Never adjust the front camera and rear camera. Only adjust the right and left cameras.
Simplified target line adjustment method
J
AV
JSNIA0929ZZ
1. Target lines 1 2. Target lines 2 3. Marker for target line 1 O

Crosshairs cursor (mark indicated
4. Boundary between cameras 5.
the selected camera)
Adjustment method for target lines 1 Adjustment method for target lines 2 P
A. B.
(right) (right)
5. Adjust right and left cameras. Touch "APPLY" on the CONSULT screen to display adjustment results.
6. After adjusting right and left cameras, check that the marker is properly placed on the screen and there is
no deviation in Target line 1.
NOTE:
• The adjustment value is cancelled on this mode by performing “Initialize Camera Image Calibration”.

Is the difference corrected?
YES >> On the CONSULT screen, touch “OK” button to complete writing to the around view monitor con-
trol unit.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM “CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE”
Preparation of target line
1. Hang a string with a weight as shown in the figure. Put the points FM0, RM0 (mark) on the ground at the
center of the vehicle front end and rear end with white packing tape or a pen.
2. Route the vinyl string under the vehicle, and then pull and fix it on the point approximately 1.0 m (39.9 in)
to the front and rear of the vehicle through the points FM0 and RM0 using packing tape.
AWNIA2592ZZ
1. Thread 2. Weight 3. Point FM0 (mark)

4. Point RM0 (mark) 5. Packing tape (to fix the vinyl string) 6. Vinyl string
3. Put the points FM and RM (mark) 75 cm (29.5 in) from the points FM0 and RM0 individually.
4. Route the vinyl string through the points FM and RM using a triangle scale, and then fix it at approximately
1.5 m (59 in) on both sides with packing tape.
5. Put the points FL, FR, RL, and RR (mark) to both right and left [vehicle width / 2 + 30 cm (11.8 in)] from the
points FM and RM.
JSNIA0921ZZ
1. Point FM 2. Point RM 3. Triangle scale

4. Point FL (mark) 5. Point FR (mark) 6. Point RL (mark)

7. Point RR (mark)
30 cm (11.8 in) A
A. 75 cm (29.5 in) B. Approx. 1.5 m (59 in) C. [Vehicle width/ 2 + 30 cm (11.8 in)
from the points FM and RM]
6. Draw the lines of the points FL – RL and FR – RR with vinyl string, and fix it with packing tape. B
7. Put a mark on the center of each axle, draw vertical lines to the lines of the points FL – RL and FR – RR
from the marks on the center of the axle using a triangle scale, and then fix the lines using packing tape.
Target line preparation procedure 3 C
JSNIA0922ZZ
H
1. Point FL 2. Point FR 3. Point RL
4. Point RR 5. Center position of axle 6. Triangle scale
Perform “Calibrating Camera Image” I

CAMERA IMAGE (PASS-SIDE CAMERA)”, “CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (DR-SIDE CAMERA)”, or J
NOTE:
To cancel the indication of Incomplete calibration, select items based on the target camera. K
by touching the “AXIS X” button, “AXIS Y” button, and
camera screen on the target line drawn on the ground. L
Adjustment range
Rotation direction (Center dial) : 31 patterns (16 on the center) M
Upper/lower direction (upper/lower
: −22 – 22
switch)
Left/right direction (left/right switch) : −22 – 22 AV
3. Touch “APPLY” button on the CONSULT screen. “PRCSNG” is JSNIA4212ZZ
displayed and adjustment results are shown on the camera screen.

CAUTION: O
played.
the around view monitor control unit. P
CAUTION:
played.
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM “FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW”
This mode is designed to align the boundary between each camera image that could not be aligned in the
“Calibrating Camera Image” mode.
1. Select “FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW” by touching CONSULT screen.
by touching the “AXIS X” button, “AXIS Y” button”, and
camera screen on the target line drawn on the ground.
NOTE:
Touch “SELECT” button on the CONSULT screen to select the
target camera.
3. Touch “APPLY” button on the CONSULT screen. “PRCSNG” is
displayed and adjustment results are shown on the camera
screen.
CAUTION:
JSNIA4214ZZ
Check that “PRCSNG” is displayed. Do never perform other
operations while “PRCSNG” is displayed.
the around view monitor control unit.
CAUTION:
• Check that “PRCSNG” is displayed. Never perform other operations while “PRCSNG” is dis-
played.
• After pressing the “OK” button, never press buttons other than the “BACK” button.
NOTE:
• The adjustment value is cancelled in this mode by performing “Initialize Camera Image Calibration”.
>> Calibration end

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
AV CONTROL UNIT
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

AV control unit is not transmitting or receiving D
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[U1000]
more.

E
F
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result for MULTI AV. G
NO >> Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident". H
I
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

J
Sonar control unit is not transmitting or receiving
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
[U1000]
more. K
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000009129333
L
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT M

2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result for SONAR.
Is CAN COMM CIRCUIT displayed? AV
O

AV CONTROL UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Control Unit".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Replace the sonar control unit if the malfunction
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) occurs constantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
CONT UNIT stantly.
Control Unit".
AV


GYRO NO CONN stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
G-SENSOR NO CONN stantly.
Control Unit".
AV


ed.
GPS CONN
[U1204]
stantly.
Control Unit".


A
B
C
ed.
GPS ROM
[U1205]
stantly.
Control Unit".
E
AV


ed.
GPS RAM
[U1206]
stantly.
Control Unit".


A
B
C
ed.
GPS RTC
[U1207]
stantly.
Control Unit".
E
AV


CAN CONT stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
BLUETOOTH MODULE stantly.
Control Unit".
AV


may be detected.
HDD CONN Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U1218] stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
may be detected.
C
HDD READ Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U1219] stantly.
Control Unit". D
AV


may be detected.
HDD WRITE Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121A] stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
may be detected.
C
HDD COMM Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121B] stantly.
Control Unit". D
AV


may be detected.
HDD ACCESS Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121C] stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
C
DSP CONN Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121D] stantly.
Control Unit". D
1.CHECK CD PLAYBACK E
instructions.
F
G
AV


DSP COMM Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U121E] stantly.
Control Unit".
1.CHECK CD PLAYBACK
instructions.

A
B
USB CONTROLLER [U1225] Check that connection to USB connector is nor-
USB connection malfunction is detected.
[U1225] mal.
C
AV


DVD COMM Replace AV control unit if malfunction occurs con-
[U1227] stantly.
Control Unit".
1.CHECK DVD PLAYBACK

Check the DVD playback operation of the AV control unit. Refer to Owner’s Manual for audio system operating
instructions.
Is the DVD playback function of the AV control unit operating normally?

A
B
SUB CPU CONN stantly.
Control Unit".
AV


iPod CERTIFICATION stantly.
Control Unit".

A
B
Write configuration data.
CONFIG UNFINISH Refer to AV-745, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND
Configuration data is incomplete. C
[U122A] VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Pro-
cedure".

D
1.PERFORM CONFIGURATION
When U122A is detected, configuration data must be written. E
>> Write configuration data with CONSULT. Refer to AV-745, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW
MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure". F
AV


Built-in AUDIO CONN stantly.
[U122E] Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installation - AV
Control Unit".

U1231 BOSE AMP.
U1231 BOSE AMP.
A
B
AMP TEMP
[U1231] C
AV


ST ANGLE SEN CALIB Predictive course line center position adjustment Adjust predictive course line center position of
[U1232] of steering angle sensor is incomplete. steering angle sensor.
1.ADJUST PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

When U1232 is detected, the predictive course line center position of the steering angle sensor needs to be
adjusted.
>> Adjust the predictive course line center position of steering angle sensor. Refer to AV-748, "PRE-
DICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure".

U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
A
B
• display unit power supply or ground circuit • Display unit power supply and ground circuits.
FRONT DISP CONN C
malfunction. • Serial communication circuits between front
[U1243]
• serial communication circuit malfunction be- display unit and AV control unit.
tween front display unit and AV control unit.
D
E
dure".
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
H
2. Disconnect display unit connector M92 and AV control unit connector M124. I
3. Check continuity between display unit connector M92 terminals 9, 10 and AV control unit connector M124
terminals 77, 61.
J
Continuity
9 77 K
M92 M124 Yes
10 61
4. Check continuity between display unit connector M92 terminals 9, 10 and ground. L
Display unit
Ground Continuity
9
M92 — No
10
AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
O
1. Connect display unit connector M92 and AV control unit connector M124.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P

U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
When adjusting dis-

M92 9 —
play brightness.
PKIB5039J

YES >> GO TO 4.
Display unit Ground

(−)
Connector Terminal
When adjusting dis-

M92 10 —
play brightness.
PKIB5039J


U1244 GPS ANTENNA
U1244 GPS ANTENNA
A
B
GPS ANTENNA CONN GPS antenna connection malfunction is detect-
GPS antenna disconnection.
[U1244] ed.
C
D
E
1.GPS ANTENNA INSPECTION
Visually inspect the GPS antenna and antenna feeder. Refer to AV-912, "Removal and Installation".
Is inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE G

2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
AV control unit I
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M25 188 — 5.0 V
J
K
AV


XM ANTENNA CONN Satellite radio antenna connection malfunction is
Satellite radio antenna disconnection.
[U1258] detected.
1.SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA INSPECTION

Visually inspect the satellite radio antenna and antenna feeder. Refer to AV-910, "Location of Antennas".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning parts.
AV control unit
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M133 166 — 5.0 V

A
B
• Headrest display unit power supply and ground
• headrest display unit power supply or ground
3RD DISP CONN circuits. C
[U125A] • AV communication circuits between headrest
• AV communication circuit malfunction be-
display units.
tween headrest display units.
D
E
1.CHECK HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT F
Check headrest display unit power supply and ground circuits. Refer to AV-820, "HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT
: Diagnosis Procedure".
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK AV COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect headrest display unit connectors. I
3. Check continuity between headrest display unit (driver seat) connector B202 and headrest display unit
(passenger seat) connector B302.
J
Headrest display unit (driver seat) Headrest display unit (passenger seat)
Continuity
26 10 K
B202 B302 Yes
27 11
4. Check continuity between headrest display unit (driver seat) connector B202 and ground. L
Headrest display unit (driver seat)

Ground Continuity
26
B202 — No
27
AV
YES >> Replace headrest display unit (passenger seat). Refer to AV-903, "Removal and Installation".
O

U1263 USB
U1263 USB

USB OVERCURRENT Check USB harness between the AV control unit
Overcurrent in USB connector is detected.
[U126] and USB connector.
1.CHECK USB INTERFACE HARNESS

Visually inspect USB interface harness.
YES >> GO TO 2.
Check USB interface harness continuity. Refer to AV-857, "Diagnosis Procedure".

U1264 ANTENNA AMP.
U1264 ANTENNA AMP.
A
B
ANTENNA AMP TERMINAL Antenna amp. ON signal circuit open or short cir- Antenna amp. ON signal circuit between AV con-
[U1264] cuited. trol unit and antenna amp.
C
D
E
1.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN AV CONTROL UNIT AND ANTENNA BASE
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M143 and antenna base connector M502. F
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M143 and antenna base connector M502.
AV control unit Antenna base G

Continuity
M143 143 M502 1 Yes
H
AV control unit I
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M143 143 — No
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
AV control unit Ground M

Voltage
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
AV
YES >> Replace antenna base. Refer to AV-913, "Removal and Installation". O

U1265 BOSE AMP.
U1265 BOSE AMP.


3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M122 and Bose speaker amp. connector M130.

Continuity
M122 1 B130 60 Yes
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M122 1 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.

Voltage
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal

A
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT DISPLAY ITEM C

• A/C and AV switch assembly power supply and D
• A/C and AV switch assembly power supply or
[U1300] Refer to AV-818, "A/C AND AV SWITCH ASSEM-
• SWITCH CONN BLY : Diagnosis Procedure".
• AV communication circuit malfunction between AV E
[U1240] • AV communication circuits between AV control
control unit and A/C and AV switch assembly.
unit and A/C and AV switch assembly.
• BOSE speaker amp. power supply and ground cir-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cuits. F
• BOSE speaker amp. power supply or ground circuit
[U1300] Refer to AV-816, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Proce-
malfunction.
• AMP CONN dure".
• AV communication circuits between AV control unit
[U124E] • AV communication circuits between AV control
and BOSE speaker amp. are malfunctioning.
unit and BOSE speaker amp. G
• Video distributor power supply and ground cir-
cuits.
Refer to AV-819, "VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diag- H
• video distributor power supply or ground circuit mal-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT nosis Procedure".
function.
[U1300] • Headrest display unit (driver seat) power supply
• headrest display unit (driver seat) power supply or
• VIDEO DIST CONN and ground circuits.
[U1246]
• AV communication circuit malfunction between AV
Refer to AV-820, "HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT : I
control unit and headrest display unit (driver seat).
unit and headrest display unit (driver seat).
J
• Around view monitor control unit power supply
• AV COMM CIRCUIT When any of the following is detected:
[U1300] • around view monitor control unit power supply or
Refer to AV-820, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR
• AROUND CAMERA ground circuit malfunction.
CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure". K
CONN • AV communication circuit malfunction between AV
[U125B] control unit and around view monitor control unit.
unit and around view monitor control unit.
• Sonar control unit power supply and ground cir-
L
When any of the following is detected: cuits.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
• sonar control unit power supply or ground circuit Refer to AV-821, "SONAR CONTROL UNIT
[U1300]
malfunction. (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis
• SONAR CONN
• AV communication circuit malfunction between AV Procedure". M
[U125C]
control unit and sonar control unit. • AV communication circuits between AV control
unit and sonar control unit.
AV

• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300]
• SWITCH CONN
[U1240]
• SONAR CONN
[U125C]
• AROUND CAMERA
CONN
[U125B]
• VIDEO DIST CONN
[U1246]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT AV communication circuit malfunction between AV AV communication circuits between AV control unit
• SWITCH CONN
[U1240]
• AMP CONN
[U124E]
• SONAR CONN
[U125C]
• AROUND CAMERA
CONN
[U125B]
• VIDEO DIST CONN
[U1246]

A

C
CAMERA SUPPLY POWER
SUPPLY VOLTAGE ABNOR-
MALITY
[U1302] D
E
F
NO-1 (Front camera)>>GO TO 2. H
NO-2 (Rear camera)>>GO TO 4.
NO-3 (LH side camera)>>GO TO 6.
NO-4 (RH side camera)>>GO TO 8. I
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
J
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and camera connectors.
E226.
K
Continuity
L
68 1
M97 E226 Yes
70 2
4. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector M97 and ground. M

Ground Continuity AV
Connector Terminal
M97 68 — No
YES >> GO TO 3.


Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
68 70 6.0 V
position is R.
YES >> Replace front camera. Refer to AV-601, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
D511.

Continuity
50 8
M97 D511 Yes
52 7

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 50 — No
YES >> GO TO 5.

Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
50 52 6.0 V
position is R.
YES >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-900, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK LH SIDE CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
D20.

Continuity

56 6
M97 D20 Yes A
58 18
B
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 56 — No C
YES >> GO TO 7.
D
1. Connect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and LH side camera connector D20. E
F
Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal G
56 58 6.0 V
position is R.
H
I
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and RH side camera connector D113. J
D113.
K
Continuity
62 6 L
M97 D113 Yes
64 18
M

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal AV
M97 62 — No
YES >> GO TO 9. O


Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
62 64 6.0 V
position is R.

A

C
LED SUPPLY POWER SUP-
PLY VOLTAGE ABNORMAL-
ITY
[U1303] D
E
F
NO-1 (LH side camera)>>GO TO 2. H
NO-2 (RH side camera)>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK LH SIDE CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND POWER SUPPLY GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY I
J
D20.

Continuity K
56 6
M97 D20 Yes
58 18 L
M
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 56 — No AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
P


Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
56 58 6.0 V
position is R.
D113.

Continuity
62 6
M97 D113 Yes
64 18

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 62 — No
YES >> GO TO 5.

Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
62 64 6.0 V
position is R.

A

C
NON-COMPLETION OF Cameras are not calibrated. Refer to AV-749, "CAL-
THE CALIBRATION Camera calibration malfunction. IBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW
[U1304] MONITOR) : Work Procedure".
D
AV

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NON-COMPLETION OF Around view monitor control unit not configurated.
THE WRITE CONFIGURA- Around view monitor control unit configuration Refer to AV-745, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND
TION malfunction. VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Work Proce-
[U1305] dure".

A
B
CONTROL UNIT (AV) An initial diagnosis error is detected in AV com- stantly.
C
[U1310] munication circuit. Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installation - AV
Control Unit".
AV

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FL-DOOR WOOFER
[U1603]
FR-DOOR WOOFER
[U160B]

Is DTC U1601, U1603, U1609 or U160B detected?

A

F-INST L-TWEETER C
[U1627]
D
F-INST R-TWEETER
[U162F] E

AV

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

F-INST C-SQUAWK
[U162A]


A

2L-DOOR SPEAKER C
amp. and rear door speaker LH.
SHORT) • sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
[U1684] speaker amp. and rear door speaker LH.
• Sound signal circuits between BOSE speaker D
2L-DOOR SPEAKER (VB- • sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
amp. and rear door tweeter LH.
SHOR) speaker amp. and rear door tweeter LH.
[U1687]
2R-DOOR SPEAKER E
(OPEN, SHORT, GND- When either one of the following items are detected:
amp. and rear door speaker RH.
SHORT) • sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
[U168C] speaker amp. and rear door speaker RH.
• Sound signal circuits between BOSE speaker F
2R-DOOR SPEAKER (VB- • sound signal circuit malfunction between BOSE
amp. and rear door tweeter RH.
SHOR) speaker amp. and rear door tweeter RH.
[U168F]

G

H
Is DTC U1684, U1687, U168C or U168F detected? I
J
AV

U175D WOOFER
U175D WOOFER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

R-LUGGAGE L-WOOFER
amp. and subwoofer.
[U175D]


A

R-ROOF L-SQAWK C
[U176A]
D
R-ROOF R-SQAWK
[U1772] E

AV

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

REAR LEFT SIDE EXTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2720] • Sensor element malfunction. • Rear sonar sensor LH outer.
1.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR LH OUTER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and rear sonar sensor LH outer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and rear sonar sensor LH outer connector
B455.
Sonar control unit Rear sonar sensor LH outer

Continuity
22 2
M70 B455 Yes
14 1
Sonar control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 22 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR LH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY

Ground
M70 22 — 0V
YES >> Replace rear sonar sensor LH outer. Refer to AV-907, "Removal and Installation".

A

C
REAR LEFT SIDE INTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2721] • Sensor element malfunction. • Rear sonar sensor LH inner.
D
E
1.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR LH INNER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and rear sonar sensor LH inner connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and rear sonar sensor LH inner connector G
B457.
Sonar control unit Rear sonar sensor LH inner

H
Continuity
21 2
M70 B457 Yes I
14 1
J
Sonar control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
M70 21 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR LH INNER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
M
AV
Ground
M70 21 — 0V O
YES >> Replace rear sonar sensor LH inner. Refer to AV-907, "Removal and Installation".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

REAR RIGHT SIDE INTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2722] • Sensor element malfunction. • Rear sonar sensor RH inner.
1.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR RH INNER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and rear sonar sensor RH inner connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and rear sonar sensor RH inner connector
B458.
Sonar control unit Rear sonar sensor RH inner

Continuity
9 2
M70 B458 Yes
14 1
Sonar control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 9 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR RH INNER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY

Ground
M70 9 — 0V
YES >> Replace rear sonar sensor RH inner. Refer to AV-907, "Removal and Installation".

A

C
REAR RIGHT SIDE EXTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2723] • Sensor element malfunction. • Rear sonar sensor RH outer.
D
E
1.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR RH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and rear sonar sensor RH outer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and rear sonar sensor RH outer connector G
B456.
Sonar control unit Rear sonar sensor RH outer

H
Continuity
10 2
M70 B456 Yes I
14 1
J
Sonar control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
M70 10 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK REAR SONAR SENSOR RH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
M
AV
Ground
M70 10 — 0V O
YES >> Replace rear sonar sensor RH outer. Refer to AV-907, "Removal and Installation".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECU
Sonar control module malfunction. Replace sonar control module.
[B2724]

B2725 REAR BUZZER
B2725 REAR BUZZER
A

C
REAR BUZZER • Buzzer is open or short circuited. • Harness or connectors.
[B2725] • Buzzer malfunction. • Buzzer.

D
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-683, "Wiring Diagram". E
1.CHECK SONAR BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and sonar buzzer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and sonar buzzer connector B35.
G
Sonar control unit Sonar buzzer

Continuity
M70 20 B35 3 Yes
I
Sonar control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
M70 20 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK SONAR BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
L
M
Ground
M70 20 — 0V AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SONAR BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BUZZER POWER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 terminals.
Sonar control unit connector M70

Continuity
Terminal Terminal
19 20 No

B2725 REAR BUZZER
YES >> Replace sonar buzzer. Refer to AV-909, "Removal and Installation".

A

C
FRONT LEFT SIDE EXTER- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
[B2729] • Sensor element malfunction. • Front sonar sensor LH outer.
D
E
1.CHECK FRONT SONAR SENSOR LH OUTER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and front sonar sensor LH outer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and front sonar sensor LH outer connector G
E307.
Sonar control unit Front sonar sensor LH outer

H
Continuity
3 2
M70 E307 Yes I
13 1
J
Sonar control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
M70 3 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK FRONT SONAR SENSOR LH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
M
AV
Ground
M70 3 — 0V O
YES >> Replace front sonar sensor LH outer. Refer to AV-907, "Removal and Installation".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FRONT RIGHT SIDE EX- • Sensor is not configured. • Sensor configuration.
TERNAL SENSOR • Sensor is open or short circuited. • Harness or connectors.
[B272C] • Sensor element malfunction. • Front sonar sensor RH outer.
1.CHECK FRONT SONAR SENSOR RH OUTER CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector and front sonar sensor RH outer connector.
3. Check continuity between sonar control unit connector M70 and front sonar sensor RH outer connector
E308.
Sonar control unit Front sonar sensor RH outer

Continuity
4 2
M70 E308 Yes
13 1
Sonar control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 4 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT SONAR SENSOR RH OUTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY

Ground
M70 4 — 0V
YES >> Replace front sonar sensor RH outer. Refer to AV-907, "Removal and Installation".

A
AV CONTROL UNIT
B

C
1.CHECK FUSE

E

Are the fuses blown? F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
3. Check voltage between AV control unit connectors and ground. H

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) I
M161 J
YES >> GO TO 3. K
L
AV control unit M
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M161 20 — Yes
AV
DISPLAY UNIT
P
1.CHECK FUSE


NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect display unit connector.
3. Check voltage between display connector M92 and ground.

Ground Condition

M92 — Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between display unit connector M92 terminal 12 and ground.
Display unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M92 12 — Yes
BOSE AMP.
1.CHECK FUSE

50 11 (15A)
51 12 (15A)
NO >> GO TO 2.

BOSE speaker amp. Voltage A

Ground
50
B121 — Battery voltage B
51
YES >> GO TO 3. C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
BOSE speaker amp. E

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
47
B121 — Yes F
52
YES >> Inspection End. G
SUBWOOFER
H
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-683, "Wiring Diagram". I
1.CHECK FUSE J
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse No. K

Are the fuses blown? L
NO >> GO TO 2.
AV
Subwoofer Voltage
Ground
B73 6 — Battery voltage O

YES >> GO TO 3. P

Subwoofer
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B73 5 — Yes
1.CHECK FUSE

Is the fuse blown?
NO >> GO TO 2.

Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
M98 9 M125 98 Yes
YES >> GO TO 4.

A/C and AV switch assembly A

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M98 1 — Yes
B
C
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129428

E
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown. F

4 ACC power supply 65 (10A) G
Are the fuses blown? H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
2. Disconnect video distributor connector B24.
3. Check voltage between video distributor connector B24 and ground. J
Video distributor Voltage

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) K
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
M
2. Check continuity between video distributor connector B24 and ground. AV
Video distributor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal O
1
B24 — Yes
3
P

HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129429
1.CHECK FUSE

15, 16 Battery power supply 15 (15A)
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect headrest display unit connector.
2. Check voltage between headrest display unit connector and ground.
Headrest displayl unit Voltage

Ground
B202 (driver seat)

15, 16 — Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between headrest display unit connector and ground.
Headrest displayl unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B202 (driver seat) 12, 31, 32
— Yes
B302 (passenger seat) 28, 31, 32
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009129430
1.CHECK FUSE


A
Are the fuses blown? B
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT C
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M96.
3. Check voltage between around view monitor control unit connector M96 and ground. D
Around view monitor control unit Voltage

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) E
F
YES >> GO TO 3. G
H
Around view monitor control unit I

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M96 1 — Yes
J
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. K
SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure L
INFOID:0000000009129431
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-683, "Wiring Diagram". M
1.CHECK FUSE AV
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse No. O

P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect sonar control unit connector M70.


Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 3.
Sonar control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 15 — Yes

CENTER SPEAKER
CENTER SPEAKER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CENTER SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B122 and center speaker connector M110.
G
Continuity
H
57 1
B122 M110 Yes
58 2
3. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B122 and ground. I
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity J
Connector Terminal
57
B122 — No
58 K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L
M
4. Check signal between the terminals of BOSE speaker amp. connector B122.
AV
O
Terminal Terminal
SKIB3609E

CENTER SPEAKER
NO >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
125 29
M165 B120 Yes
133 9
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
125
M122 — No
133
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
SKIB3609E


A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL TWEETER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
connector. G

Continuity H
56 1
M62 (LH)
69 2
B122 Yes I
71 1
M73 (RH)
70 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity K
Connector Terminal
56
69 L
B122 — No
71
70
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
AV
P
BOSE speaker amp.
Terminal Terminal

56 69
Audio signal output

71 70
SKIB3609E

NO >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
2 25
3 5
M161 B120 Yes
11 26
12 6
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
3
M161 — No
11
12
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
2 3
Audio signal output

11 12
SKIB3609E

A
AV

FRONT TWEETER
FRONT TWEETER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT TWEETER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
tor.

Continuity
64 1
M109 (LH)
75 2
B122 Yes
59 1
M111 (RH)
72 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
64
75
B122 — No
59
72
YES >> GO TO 3.

Terminal Terminal

FRONT TWEETER
64 75
A
Audio signal output

59 72 B
SKIB3609E
C
NO >> GO TO 4.
D

Continuity
2 25
3 5
M161 B120 Yes G
11 26
12 6
AV control unit
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
2
3 J
M161 — No
11
12
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
AV
Terminal Terminal O
2 3
P
Audio signal output
11 12
SKIB3609E

FRONT TWEETER

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
tor. G

Continuity H
53 1
D12 (LH)
48 2
B121 Yes I
43 1
D112 (RH)
44 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity K
Connector Terminal
53
48 L
B121 — No
43
44
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
AV
P
Terminal Terminal

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
53 48
Audio signal output

43 44
SKIB3609E

NO >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
2 25
3 5
M161 B120 Yes
11 26
12 6
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
3
M161 — No
11
12
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
2 3
Audio signal output

11 12
SKIB3609E

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
A
AV

REAR DOOR TWEETER
REAR DOOR TWEETER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR DOOR TWEETER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B121 and suspect rear door tweeter connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B121 and suspect rear door tweeter connector.
BOSE speaker amp. Rear door tweeter

Continuity
45 1
D252 (LH)
46 2
B121 Yes
41 1
D352 (RH)
42 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
45
46
B121 — No
41
42
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR DOOR TWEETER SIGNAL
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connector B121 and suspect rear door tweeter connector.
BOSE speaker amp. connector B121 Condition Reference value

(+) (−)
Terminal Terminal

REAR DOOR TWEETER
45 46
A
Audio signal output

41 42 B
SKIB3609E
C
YES >> Replace rear door tweeter. Refer to AV-893, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 4.
D

Continuity
4 27
5 7
M161 B120 Yes G
13 28
14 8
AV control unit
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
4
5 J
M161 — No
13
14
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
AV
Terminal Terminal O
4 5
P
Audio signal output
13 14
SKIB3609E

REAR DOOR TWEETER

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
1. Disconnect BOSE speaker amp. connector B121 and suspect rear door speaker connector.
2. Check continuity between BOSE speaker amp. connector B121 and suspect rear door speaker connector.
G
Continuity
H
45 1
D207 (LH)
46 2
B121 Yes
41 1 I
D307 (RH)
42 2
J
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
45
46
B121 — No L
41
42
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR DOOR SPEAKER SIGNAL AV
1. Connect BOSE speaker amp. connector B121 and suspect rear door speaker connector.
BOSE speaker amp. connector B121 Condition Reference value P

(+) (−)
Terminal Terminal

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
45 46
Audio signal output

41 42
SKIB3609E

NO >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
4 27
5 7
M161 B120 Yes
13 28
14 8
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
4
5
M161 — No
13
14
YES >> GO TO 5.

Terminal Terminal
4 5
Audio signal output

13 14
SKIB3609E

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
A
AV

REAR SPEAKER
REAR SPEAKER
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR SIDE SPEAKER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

Continuity
62 1
B1 (LH)
73 2
B122 Yes
63 1
B153 (RH)
74 2
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
62
73
B122 — No
63
74
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR SIDE SPEAKER SIGNAL
BOSE speaker amp. connector B122 Condition Reference value

(+) (−)
Terminal Terminal

REAR SPEAKER
62 73
A
Audio signal output

63 74 B
SKIB3609E
C
YES >> Replace rear side speaker. Refer to AV-894, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 4.
D

Continuity
4 27
5 7
M161 B120 Yes G
13 28
14 8
AV control unit
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
4
5 J
M161 — No
13
14
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
AV
Terminal Terminal O
4 5
P
Audio signal output
13 14
SKIB3609E

REAR SPEAKER

SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER
A
B
C
1.CONNECTOR CHECK
• Damage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.VERIFY SUBWOOFER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND F
G
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SUBWOOFER AMP ON CIRCUIT CONTINUITY H
3. Check continuity between Bose speaker amp. connector B122 and subwoofer connector B73. I

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
B122 55 B73 4 Yes
K
Bose speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
B122 55 — No
YES >> GO TO 4. M
4.CHECK SUBWOOFER AMP ON CIRCUIT VOLTAGE AV
O

Voltage
(+) P
(–) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.

SUBWOOFER
5.CHECK SUBWOOFER SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY


Continuity
54 2
B121 B73 Yes
49 1
BOSE speaker amp.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
54
B121 — No
49
YES >> GO TO 6.

Terminal Terminal
SKIB3609E

NO >> GO TO 7.

Continuity
124 30
M165 B120 Yes
132 10

SUBWOOFER
AV control unit A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
124
M165 — No B
132
YES >> GO TO 8. C
D
4. Check signal between the terminals of AV control unit connector M165. E

F
Terminal Terminal
124 132 Audio signal output H
SKIB3609E
I
NO >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-883, "Removal and Installation - AV Control Unit". J
AV


3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M162 and front auxiliary input jacks connector.

Continuity
24 3
M162 M205 Yes
38 1
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
24
M162 — No
38
YES >> GO TO 2.
Check continuity between AV control unit connector M162 and front auxiliary input jacks connector.

Continuity
M162 39 M205 2 Yes
YES >> GO TO 3.
3. Select AUX mode.
4. Check signals between terminals of AV control unit connector M162.

(+) (−)
Terminal Terminal

24 39
A
AUX mode selected

38 39 B
SKIB3609E
C
D
AV

1.CHECK RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY


Continuity
165 28
M140 M141 Yes
164 27
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals
M140 165 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL
3. Check signal between terminals of display unit connector M141.
Display unit connector M141

Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
28 27 Audio system is ON. 1.3 V

COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DIS-
PLAY UNIT)
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT
A
DISPLAY UNIT)
B

C

D
E
Continuity
F
56 18
M163 M92 Yes
55 19
AV control unit
Ground Continuity H
Connector Terminal
M163 56 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL J
1. Connect AV control unit connector M163 and display unit connector M92.
3. Check signal between terminals of AV control unit connector M163. K

L
Terminal Terminal
56 55 DVD image is displayed. AV
SKIB2251J
O

COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO VIDEO DISTRIB-
UTOR)
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO VIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR)

2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M164 and video distributor connector B25.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit connector M164 and video distributor connector B25.
AV control unit Video distributor

Continuity
107 34
M164 B25 Yes
105 33
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M164 107 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect AV control unit connector M164 and video distributor connector B25.
3. Check signal between terminals of video distributor connector B25.

Terminal Terminal

34 33 put jacks image is displayed on
headrest display.
SKIB2251J

YES >> Replace video distributor. Refer to AV-902, "Removal and Installation".

COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO HEADREST
DISPLAY UNIT)
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO HEAD-
A
REST DISPLAY UNIT)
B

C

D
E
Continuity
F
32 5
B202 (driver seat) Yes
31 21
B24
28 5 G
B302 (passenger seat) Yes
27 21
H
Video distributor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
I
32
B24 — No
28
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL K
3. Check signal between terminals of headrest display unit connectors.
Headrest display unit M

Connector
Terminal Terminal
B202 (driver seat) AV
DVD, USB or front

auxiliary input jacks O
B302 (passenger 5 21
image is displayed on
seat) headrest display.
SKIB2251J
P

AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS TO AV CON-
TROL UNIT)
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS TO AV
CONTROL UNIT)

2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M125 and front auxiliary input jacks connector M205.

Continuity
91 7
M125 M205 Yes
92 8
AV control unit
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M125 91 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect AV control unit connector M125 and front auxiliary input jacks connector M205.
3. Check signal between terminals of front auxiliary input jacks connector M205.
Front auxiliary input jacks connector M205

Terminal Terminal
Front auxiliary input jacks im-

7 8
age is displayed.
SKIB2251J


A
B
C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY IMAGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect video distributor connector B24 and headrest display unit connectors. D
Video distributor Headrest display unit E

Continuity
10 7
B202 (driver seat) F
7 23
B24 Yes
9 7
5 23 G
Video distributor H
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
B24 — No I
9
YES >> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR VOLTAGE
K
3. Check voltage between terminals of video distributor connector B24.
L
Voltage
(+) (−) Condition
(Approx.) M
Terminal Terminal
put jacks image is displayed on 0.5 V AV
headrest display.
10 7
headrest display. O
headrest display. P
9 5
headrest display.


2. Disconnect AV control unit connector M164 and A/C and AV switch assembly connector.

Continuity
M164 97 M98 14 Yes
AV control unit
Continuity
M164 97 No
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect AV control unit connector M164 and A/C and AV switch assembly connector.

Voltage
(+) Condition
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M164 97 —
Except above 5.0 V
Switch Assembly".

STEERING SWITCH
STEERING SWITCH
A
B

D
E
Condition
F
Depress switch. 121
14 321 G
Depress switch.
Depress switch. 723

17
Depress switch. 1

15 321
Depress switch.

K
YES >> GO TO 2.
M
Continuity
3 24 AV
M24 24 M30 33 Yes
4 31
O
Combination meter P
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
M24 24 — No
4

STEERING SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 3.
Combination switch
Continuity
24 14
M30 31 M149 15 Yes
33 17
YES >> GO TO 4.

Continuity
14 6
M24 15 M161 16 Yes
16 15
Combination meter
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
14
M24 15 — No
16
YES >> GO TO 5.
AV control unit M161

Voltage
(+) (−)
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
6
15 5.0 V
16

USB CONNECTOR
USB CONNECTOR
A
B
C

Continuity
137 1
138 2
F
M55 139 M209 3 Yes

140 4 G
141 5
H
AV control unit
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
I
137
M55 Ground No
139
K
AV


2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and front camera connector E226.
E226.

Continuity
M97 67 E226 6 Yes

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 67 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.

(−)
Connector Terminal
CAMERA switch is ON
M97 67 —
JSNIA0836GB


A
B
C
1.CHECK FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and front camera connector E226. D
E226.
E
Continuity
71 3 F
M97 E226 Yes
72 4
G

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminals H
M97 71 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL J
K

(+) (−) Condition Reference value L
Terminal Terminal

71 72
position is R.
A V
JSNIA0834GB
O
P


D511.

Continuity
M97 49 D511 4 Yes

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 49 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.

(−)
Connector Terminal
CAMERA switch is ON
M97 49 —
JSNIA0836GB


A
B
C
1.CHECK REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and rear camera connector D511. D
D511.
E
Continuity
53 5 F
M97 D511 Yes
54 1
G

Ground Continuity
M97 53 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL J
K

Terminal Terminal

53 54
position is R.
A V
JSNIA0834GB
O
P


D20.

Continuity
M97 55 D20 16 Yes

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 55 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.

(−)
Connector Terminal
CAMERA switch is ON
M97 55 —
JSNIA0836GB


A
B
C
1.CHECK LH SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and LH side camera connector D20. D
D20.
E
Continuity
59 5 F
M97 D20 Yes
60 17
G

Ground Continuity
M97 59 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK LH SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL J
K

Terminal Terminal

59 60
position is R.
A V
JSNIA0834GB
O
P


tor D113.

Continuity
M97 61 D113 16 Yes

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M97 61 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.

(−)
Connector Terminal
CAMERA switch is ON
M97 61 —
JSNIA0836GB


A
B
C
1.CHECK RH SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector M97 and RH side camera connector D113. D
tor D113.
E
Continuity
65 5 F
M97 D113 Yes
66 17
G

Ground Continuity
M97 65 — No
YES >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK RH SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL J
K

Terminal Terminal

65 66
position is R.
A V
JSNIA0834GB
O
P

MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM
RELATED TO AUDIO

The disk cannot be removed. AV control unit

MULTI AV SYSTEM
A
Refer to AV-788, "Diagnosis Procedure". B
• Bose speaker amp. power supply and ground cir-
cuits malfunction.
Refer to AV-816, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Proce-
dure". C
trol unit and Bose speaker amp. D
Refer to:
er).
- AV-828, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front tweeter). E
tweeter).
- AV-837, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear door speak- F
er).
- AV-834, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear door tweeter).
- AV-843, "Diagnosis Procedure" (subwoofer). G
Refer to:
H
er).
No sound comes out or the level of - AV-828, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front tweeter).
the sound is low. Only a certain speaker (front door
- AV-825, "Diagnosis Procedure" (instrument panel I
speaker LH, front door speaker RH, front
tweeter).
tweeter LH, front tweeter RH, instrument
panel tweeter LH, instrument panel
tweeter RH, center speaker, rear door
speaker LH, rear door speaker RH, rear
er). J
door tweeter LH, rear door tweeter RH,
rear side speaker LH, rear side speaker
RH, subwoofer) does not output sound. K
Refer to:
speaker).
- AV-889, "Removal and Installation" (front tweeter). L
panel tweeter).
M
er).
speaker).
- AV-893, "Removal and Installation" (rear door AV
tweeter).
speaker).
- AV-895, "Removal and Installation" (subwoofer). O
Replace Bose speaker amp. Refer to AV-887, "Re- P

MULTI AV SYSTEM
Noise comes out from all speakers. • Malfunction in Bose speaker amp.
Refer to:
er).
tweeter).
er).
Refer to:
er).
Noise comes out only from a certain
tweeter).
speaker (front door speaker LH, front
door speaker RH, front tweeter LH, front
Noise is mixed with audio. tweeter RH, instrument panel tweeter
er).
LH, instrument panel tweeter RH, center
speaker, rear door speaker LH, rear door
speaker RH, rear door tweeter LH, rear
door tweeter RH, rear side speaker LH,
rear side speaker RH, subwoofer).
• Poor Installation of speaker (e.g. backlash and
looseness).
Refer to:
speaker).
panel tweeter).
er).
speaker).
tweeter).
speaker).
Noise is mixed with radio only (when the Poor connector connection of antenna or antenna
vehicle hits a bump or while driving over feeder.
bad roads) Refer to AV-910, "Location of Antennas".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
A
• Other audio sounds are normal.
• Any radio station cannot be received • Antenna amp. ON signal circuit malfunction.
or poor reception is caused even after Refer to AV-787, "Diagnosis Procedure".
No radio reception or poor recep-
moving to a service area with good re- • Poor connector connection of antenna or antenna B
tion.
ception (e.g. a place with clear view feeder.
and no obstacles generating external Refer to AV-910, "Location of Antennas".
noises).
• Malfunction in antenna, antenna feeder or AV con-
C
trol unit. Perform DTC diagnosis.
There is malfunction in the CONSULT Refer to AV-646, "CONSULT Function".
self diagnosis result. • Poor continuity in antenna feeder. D
Refer to AV-646, "CONSULT Function". • Poor connector connection of antenna or antenna
feeder.
• Poor continuity in antenna feeder. E
There is no malfunction in the CONSULT • Poor connector connection of antenna or antenna
self diagnosis result. feeder.
Refer to AV-646, "CONSULT Function". • Loose satellite radio antenna mounting nut.
F
The majority of buzz/rattle sounds are
not indicative of an issue with the speak- Refer to "SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAG-
Buzz/rattle sound from speaker G
er, usually something nearby the speak- NOSIS" in the appropriate interior trim section.
er is causing the buzz/rattle.

H
Does not recognize cellular phone
connection (no connection is dis- Repeat the registration of cellular phone.
I
played on the display at the guide).
made, but the communication cannot J
be established.
Hands-free phone cannot be estab- Malfunction in AV control unit.
lished. Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-883, "Removal
performed, however, voice between
each other cannot be heard during the and Installation - AV Control Unit". K
conversation.
Check the “microphone speaker” in In-
The other party’s voice cannot be
spection & Adjustment Mode if sound is L
heard by hands-free phone.
heard.
Originating sound is not heard by Sound operation function is normal.

the other party with hands-free Microphone signal circuit malfunction. M
phone communication. Sound operation function does not work.
• The voice recognition can be con-
trolled. Steering switch malfunction. AV
• Steering switch’s , , and Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-885, "Removal
switch works, but does not and Installation".
work. O
The system cannot be operated.
Steering switch’s , , , and Steering switch signal circuit malfunction.
switches do not work. Refer to AV-855, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P

MULTI AV SYSTEM

• Malfunction in hard disk drive (HDD).
Navigation malfunction. • Malfunction in AV control unit.
Steering switches malfunction.
Navigation system is inoperative. Refer to AV-855, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Microphone signal circuit malfunction.
Voice activated control malfunction.
RELATED TO AROUND VIEW MONITOR

Around view monitor control unit power supply and
Around view monitor control unit mal- ground circuits malfunction.
function. Refer to AV-820, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CON-
TROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Display does not switch to camera
AV communication circuits malfunction between
image when “CAMERA” switch is
AV communication circuits malfunction. around view monitor control unit and AV control unit.
pressed or selector lever is in R (re-
verse).
malfunction. unit.
Camera image signal circuit (input) malfunction be-
tween camera and around view monitor control unit.
Refer to:
Camera image signal circuit (input) mal-
function.
Display switches to camera image • AV-863, "Diagnosis Procedure" (side camera LH).
when “CAMERA” switch is pressed • AV-865, "Diagnosis Procedure" (side camera RH).
or selector lever is in R (reverse), Camera communication circuits malfunction between
but all views are not displayed. camera and around view monitor control unit.
Refer to:
Camera communication signal circuits
malfunction.
• AV-862, "Diagnosis Procedure" (side camera LH).
• AV-864, "Diagnosis Procedure" (side camera RH).
Camera image is rolling.
malfunction. unit.
Display does not switch to rear view Reverse signal circuit between BCM and around view
monitor even when selector lever is Reverse signal circuit malfunction. monitor control unit.
in R (reverse). Refer to AV-676, "Reference Value".
Predicted course line center position is malfunction-
Predicted course line display in front
ing.
view and rear view is malfunction- Steering angle sensor malfunction.
Refer to AV-748, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE CEN-
ing.
TER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
A
Front camera power supply and ground circuits mal-
Front camera malfunction. function.
Front camera image signal circuit malfunction be- B
Front camera image signal circuit mal- tween front camera and around view monitor control
Front view and front of birds-eye
function. unit.
C
Front camera communication signal circuit malfunc-
Front camera communication signal cir- tion between front camera and around view monitor
Refer to AV-858, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
Rear camera power supply and ground circuits mal-
Rear camera malfunction. function.
Refer to AV-791, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Rear camera image signal circuit malfunction be-
Rear camera image signal circuit mal- tween rear camera and around view monitor control
Rear view and rear of birds-eye
function. unit.
F
Rear camera communication signal circuit malfunc-

Rear camera communication signal cir- tion between rear camera and around view monitor
cuit malfunction. control unit. G
Side camera LH power supply and ground circuits
Side camera LH malfunction. malfunction. H
Side camera LH image signal circuit malfunction be-
Side camera LH image signal circuit tween side camera LH and around view monitor con-
Front-side and driver side of birds- I
eye view is not displayed.
Side camera LH communication signal circuit mal-
Side camera LH communication signal function between side camera LH and around view J
Side camera RH power supply and ground circuits K
Side camera RH malfunction. malfunction.
Side camera RH image signal circuit malfunction be- L
Side camera RH image signal circuit tween side camera RH and around view monitor con-
Front-side and passenger side of
birds-eye view is not displayed.
Side camera RH communication signal circuit mal- M
Side camera RH communication signal function between side camera RH and around view
AV
Selector lever is in a position other
Vehicle speed signal malfunction between ABS actu-
than R (reverse) and front, rear,
ator and electric unit (control unit) and around view
front-side and Birds-Eye views are Vehicle speed signal malfunction.
monitor control unit. O
displayed even as vehicle speed in-
creases.
RELATED TO CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR

P

MULTI AV SYSTEM

Sonar sensor circuit malfunction between sonar sen-
sor and sonar control unit.
Refer to:
• AV-813, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front LH outer).
Sonar sensor circuit malfunction. • AV-814, "Diagnosis Procedure" (front RH outer).
Malfunction is detected in only 1 in- • AV-807, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear LH inner).
dicator (Always displayed in red). • AV-808, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear RH inner).
• AV-806, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear LH outer).
• AV-809, "Diagnosis Procedure" (rear RH outer).
Malfunction in sonar sensor.
Sonar sensor malfunction.
Sonar control unit power supply and ground circuits
malfunction.
Sonar control unit malfunction.
Refer to AV-821, "SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH
Malfunction is detected in all 5 indi- AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure".
cators (Always displayed in red).
CAN communication malfunction between sonar con-
CAN communication malfunction. trol unit and combination meter.
RELATED TO REAR DISPLAY (HEADREST-MOUNTED)

Perform diagnosis of the power supply and ground circuits of the following items before starting diagnosis by
symptom:
• Video distributor. Refer to AV-819, "VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diagnosis Procedure".
• Headrest display unit. Refer to AV-820, "HEADREST DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Use the touch button in Operate with the remote to see if videos can be
Video is not shown on the Video is shown.
front display to switch vid- switched.
eo images on the head- Replace headrest display unit.
screen. Video is not shown.
rest display unit. Refer to AV-903, "Removal and Installation".
• Check with a remote from the same vehicle fam-
• Check battery polarity. ily.
All keys inoperative.
• Replace battery. • Check infrared* of the luminescent part (LED) of
the remote.
Headrest display unit in-
operative with the re- • Check with a remote
mote. from the same vehicle
family. The function corresponding to the remote operation
Some keys inoperative.
• Check infrared* of the is not included (this is not a malfunction).
luminescent part (LED)
of the remote.
Switch from AUX mode to DVD mode and check
Video is not shown.
video.
Headrest display unit Adjust screen for image quality (this is not a mal-
Play a DVD. Screen is dark.
screen is black. function).
Replace headrest display unit.
Screen is black.
Video shown on headrest
If the symptom does not change, replace headrest
display unit screen be- Adjust the color settings using the display screen
display unit.
comes distorted or rolls menu items.
up/down
Headrest display unit Replace headrest display unit.
—
screen is blue. Refer to AV-903, "Removal and Installation".

MULTI AV SYSTEM
*: To check infrared, check light of the luminescent part (LED)
through the lens of digital camera when operating the remote. A
JSNIA4954ZZ
D
RELATED TO HEADPHONES (HEADREST-MOUNTED)
Symptom Check item Possible malfunction location/Action to take E

• Turn ON the headrest
display unit.
Audio cannot be heard
• Switch the slide switch Audio cannot be heard. Check power supply of headphones. F
from headphones.
on the left side of the
headphones.
Power is ON (power indi- G
This is not a malfunction.
• Battery polarity. cator lamp: ON).
Headphones cannot be
• Battery poor contact. Power cannot be turned
turned ON.
• Battery replacement. ON (power indicator Replace headphones.
lamp: OFF).
H
AV

RELATED TO NOISE
etc.).
The following noise results from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from the waves sent directly from the broadcast station arriving at the
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and opera-
NOTE:
components, one by one.

electrical components are oper-
ing. • Motor
• Rear defogger coil malfunction
A cracking or snapping sound occurs while the vehicle is being driven, especially when
Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized

lowing conditions:
NOTE:

A
call.
Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or B
RELATED TO NAVIGATION C
Basic Operation
D
No image is shown. Display brightness adjustment is set fully to DARK Adjust the display brightness.
side.
E
No guide sound is heard. Volume control is set to OFF, MIN or MAX. Adjust the audio guide volume.
Audio guide volume is too low or
Audio guidance is not available while the vehicle is System is not malfunctioning.
too high.
driving on a dark pink route.
F
Screen is too dark. Temperature inside the vehicle is low. Wait until the temperature inside the vehicle
Motion of the image is too slow. reaches the proper temperature.
Small black or bright spots appear Symptom peculiar to a liquid crystal display (dis- System is not malfunction. G
on the screen. play unit).
Vehicle Mark
H
Map screen and BIRDVIEW™ Some thinning of the character data is done to pre- System is not malfunctioning.
Name of the place vary with the vent the display becoming to complex. In some I
screen. cases and in some locations, the display contents
may differ.
The same place name, street name, etc. may not
be displayed every time on account of the data J
processing.
Vehicle mark is not positioned cor- Vehicle is transferred by ferry or by towing after its Drive the vehicle for a while in the GPS sat-
rectly. ignition switch is turned to OFF. ellite signal receiving condition. K
Screen will not switch to nighttime The daytime screen is selected by the “SWITCH Perform screen dimming and select the
mode after the lighting switch is SCREENS” when the last time the screen dim- nighttime screen by “SWITCH SCREENS”.
turned ON. ming setting is done.
Switching between daytime/nighttime screen may L
be inhibited by the automatic illumination adjust-
ment function.
Map screen will not scroll in accor- Current location is not displayed. Press “MAP” button to display the current lo- M
dance with the vehicle travel. cation.
Vehicle mark will not be shown. Current location is not displayed. Press “MAP” button to display the current lo-
cation. AV
Accuracy indicator (GPS satellite GPS satellite signal is intercepted because the ve- Move the vehicle out to an open space.
mark) on the map screen stays hicle is in or behind a building.
gray.
GPS satellite signal cannot be received because Do not place anything on top of the meter dis- O
an obstacle is placed on top of the instrument pan- play (instrument panel).
el.
GPS satellites are not visible from current location. Wait until GPS satellites are visible by mov-
P
ing the vehicle.

Vehicle location accuracy is low. Accuracy indicator (GPS satellite mark) on the Current location is not determined.
map screen stays gray.
Vehicle speed setting by the vehicle speed pulse Drive the vehicle for a while [for approx. 30
has been deviated (advanced or retarded) from minutes at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH)] and
the actual vehicle speed because tire chain is fit- the deviation will be automatically adjusted. If
ted or the system has been used on another vehi- advancement or retard still occur, perform
cle. the distance adjustment by CONFIRMA-
TION/ADJUSTMENT mode of diagnosis
function.
Map data has error or omission. (Vehicle mark is As a rule, an updated map DVD–ROM will be
always deviated to the same position.) released once a year.
Destination, Passing Points and Menu Items Cannot be Selected/Set

Destination cannot be set. Destination to be set is on an expressway. Set the destination on an ordinary road.
Passing point is not searched The vehicle has already passed the passing point, To include the passing points that have been
when re-searching the route. or the system judged so. passed into the route again, set the route
again.
Route information will not be dis- Route searching has not been done. Set the destination and perform route
played. searching.
Vehicle mark is not on the recommended route. Drive on the recommended route.
Route information is not available on the dark pink System is not malfunctioning.
route.
After the route searching, no guide Vehicle mark is not on the recommended route. Drive on the recommended route.
sign will appear as the vehicle (On the display, only guide signs related to the rec-
goes near the entrance/exit to the ommended route will be shown.)
toll road.
Automatic route searching is not Vehicle is driving on a highway (gray route), or no Drive on a road to be searched. Or re–search
possible. recommended route is available. the route manually. In this case, however, the
whole route will be searched.
Performed automatic detour Performed search with every conditions consid- System is not malfunctioning.
search (or detour search). Howev- ered. However, the result is the same as that of the
er, the result is the same as that of previous search.
the previous search.
Passing points cannot be set. More than five passing points were set. Passing points can be set up to five. To stop
at more than five points, perform sharing in
several steps.
When setting the route, the starting The current vehicle location is always set as the System is not malfunctioning.
point cannot be selected. starting point of a route.
Some menu items cannot be se- The vehicle is being driven. Stop the vehicle at a safe place and then op-
lected. erate the system.
Voice Guide

Symptom Cause Remedy A

Voice guide will not operate. Note: Voice guide is only available at intersections System is not malfunctioning.
that satisfy certain conditions (indicated by z on
the map). Therefore, guidance may not be given
B
even when the route on the map changes direction.
The vehicle is not on the recommended route. Return to the recommended route or re-
search the route.
C
Voice guide is turned OFF. Turn voice guide ON.
Voice guide does not match the ac- Voice guide may vary with the direction to which Drive in conformity to the actual traffic rules. D
tual road pattern. the vehicle is turn and the connection of the road to
other roads.
Route Search E

No route is shown. No road to be searched is found around the des- Find wider road (orange road or wider) near- F
tination. by and reset the destination and passing
points onto it. Take care of the traveling direc-
tion when there are separate up and down
roads. G
Starting point and the destination are too close. Set the destination at more distant point.
Conditional traffic regulation (day of the week/ Turn the time-regulating search conditions
time of the day) is set at the area around the cur- OFF. Turn “Avoid regulation time” in the H
rent location or the destination. search conditions OFF.
Indicated route is intermittent. In some areas, highways (gray routes) are not System is not malfunctioning.
used for the search(Note)Therefore, the route to I
the current location or the passing points may be
intermittent.
When the vehicle has passed the A recommended route is controlled by each sec- System is not malfunctioning. J
recommended route, it is deleted tion. When the vehicle has passed the passing
from the screen. point 1, then the map data from the starting point
up to the passing point 1 will be deleted. (The data
may remain undeleted in some area.) K
Detouring route is recommended. In some areas, highways (gray routes) are not Set the route closer to the basic route (gray
used for the search. (Note). Therefore, detour route).
route may be recommended. L
A detour route may be shown when some traffic Slightly move the starting point or the destina-
regulation (one-way traffic, etc.) is set at the area tion, or set the passing point on the route of
around the starting point or the destination. your choice.
M
In the area where highways (gray routes) are System is not malfunctioning.
used for the search, left turn has priority around
the current location and the destination (passing
points). For this reason, the recommended route AV
may be detouring.
Landmarks on the map do not This can be happen due to omission or error in As a rule, an updated map DVD-ROM will be
match the actual ones. the map data. released once a year. Wait until the latest O
map has become available.
Recommended route is far from Starting point, passing points, and destination of Reset the destination onto the road nearby. If
the starting point, passing points, the route guide were set far from the desired this road is one of the highways (gray routes),
P
and destination. points because route searching data around an ordinary road nearby may be displayed as
these area were not stored. the recommended route.
NOTE:
Except for the ordinance-designated cities. (Malfunctioning areas may be changed in the updated map disc.)
Examples of Current-Location Mark Displacement

Vehicle's travel amount is calculated by reading its travel distance and turning angle. Therefore, if the vehicle
is driven in the following manner, an error will occur in the vehicle's current location display. If correct location
has not been restored after driving the vehicle for a while, perform location correction.
SEL698V

Cause (condition) –: While driving ooo: Display Driving condition Remarks (correction, etc.) A
Y–intersections
At a Y intersection or similar gradual divi-

sion of roads, an error in the direction of B
travel deduced by the sensor may result in
the current-location mark appearing on the
wrong road.
C
ELK0192D
Spiral roads
D
When driving on a large, continuous spiral
road (such as loop bridge), turning angle
error is accumulated and the vehicle mark
E
may deviate from the correct location.
ELK0193D
Straight roads
F
When driving on a long, straight road and
slow curve without stopping, map-matching
does not work effectively enough and dis-
tance errors may accumulate. As a result,
G
rect location when the vehicle is turned at a
If after travelling about 10 km (6
corner. H
miles) the correct location has
Road config- ELK0194D
uration Zigzag roads cation correction and, if neces-
When driving on a zigzag road, the map I
may be matched to other roads in the simi-
lar direction nearby at every turn, and the
vehicle mark may deviate from the correct
location. J
ELK0195D
Roads laid out in a grid pattern K

When driving where roads are laid out in a
grid pattern, or where many roads are run-
ning in the similar direction nearby, the map
may be matched to them by mistake and L
rect location.
ELK0196D
M
Parallel roads
When two roads are running in parallel

(such as highway and sideway), the map AV
may be matched to the other road by mis-
take and the vehicle mark may deviate from
the correct location.
O
ELK0197D

In a parking lot When driving in a parking lot, or other loca-
tion where there are no roads on the map,
matching may place the vehicle mark on a
nearby road. When the vehicle returns to
the road, the vehicle mark may have devi-
ated from the correct location.
When driving in circle or turning the steer-
ing wheel repeatedly, direction errors accu-
SEL709V
mulate, and the vehicle mark may deviate
from the correct location.
Turntable
When the ignition switch is OFF, the navi-
gation system cannot get the signal from
the gyroscope (angular speed sensor).
Place Therefore, the displayed direction may be
wrong and the correct road may not be eas-
ily returned to after rotating the vehicle on a
turntable with the ignition OFF.
SEL710V
Slippery roads On snow, wet roads, gravel, or other roads

where tires may slip easily, accumulated
mileage errors may cause the vehicle mark If after travelling about 10 km (6
to deviate from the correct road. miles) the correct location has
Slopes When parking in sloped garages, when
cation correction and, if neces-
travelling on banked roads, or in other cas-
es where the vehicle turns when tilted, an
error in the turning angle will occur, and the
vehicle mark may deviate from the road.
Road not displayed on the map screen
When driving on new roads or other roads
not displayed on the map screen, map
matching does not function correctly and
matches the location to a nearby road.
When the vehicle returns to a road which is
on the map, the vehicle mark may deviate
from the correct road.
SEL699V
Map data Different road pattern

(Changed due to repair)
If the road pattern stored in the map data
and the actual road pattern are different,
map matching does not function correctly
and matches the location to a nearby road.
The vehicle mark may deviate from the cor-
rect road.
ELK0201D
Drive the vehicle for a while. If

the distance still deviates, ad-
When tire chains are used, the mileage is
just it by using the distance ad-
Vehicle Use of tire chains not correctly detected, and the vehicle mark
justment function. (If the tire
may deviate from the correct road.
chain is removed, recover the
original value.)

A
If the vehicle is driven just after the engine
is started when the gyroscope (angular
Wait for a short while before
Just after the engine is started speed sensor) correction is not completed,
driving after starting the engine.
the vehicle can lose its direction and may B
have deviated from the correct location.
Continuous driving without stopping When driving long distances without stop-
Precautions ping, direction errors may accumulate, and
for driving the current-location mark may deviate from
Stop and adjust the orientation. C
the correct road.
Abusive driving Spinning the wheels or engaging in other If after travelling about 10 km (6
kinds of abusive driving may result in the miles) the correct location has D
system being unable perform correct detec- not been restored, perform lo-
tion, and may cause the vehicle mark to de- cation correction and, if neces-
viate from the correct road. sary, direction correction.
E
Position correction accuracy
Enter in the road displayed on
If the accuracy of location settings is poor, the screen with an accuracy of
accuracy may be reduced when the correct approx. 1mm. F
road cannot be found, particularly in places Caution: Whenever possible,
where there are many roads. use detailed map for the correc-
tion.
G
How to cor- SEL701V
rect location Direction when location is corrected

H
If the accuracy of location settings during
correction is poor, accuracy may be re- Perform direction correction.
duced afterwards.
I
SEL702V
Location Correction by Map-Matching is Slow J

• The map-matching function needs to refer to the data of the surrounding area. It is necessary to drive some
distance for the function to work.
• Because map-matching operates on this principle, when there are many roads running in similar directions K
in the surrounding area, no matching determination may be made. The location may not be corrected until
some special feature is found.
Name of Road is Not Displayed L
The current road name may not be displayed if there are no road names displayed on the map screen.
Contents of Display Differ for Birdview™ and the (Flat) Map Screen
Difference of the BIRDVIEW™ screen from the flat map screen are as follows. M
• The current place name displays names which are primarily in the direction of vehicle travel.
• The amount of time before the vehicle travel or turn angle is updated on the screen is longer than for the
(flat) map display. AV
• The conditions for display of place names, roads, and other data are different for nearby areas and for more
distant areas.
• Some thinning of the character data is done to prevent the display becoming too complex. In some cases
and in some locations, the display contents may differ. O
• The same place name, street name, etc. may be displayed multiple times.
Vehicle Mark Shows a Position Which is Completely Wrong
In the following cases, the vehicle mark may appear on completely different position in the map depending on P
the GPS satellite signal receiving conditions. In this case, perform location correction and direction correction.
• When location correction has not been done
- If the receiving conditions of the GPS satellite signal is poor, if the vehicle mark becomes out of place, it may
move to a completely different location and not come back if location correction is not done. The position will
be corrected if the GPS signal can be received.
• When the vehicle has traveled by ferry, or when the vehicle has been being towed

- Because calculation of the current location cannot be done when traveling with the ignition off, for example
when traveling by ferry or when being towed, the location before travel is displayed. If the precise location
can be detected with GPS, the location will be corrected.
Vehicle Mark Jumps
In the following cases, the vehicle mark may appear to jump as a result of automatic correction of the current
location.
• When map matching has been done
- If the current location and the vehicle mark are different when map matching is done, the vehicle mark may
seem to jump. At this time, the location may be “corrected” to the wrong road or to a location which is not on
a road.
• When GPS location correction has been done
- If the current location and the vehicle mark are different when the location is corrected using GPS measure-
ments, the vehicle mark may seem to jump. At this time, the location may be “corrected” to a location which
is not on a road.
Vehicle Mark is in a River or Sea
The navigation system moves the vehicle mark with no distinction between land and rivers or sea. If the vehi-
cle mark is somehow out of place, it may appear that the vehicle is driving in a river or the sea.
Vehicle Mark Automatically Rotates
The system wrongly memorizes the rotating status as stopping when the ignition switch is turned ON with the
turntable rotating. That causes the vehicle mark to rotate when the vehicle is stopped.
When Driving on Same Road, Sometimes Vehicle Mark is in Right Place and Sometimes it is in Wrong Place
The conditions of the GPS antenna (GPS data) and gyroscope (angular speed sensor) change gradually.
Depending on the road traveled and the operation of the steering wheel, the location detection results will be
different. Therefore, even on a road on which the location has never been wrong, conditions may cause the
vehicle mark to deviate.
RELATED TO SONAR
Symptom Possible cause

• The vehicle is on a rough surface, such as stone or gravel.
• When used in poor weather conditions, such as heavy snow/rain strong wind.
• When subjected to an ultrasonic noise generated from exhaust muffler or brakes.
• When left standing in the hot sun or in a cold climate.
Unstable object detection • When the surface of the sensor is frozen or covered with snow/dirt/moisture.
• When a retrofitted xenon lamp, lighted license plate, or harness is close to the sensor body or sen-
sor harness.
• When subjected to loop coil noises generated from a vehicle detector placed at an intersection or
coin parking area.
• Air-containing objects, such as cloth, cotton, glass wool, dust, and snow.
• Thin objects, such as rope, chain and wire.
• Smooth-faced objects placed in a slanting direction.
Object undetectable • Fast-moving small animals.
• A corner of an angular object.
NOTE:
If the sensor detection part is scratched, obstacles cannot be detected.

AV CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO W/NAVI W/SURROUND]

AV CONTROL UNIT
B
AWNIA3152ZZ K

M
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
tion". O
NOTE:
P
INSTALLATION

AV CONTROL UNIT
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION

STEERING SWITCH
STEERING SWITCH
A
G
ALOIA0025ZZ

H
REMOVAL I
NOTE:
1. Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-46, "Removal and Installation". J
steering wheel (2).
K
M
ALOIA0026ZZ
3. Remove steering switch screws. AV

ALOIA0027ZZ
INSTALLATION

DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
AWNIZ2552ZZ
1. Display unit bracket 2. Display unit A. Display unit bracket screws

REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".
necessary).
INSTALLATION

BOSE SPEAKER AMP
BOSE SPEAKER AMP
A
REMOVAL B
3. Remove Bose speaker amp screws (A). C
D
F
ALNIA0918ZZ
INSTALLATION
AV

FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
ALNIA1329ZZ

4. Speaker bracket
REMOVAL
bracket.
INSTALLATION

FRONT TWEETER
FRONT TWEETER
A
REMOVAL B
3. Remove front tweeter (2) from front pillar finisher (1). C
JSNIA3786ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

REMOVAL
tweeter (1).
AWNIA2220ZZ
INSTALLATION

CENTER SPEAKER
CENTER SPEAKER
A
REMOVAL B
C
ALNIA0344ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
ALNIA1330ZZ

4. Speaker bracket
REMOVAL
bracket.
INSTALLATION

REAR DOOR TWEETER
REAR DOOR TWEETER
A
REMOVAL B
2. Disconnect harness connector from the rear door tweeter.
C
3. Remove the rear door tweeter screws and rear door tweeter.
INSTALLATION
AV

REAR SPEAKERS
REAR SPEAKERS
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Do not reuse back pillar finisher.
ALNIA1331ZZ
INSTALLATION

SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER
A
ALNIA1328ZZ
G

H
REMOVAL
I
3. Lift subwoofer to disconnect harness connector, then remove subwoofer. J
INSTALLATION
K
AV

USB INTERFACE
USB INTERFACE
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
C
INSTALLATION
AV

ALNIA1332ZZ
1. Bracket 2. Around view monitor control unit 3. Screw
REMOVAL
2. Remove the around view monitor control unit screws.
3. Disconnect harness connector from around view monitor control unit and remove.
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

FRONT CAMERA
FRONT CAMERA
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove front grille. Refer to EXT-23, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove front camera screws and front camera (2) from front
emblem (1). C
AWNIA2585ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
G
AV

REAR VIEW CAMERA
REAR VIEW CAMERA
REMOVAL
camera (1) from the back door outer upper finisher (2).
ALNIA1427ZZ
INSTALLATION

SIDE CAMERA
SIDE CAMERA
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove the door mirror assembly. Refer to MIR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the door mirror rear finisher. Refer to MIR-31, "Removal and Installation".
3. Release the side camera finisher pawls using a suitable tool, C
disconnect the harness connector from the side camera, then
remove the side camera finisher.
: Pawl D
F
ALLIA1121ZZ
4. Remove the screws (1) and the side camera (2).

G
AWNIA2558ZZ
J
INSTALLATION
K
AV

VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
REMOVAL
1. Remove luggage side lower finisher. Refer to INT-31, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER : Removal
and Installation".
2. Disconnect video distributor harness connectors (A).
3. Remove video distributor nuts (2) and bolts (4).
4. Remove video distributor (3) and brackets (1) (5) from the vehi-
cle as a single unit.
5. Remove screws (B) (C), then remove video distributor (3).
ALNIA1333ZZ
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
CAUTION:
• Do not press panel surface of display (glass area).
• Do not press or pull out the movable part of display. C
1. Remove the headrest trim retainer (A).
F
JMJIA4069ZZ
2. Remove the headrest display harness and upper tube screws

G
(A), then remove headrest display unit bolts (B).
JMJIA4070ZZ
J
3. Remove the headrest display escutcheon and headrest display.

a. Insert a suitable tool (A) between lower side of headrest display K
escutcheon (1) and headrest trim (2) and pull out lower side of
escutcheon.
L
JMJIA4071ZZ AV
b. Pull out headrest display escutcheon (1) to the position that pawl
is visible and disengage pawl.
O
: Pawl
AWNIA2554ZZ
c. Pull out lower side of headrest display escutcheon from headrest.

CAUTION:
Be careful not damage pawls on upper side headrest display escutcheon.
d. Pull downward and remove headrest display escutcheon (1) and
headrest display unit (2) by pulling them out and removing pins
on upper side of display.
JMJIA4233ZZ
e. Disconnect inner harness connector.

f. Press headrest display escutcheon to the headrest display unit side. Disconnect pawls on upper side and
remove headrest display escutcheon.
4. Remove the headrest display harness upper tube from headrest trim.
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove rear center ventilator duct. Refer to VTL-12, "REAR CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal
and Installation".
2. Remove rear auxiliary input jack screws and rear auxiliary input jack. C
INSTALLATION
D
AV

SONAR CONTROL UNIT
SONAR CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sonar control unit bolt (2).
3. Disconnect harness connector from the sonar control unit, then
remove sonar control unit (1).
ALNIA1338ZZ
INSTALLATION

SONAR SENSOR
SONAR SENSOR
A
REAR SONAR SENSORS B

Removal
1. Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-20, "Removal and Installation".
C
3. Remove the sonar sensor (1) from rear bumper (2) as shown
( ). D
4. Disconnect the harness connector from sonar sensor (1) and
remove.
E
F
SKIB9007E
Installation
CAUTION:
H
(a) : 10°
I
JSNIA0325ZZ
FRONT SONAR SENSORS K
Removal
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-17, "Removal and Installation". L
3. Remove the sonar sensor (1) from front bumper (2) as shown
( ). M
4. Disconnect harness connector from sonar sensor (1) and
remove.
AV
O
SKIB9007E
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. P
CAUTION:

SONAR SENSOR

(a) : 10°
JSNIA0325ZZ

BUZZER
BUZZER
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove luggage side lower finisher (RH). Refer to INT-31, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER :
2. Disconnect harness connector (1) from the buzzer. C
3. Remove buzzer screws (A), then remove buzzer (2).
ALNIA1334ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
G
AV

AUDIO ANTENNA
AUDIO ANTENNA
AWNIA2589ZZ
1. Antenna base (satellite antenna and antenna 2. M502 3. M501

amp)
7. M95, M138, M500, M509 8. AV control unit M133, M143
ELEMENT CHECK
each side.
SEL250I

AUDIO ANTENNA
probe. Then, press the foil against the wire with your finger. A
SEL122R
D
SEL252I
K
L
AV
SEL253I

GPS ANTENNA
GPS ANTENNA
REMOVAL
AWNIA2586ZZ
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
C
: Front
F
AWNIA2587ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
the roof panel. H
I
DISASSEMBLY
J
antenna (2).
ALNIA1335ZZ
ASSEMBLY M
AV

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
WARNING:
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Unit) INFOID:0000000009129497
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000009129498
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).] A
PKIA0306E
D
twisted line will be lost.) E
G
PKIA0307E

H
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component I
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip. J
• Follow the steps below to clean components: K
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth. L
- Oily dirt:
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off. M
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner. AV

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
(J-46534)
Trim Tool Set
AWJIA0483ZZ

PIIB1407E

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
B
ALNIA1343ZZ
M
1. Display unit 2. A/C and AV switch assembly 3. AV control unit
4. Microphone 5. Telematics switch 6. Telematics control unit (TCU)
AV
7. GPS antenna 8. BCM 9. TEL antenna
O
TELEMATICS CONTROL UNIT (TCU)
The telematics control unit (TCU) is connected to the AV control unit using a USB harness for sound signal
input/output and USB communication. A radio communication terminal and SIM card are built into the TCU. P
Data is sent to and received from the INFNITI CONNECTIONS data center via the TEL antenna.
AV CONTROL UNIT
The AV control unit is connected to the telematics control unit (TCU) using a USB harness for sound signal
input/output and USB communication. The AV control unit receives input signals from the A/C and AV switch
assembly through the AV communication circuits and transmits them to the TCU.

COMPONENT PARTS
The A/C and AV switch assembly transmits input signals to the AV control unit through the AV communication
circuits.
GPS ANTENNA
The GPS antenna is used for vehicle location.
TEL ANTENNA
The TEL antenna is used for sending and receiving data.
TELEMATICS SWITCH
The telematics switch is used to turn ON the telematics system.
MICROPHONE
The microphone is used for interaction with the INFNITI CONNECTIONS data center.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
TELEMATICS SYSTEM
TELEMATICS SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000009129505
B
L
AWNIA2565GB
TELEMATICS SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000009129506 M
The telematics system interacts with the INFINITI CONNECTION data center using GPS and GSM/GPRS
technologies. The telematics control unit (TCU) can send messages to and receive commands from the
INFINITI CONNECTION data center. This allows the INFINITI CONNECTION data center to monitor the vehi- AV
cle and obtain actual position coordinates and automatically detected events, as well as initiate certain ser-
vices from outside the vehicle. In addition, the vehicle operator can initiate services from inside the vehicle.
NOTE: O
For additional information on the Telematics system, refer to the NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL.

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCU)
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCU)
CAUTION:
CONSULT FUNCTIONS
CONSULT performs the following functions via communication with the TCU.

ECU IDENTIFICATION
The part number of TCU is displayed.
DATA MONITOR

HF TYPE [NO BT/] HF type is displayed.
AUDIO UNIT TYPE [NAVI/] AV control unit type is displayed.
CALL SWITCH TYPE [SOS/] Call switch type is displayed.
ECHO CANCEL [TYPE 1/] Echo cancel type is displayed.
NOISE CANCEL [TYPE 1/] Noise cancel type is displayed.
TCU STANDBY TIME [2DAYS/14DAYS/30DAYS] TCU standby time is displayed.
NAD OUTPUT STATUS [On/Off] TCU activation is displayed.
ACN COMM SEQUENCE LOG [1–255] ACN communication sequence log is displayed.
SOS COMM SEQUENCE LOG [1–10] SOS communication sequence log is displayed.
WORK SUPPORT
SAVE VIN DATA VIN data saved in TCU is stored in CONSULT.
CENTER CONNECTION SETTING Connection to INFINITI CONNECTION data center can be set.
Off: TCU activation Off.
TCU ACTIVATE SETTING
On: TCU activation On.
WRITE VIN DATA VIN data from SAVE VIN DATA can be written to new TCU.
VIN REGISTRATION VIN data can be manually written to new TCU.


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]

AV CONTROL UNIT
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000009129508
B
ECU Reference
C
AV-361, "Reference Value"
AV control unit (Bose Audio with Navigation w/o Surround) AV-367, "Fail-Safe"
AV-367, "DTC Index" D
AV-653, "Reference Value"
AV control unit (Bose Audio with Navigation and Surround) AV-659, "Fail-Safe"
E
AV-660, "DTC Index"
AV

TCU
TCU
TERMINAL LAYOUT
ALNIA1359ZZ
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL STANDARD
Terminal
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery Voltage
(Y)
OFF
2
— Ground — — — —
(B)
Ignition
3
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery Voltage
(P)
ACC
Ignition
4
Ground Ignition power supply Input switch — Battery Voltage
(LG)
ON
Ignition
5
Ground ACC OUT Output switch — Battery Voltage
(G)
ACC
Ignition
6
Ground AV ACC Output switch — Battery Voltage
(G)
ACC
7
— Ground — — — —
(B)
9 Input/
— V-CAN (H) — — —
(L) Output
10 Input/
— V-CAN (L) — — —
(P) Output
Ignition
18
20 MIC VCC Input switch – –
(W)
ON
Ignition
19
20 MIC SIG Input switch – –
(B)
ON
Ignition
21
23 DCM MIC VCC Input switch – –
(W)
ON
Ignition
22
20 DCM MIC SIG Input switch – –
(B)
ON

TCU
Terminal
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition B
34
Ground ECALL SW Input switch Telematics switch pressed Battery Voltage
(R)
ON
35
Ignition C
Ground LED A Output switch Telematics switch pressed Battery Voltage
(W)
ON
41 42 D
U-VOICE signal Input — — —
(W) (L)
46
Ground Manufacturer Specific signal — — — —
(W)
E
Ignition
47
55 USB V BUS signal Input switch — 5V
(B)
ON
48 Input/
F
55 USB D- signal — — —
(B) Output
49 42
D-VOICE signal Output — — — G
(B) (L)
Ignition
56 Input/
55 USB D+ signal switch — —
(L/W) Output
ON H
57 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
58
— TEL antenna signal Input switch TEL antenna disconnected. 2.8 V I
(B)
ACC
59 — Shield — — — —
J
CONSULT Display Reference Page K

U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN) AV-1037, "DTC Logic"
L
U1A00: ACC NO CONN AV-1038, "DTC Logic"
U1A01: INTERNAL ERROR (TCU) AV-1039, "DTC Logic"
U1A02: TEL COMMUNICATION MODULE AV-1040, "DTC Logic" M
U1A03: SIM CARD AV-1041, "DTC Logic"
U1A04: VIN UNFINISHED AV-1042, "DTC Logic"
AV
U1A05: USB COMM AV-1043, "DTC Logic"
U1A07: TEL ANTENNA SHORT AV-1044, "DTC Logic"
U1A08: TEL ANTENNA NO CONN AV-1045, "DTC Logic" O
U1A0B: MIC IN CONN AV-1046, "DTC Logic"
U1A0C: MIC OUT CONN AV-1048, "DTC Logic"
U1A0E: SOS SWITCH ON STUCK AV-1050, "DTC Logic"
P
U1A0F: SOS SWITCH NO CONN AV-1051, "DTC Logic"

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
WIRING DIAGRAM
ABNWA1803GB

AV
ABNWA1804GB

ABNWA1805GB

AV
ABNWA1806GB

ABNWA1851GB

AV
ABNWA1807GB

ABNWA1808GB

AV
ABNWA1809GB

ABNWA1810GB

AV
ABNIA4632GB

ABNIA4633GB

AV
ABNIA4634GB

ABNIA4635GB

AV
ABNIA4636GB

ABNIA4637GB

AV
ABNIA4638GB

ABNIA4639GB

AV
ABNIA4640GB

ABNIA4641GB

AV
ABNIA4642GB

ABNIA4643GB

AV
ABNIA4644GB

ABNIA4645GB

AV
ABNIA4646GB

ABNIA4647GB

AV
ABNIA4648GB

ABNIA4649GB

AV
ABNIA4650GB

ABNIA4651GB

AV
ABNIA4652GB

ABNIA4653GB

AV
ABNIA4654GB

ABNIA4655GB

AV
ABNIA4656GB

ABNIA4657GB

AV
ABNIA4658GB

ABNIA4659GB

AV
ABNIA4660GB

ABNIA4661GB

AV
ABNIA4662GB

ABNIA4663GB

AV
ABNIA4664GB

ABNIA4665GB

AV
ABNIA4846GB

ABNIA4847GB

AV
ABNIA4848GB

ABNIA4666GB

AV
ABNIA4667GB

ABNIA4668GB

AV
ABNIA4669GB

ABNIA4670GB

AV
ABNIA4671GB

ABNWA1811GB

AV
ABNWA1812GB

ABNWA1813GB

AV
ABNWA1814GB

ABNWA1852GB

AV
ABNWA1815GB

ABNWA1826GB

AV
ABNWA1816GB

ABNWA1817GB

AV
ABNIA4673GB

ABNIA4674GB

AV
ABNIA4675GB

ABNIA4676GB

AV
ABNIA4677GB

ABNIA4678GB

AV
ABNIA4679GB

ABNIA4680GB

AV
ABNIA4681GB

ABNIA4682GB

AV
ABNIA4683GB

ABNIA4684GB

AV
ABNIA4685GB

ABNIA4686GB

AV
ABNIA4687GB

ABNIA4688GB

AV
ABNIA4689GB

ABNIA4690GB

AV
ABNIA4691GB

ABNIA4692GB

AV
ABNIA4693GB

ABNIA4694GB

AV
ABNIA4695GB

ABNIA4696GB

AV
ABNIA4697GB

ABNIA4698GB

AV
ABNIA4699GB

ABNIA4700GB

AV
ABNIA4701GB

ABNIA4702GB

AV
ABNIA4703GB

ABNIA4704GB

AV
ABNIA4705GB

ABNIA4706GB

AV
ABNIA4707GB

ABNIA4849GB

AV
ABNIA4850GB

ABNIA4708GB

AV
ABNIA4709GB

ABNIA4710GB

AV
ABNIA4711GB

ABNIA4712GB

AV
ABNIA4741GB

ABNIA4758GB

AV
ABNIA4759GB

AANIA2025GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
BASIC INSPECTION A
B
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSNIA4482GB M
• Reference 1··· Refer to AV-920, "CONSULT Function".

• Reference 2··· Refer to AV-923, "DTC Index". AV
• Reference 3··· Refer to AV-1053, "Symptom Table".
DETAILED FLOW
O
• Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc- P
tion occurred).
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Connect CONSULT and perform a self-diagnosis for “TELEMATICS”. Refer to AV-920, "CONSULT Func-
tion".
Is DTC displayed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 6.
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the symptom table. Refer to AV-1053, "Symptom Table".
>> GO TO 6.
5.ERROR PART REPAIR
1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “TELEMATICS” with CONSULT.
YES >> GO TO 1.

A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCU
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCU : Description INFOID:0000000009129514
B
When TCU is replaced, TCU activation operation is required.
Preparation before activation operation
• Subscribe to telematics service C
• Preregister user ID and password (can be performed from owner homepage)
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCU : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000009129515
D
1.TURN TCU OFF

CONSULT Work support E
1. Select TCU ACTIVATE SETTING, then Start.
2. Select Start, then select Off to turn OFF the TCU.
3. Select End to return to the Work support Test Item screen.
F
5. Select Start, and confirm that Off is displayed in the Current status field.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.SAVE VIN DATA H
NOTE:
If the VIN data cannot be saved, it will have to be entered manually later in this procedure.
CONSULT Work support I
1. Select SAVE VIN DATA, then Start.
2. Select Start to save the VIN data.
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.REMOVE TCU K
Remove the TCU. Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation".
L
>> GO TO 4.
4.RECORD TCU PART LABEL INFORMATION
NOTICE: M
Steps 4 and 5 must be performed after the original TCU has been removed from the vehicle and before the
replacement TCU is installed.
AV
Collect, record and have the following information ready:
• VIN.
• International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number of the original TCU. Located on the TCU part label.
O
• International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number of the replacement TCU. Located on the TCU part
label.
• Serial number of the replacement TCU. Located on the TCU part label.
P

ALNIA1419GB
>> GO TO 5.
5.CONTACT INFINITI CONNECTION CALL CENTER
NOTICE:
This step must be performed to activate the replacement TCU. If this step is not performed, the TCU will not
be able to communicate with the INFINITI CONNECTION Data Center.
Call the INFINITI CONNECTION Call Center at 1-800-334-7858, press “4” and listen for additional applicable
INFINITI retailer prompts. You will be asked for your name, retailer name, and the information collected in step
4. The call agent will deactivate the original TCU and activate the replacement TCU.
>> GO TO 6.
6.INSTALL TCU
Install the TCU. Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 7.
7.VIN DATA
Was the VIN data saved during step 2?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE VIN DATA
CONSULT Work support
1. Select WRITE VIN DATA, then Start.
2. Select Start.
3. After the data writing has been completed, select End to return to the Work support Test Item screen.
>> GO TO 10.
9.MANUALLY ENTER VIN DATA
1. Select VIN REGISTRATION.
2. Enter the VIN number in the VIN (1ST TIME) field.
3. Enter the VIN number in the VIN (2ND TIME) field.
4. Select Start.
5. After the VIN registration has been completed, select End to return to the Work support Test Item screen.

>> GO TO 10.
10.TURN TCU ON A

1. Select TCU ACTIVATE SETTING, then Start. B
2. Select Start, then select On to turn ON the TCU.
5. Select Start, and confirm that On is displayed in the Current status field. C
>> WORK END.

D
AV

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAN COMM CIRCUIT TCU is not transmitting or receiving CAN com-
CAN communication system.
[U1000] munication signal for 2 seconds or more.

2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result for TELEMATICS.

A

CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly. C
[U1010] Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation".
AV

U1A00 TCU
U1A00 TCU

ACC NO CONN • ACC power circuit.
No input of ACC signal
[U1A00] • TCU.
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-924, "Wiring Diagram" (Bose Audio w/Navi w/o Surround)
or AV-976, "Wiring Diagram" (Bose Audio w/Navi and Surround).
1.CHECK ACC POWER CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect TCU connector M47.
3. Check voltage between TCU connector and ground.
TCU Voltage
Ground Condition

YES >> Replace TCU. Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation".

U1A01 TCU
U1A01 TCU
A
B
INTERNAL ERROR (TCU) Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.
Malfunction in TCU is detected.
[U1A01] Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation".
C
AV

U1A02 TCU
U1A02 TCU

TEL COMMUNICATION
Malfunction in communication module of TCU is Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.
MODULE
detected. Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation".
[U1A02]

U1A03 TCU
U1A03 TCU
A
B
• Check SIM card installation.
SIM CARD
SIM card not inserted or unable to read. • Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.
[U1A03] C
AV

U1A04 TCU
U1A04 TCU

• Write VIN number using CONSULT.
Refer to AV-1033, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE
VIN UNFINISHED
Unwritten VIN number is detected. WHEN REPLACING TCU : Work Procedure".
[U1A04]
• Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.

U1A05 TCU
U1A05 TCU
A
B
USB COMM Malfunction in USB communication between TCU
• Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.
[U1A05] and AV control unit. C
or AV-976, "Wiring Diagram" (Bose Audio w/Navi and Surround). E
1.CHECK USB CIRCUITS CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect TCU connector M134 and AV control unit connector M136.
3. Check continuity between TCU connector M134 and AV control unit connector M136.
G
TCU AV control unit

Continuity
41 152
42 151
I
46 147
47 146
M134 48 M136 145 Yes J
49 160
55 154
56 153 K
57 161
4. Check the continuity between TCU connector M134 and ground. L
TCU
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal M
41
46
AV
47
M134 — No
48
49 O
56
P

U1A07 TEL ANTENNA
U1A07 TEL ANTENNA

• TEL antenna harness or connector.
TEL ANTENNA SHORT • Replace TEL antenna if malfunction occurs con-
TEL antenna short circuit.
[U1A07] stantly.
1.CHECK TEL ANTENNA CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect TEL antenna connector.
3. Check continuity between TEL antenna connector M135 terminals.
TEL antenna connector M135 terminals Continuity

58 59 No
NO >> Replace TEL antenna. Refer to AV-1060, "Removal and Installation".

U1A08 TEL ANTENNA
U1A08 TEL ANTENNA
A
B
• TEL antenna.
TEL ANTENNA NO CONN
No TEL antenna connection. • Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.
[U1A08] C
or AV-976, "Wiring Diagram" (Bose Audio w/Navi and Surround). E
1.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE F

2. Check voltage between TEL antenna connector M135 and ground.
G
TEL antenna Ground
(+) Reference value
(−)
Connector Terminal H
M135 58 — 2.8 V
YES >> Replace TEL antenna. Refer to AV-1060, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace TCU. Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation".
J
AV

U1A0B MICROPHONE
U1A0B MICROPHONE

MIC IN CONN • Microphone.
No input of microphone circuits.
[U1A0B] • Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.
1.CHECK MIC IN SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND MIC VCC CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect TCU connector M47 and microphone connector.
3. Check continuity between TCU connector M47 and microphone connector R109.
TCU Microphone
Continuity
18 1
M47 19 R109 4 Yes
20 3
4. Check the continuity between TCU connector M47 and ground.
TCU
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
18
M47 — No
19
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MIC VCC VOLTAGE
1. Connect TCU connector M47 and microphone connector.
3. Check voltage between terminals of TCU connector M47.
TCU connector M47

Voltage
(+) (−)
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
18 20 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MIC IN SIGNAL
Check signal between terminals of TCU connector M47.

U1A0B MICROPHONE
TCU connector M47 A

Terminal Terminal
B
C
D
PKIB5037J

YES >> Replace TCU. Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation". E
AV

U1A0C MICROPHONE
U1A0C MICROPHONE

MIC OUT CONN • Microphone.
No output of microphone circuits.
[U1A0C] • Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.
1.CHECK DCM MIC SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND DCM MIC VCC CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect TCU connector M47 and AV control unit connector M122.
3. Check continuity between TCU connector M47 and AV control unit connector M122.
TCU AV control unit

Continuity
21 60
M47 22 M122 75 Yes
23 59
TCU
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
21
M47 — No
22
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DCM MIC VCC VOLTAGE
1. Connect TCU connector M47 and AV control unit connector M122.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit connector M122 terminals.

Voltage
(+) (−)
(Approx.)
Terminal Terminal
60 59 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DCM MIC SIGNAL
Check signal between AV control unit connector M122.

U1A0C MICROPHONE

Terminal Terminal
B
C
D
PKIB5037J

YES >> Replace TCU. Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation". E
AV

U1A0E TELEMATICS SWITCH
U1A0E TELEMATICS SWITCH

SOS SWITCH ON STUCK • Telematics switch.
ECALL SW short circuit.
[U1A0E] • Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.
1.CHECK ECALL SW CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect TCU connector M47 and telematics switch connector.
TCU
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M47 34 — No
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TELEMATICS SWITCH
Check continuity between telematics switch terminals.
Telematics switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal Terminal
Switch pressed Yes
3 7
Switch released No
NO >> Replace telematics switch.

U1A0F TELEMATICS SWITCH
U1A0F TELEMATICS SWITCH
A
B
SOS SWITCH NO CONN • Telematics switch.
LED A open circuit. C
[U1A0F] • Replace TCU if malfunction occurs constantly.

D
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to AV-924, "Wiring Diagram" (Bose Audio w/Navi w/o Surround) E
1.CHECK LED A CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F

2. Disconnect TCU connector M47 and telematics switch connector.
G
3. Check continuity between TCU connector M47 and telematics switch connector R105.
TCU Telematics switch

Continuity H
M47 35 R105 2 Yes
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TELEMATICS SWITCH J
Check continuity between telematics switch terminals.

K
Telematics switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal Terminal
Switch pressed Yes L
2 7
Switch released No
NO >> Replace telematics switch.
AV

1.CHECK FUSE

NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect TCU connector M47.
3. Check voltage between TCU connector and ground.

Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between TCU connector M47 and ground.
TCU
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
M47 — Yes
7

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
TELEMATICS SYSTEM
B
TELEMATICS SYSTEM
C
Display
Symptom Error message Possible cause
icon
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT.
— Telematics unit is not connected. D
Check ON/OFF status of TCU using the data monitor of
CONSULT.
• Replace TCU if it is ON. E
The connection to the center failed. Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation".
• Turn it ON again if it is OFF. Replace TCU if ON is
switched to OFF.
Refer to AV-1057, "Removal and Installation". F
Use a cellular phone to check reception.
• If service is available, replace TCU or TEL antenna.
- For TCU replacement, refer to AV-1057, "Removal G
and Installation".
No service. - For TEL antenna replacement, refer to AV-1060, "Re-
• If the service is not available, move the vehicle to the H
position where service is available and perform the
operation again.
Use a cellular phone to check reception. I
• If it is OK, there may be a cause at the INFINITI CON-
NECTION Data Center. Check connection after a
short period of time. If there is no problem at the IN-
FINITI CONNECTION Data Center, replace TCU or J
Telematics operation
TEL antenna.
not available. Service inoperative due to poor reception.
- For TCU replacement, refer to AV-1057, "Removal
and Installation".
- For TEL antenna replacement, refer to AV-1060, "Re-
K
• If it is NG, check connection again after a short period
of time. L
Check input of user ID and password from the naviga-
tion setting screen. If malfunction such as input or no
memory despite input is detected, replace AV control
Service not registered. M
unit.
Refer to AV-1055, "Removal and Installation - AV Con-
trol Unit".
Check connection after a short period of time. AV
TCU line is used. Replace TCU if it is frequently displayed.
There may be a cause at the INFINITI CONNECTION O
Data Center. Check connection after a short period of
time. If there is no problem at the INFINITI CONNEC-
TION Data Center, replace TCU or TEL antenna.
The connection to the center failed.
• For TCU replacement, refer to AV-1057, "Removal P
and Installation".
• For TEL antenna replacement, refer to AV-1060, "Re-

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]
NOTE:
For Telematics system operation detail information, refer to Navigation system Owner's Manual.
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

Sign up for a subscription to the CON-
NECT service. For details about subscrip-
A subscription for the CONNECT service has not been
tions, contact an INFINITI retailer or visit
established.
the INFINITI CONNECT Data Center web-
site.
The user ID and password are not entered. Enter the user ID and password.
The communication line is busy. Try again after a short period of time.
When the vehicle moves to an area where
The system cannot connect to
radio waves can be transmitted sufficiently,
the Infiniti CONNECT Data
communication will be restored. When the
Center. The vehicle is in a location where reception is difficult.
icon on the display shows that the vehicle
is inside the communication area, the sys-
tem can be used.
When the vehicle moves to an area where
radio waves can be transmitted sufficiently,
communication will be restored. When the
TCU reception is insufficient.
icon on the display shows that the vehicle
is inside the communication area, the sys-
tem can be used.
Some of the items that are dis- The vehicle is being driven. Stop the vehi-
played on the menu screen cle in a safe location and apply the parking
cannot be selected. The vehicle is being driven and some menu items are brake before operating the functions.
disabled. Operate the system after stopping the ve-
Some parts of the screen are
hicle in a safe location and applying the
not displayed
parking brake.
Adjust the volume level by operating the
The system does not announce VOL switches located on the control panel
The volume level is set to the minimum.
information. or on the steering wheel switch while the
system is announcing information.

AV CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TELEMATICS SYSTEM]

AV CONTROL UNIT
B
AWNIA3152ZZ K

M
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
cation. Refer to AV-80, "CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description".
NOTE: O
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Refer to PG-93, "Removal and Installation". P
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:

AV CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION

TCU
TCU
A
REMOVAL B
1. Check the SIM ID. Refer to AV-920, "CONSULT Function".
2. Remove the shift selector. Refer to TM-188, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the harness connectors from TCU. C
4. Remove the TCU screws, then remove TCU (A) with the bracket
attached.
D
5. Remove the bracket screw and the bracket from TCU (A).
NOTE:
If it is difficult to remove the harness clip and the antenna feeder clip,
remove the screw first and pull TCU forward together with the E
bracket. Be careful not to apply a load to the harness.
ALNIA1347GB
INSTALLATION G
NOTE:
• When TCU is replaced, perform activation. Refer to AV-1033, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING H
TCU : Work Procedure".
• When replacing the TCU, it is necessary to contact the communications service provider to activate the new
TCU. Please refer to the appropriate INFINITI Technical Service Bulletin for the correct TCU activation pro-
cedure and communications provider contact information. I
AV

MICROPHONE
MICROPHONE
REMOVAL
front room/map lamp assembly.
CAUTION:
avoid damaging.
AWNIA2584ZZ
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

GPS ANTENNA
GPS ANTENNA
A
REMOVAL B
C
D
AWNIA2586ZZ
INSTALLATION G
AV

TEL ANTENNA
TEL ANTENNA
REMOVAL
3. Disconnect harness connector from TCU.
4. Remove screws and TEL antenna.
INSTALLATION

Audio, Visual & Navigation System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Audio, Visual & Navigation System: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Audio, Visual & Navigation System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA

Revision: August 2013 AV-1 2014 QX60

U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER .................. 89 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG-

U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT ............................... 91 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL

PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 153 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 219

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ................ 221

Revision: August 2013 AV-3 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-4 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-5 2014 QX60

AUDIO ANTENNA ........................................... 321 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 370

AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT .. 383

Revision: August 2013 AV-7 2014 QX60

STEERING SWITCH ........................................ 588 SONAR CONTROL UNIT ................................. 608

Revision: August 2013 AV-10 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-11 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-12 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-14 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-15 2014 QX60

U1A07 TEL ANTENNA ...................................1044 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............1054

U1A0F TELEMATICS SWITCH ......................1051 TEL ANTENNA ...............................................1060

Revision: August 2013 AV-16 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-17 2014 QX60

Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000009128977

Revision: August 2013 AV-18 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-19 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-20 2014 QX60

1. Instrument panel tweeter LH 2. Steering switch 3. A/C and AV switch assembly A

Component Description INFOID:0000000009128981

Revision: August 2013 AV-21 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-22 2014 QX60

MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000009128983

Revision: August 2013 AV-24 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-25 2014 QX60

The AV control unit on board diagnosis includes the following functions:

AV Control Unit Self Diagnosis

Revision: August 2013 AV-26 2014 QX60

SELF DIAGNOSIS MODE H

Diagnosis results Unit Connection line M

1: Control Unit (AV control unit) is displayed in red.

Revision: August 2013 AV-27 2014 QX60

AV Control Unit Self Diagnosis Results

Only Unit Part Is Displayed In Red

A Connecting Cable Between Units Is Displayed In Yellow

AV Control Unit Confirmation/Adjustment

Revision: August 2013 AV-28 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-29 2014 QX60

Display type of occur-

Error item Description Possible cause

Revision: August 2013 AV-30 2014 QX60

Adjust Offset of Rear view Camera

Factory Configuration Confirmation

Revision: August 2013 AV-31 2014 QX60

Vehicle CAN Diagnosis

Revision: August 2013 A V - 3 2 2014 QX60

CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000009128986 H

Direct Diagnostic Mode Description

Revision: August 2013 AV-33 2014 QX60

Revision: August 2013 AV-34 2014 QX60

Bluetooth® CONTROL UNIT INITIALIZATION CHECKS C